File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp |
Warning: | line 1150, column 45 The left operand of '==' is a garbage value |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// | |||
2 | // | |||
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | |||
4 | // | |||
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | |||
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | |||
7 | // | |||
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
9 | /// | |||
10 | /// \file | |||
11 | /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. | |||
12 | /// | |||
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
14 | ||||
15 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | |||
16 | #include "TreeTransform.h" | |||
17 | #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" | |||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | |||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | |||
20 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | |||
21 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" | |||
22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | |||
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | |||
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | |||
25 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | |||
26 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | |||
27 | #include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h" | |||
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | |||
29 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | |||
30 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | |||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | |||
32 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | |||
33 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | |||
34 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" | |||
35 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | |||
36 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | |||
37 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" | |||
38 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | |||
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" | |||
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | |||
41 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | |||
42 | using namespace clang; | |||
43 | using namespace sema; | |||
44 | ||||
45 | /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting | |||
46 | /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as | |||
47 | /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the | |||
48 | /// name of the corresponding type. | |||
49 | ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, | |||
50 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | |||
51 | IdentifierInfo &Name) { | |||
52 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); | |||
53 | ||||
54 | // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. | |||
55 | QualType Type; | |||
56 | switch (NNS->getKind()) { | |||
57 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: | |||
58 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: | |||
59 | Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); | |||
60 | break; | |||
61 | ||||
62 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: | |||
63 | // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a | |||
64 | // typename type for it. | |||
65 | assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name")(static_cast <bool> (NNS->getAsIdentifier() == & Name && "not a constructor name") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && \"not a constructor name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 65, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
66 | Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), | |||
67 | NNS->getAsIdentifier()); | |||
68 | break; | |||
69 | ||||
70 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: | |||
71 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: | |||
72 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: | |||
73 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: | |||
74 | llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 74); | |||
75 | } | |||
76 | ||||
77 | // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the | |||
78 | // final identifier in the qualified-id. | |||
79 | return CreateParsedType(Type, | |||
80 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); | |||
81 | } | |||
82 | ||||
83 | ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, | |||
84 | IdentifierInfo &II, | |||
85 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | |||
86 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | |||
87 | ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, | |||
88 | bool EnteringContext) { | |||
89 | // Determine where to perform name lookup. | |||
90 | ||||
91 | // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current | |||
92 | // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the | |||
93 | // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in | |||
94 | // particular shows where the current description of destructor name | |||
95 | // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., | |||
96 | // this appears to be ill-formed: | |||
97 | // | |||
98 | // namespace N { | |||
99 | // template <typename T> struct S { | |||
100 | // ~S(); | |||
101 | // }; | |||
102 | // } | |||
103 | // | |||
104 | // void f(N::S<int>* s) { | |||
105 | // s->N::S<int>::~S(); | |||
106 | // } | |||
107 | // | |||
108 | // See also PR6358 and PR6359. | |||
109 | // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this | |||
110 | // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. | |||
111 | QualType SearchType; | |||
112 | DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; | |||
113 | bool isDependent = false; | |||
114 | bool LookInScope = false; | |||
115 | ||||
116 | if (SS.isInvalid()) | |||
117 | return nullptr; | |||
118 | ||||
119 | // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a | |||
120 | // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and | |||
121 | // we know what type we're looking for. | |||
122 | if (ObjectTypePtr) | |||
123 | SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); | |||
124 | ||||
125 | if (SS.isSet()) { | |||
126 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); | |||
127 | ||||
128 | bool AlreadySearched = false; | |||
129 | bool LookAtPrefix = true; | |||
130 | // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: | |||
131 | // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, | |||
132 | // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the | |||
133 | // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: | |||
134 | // | |||
135 | // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name | |||
136 | // | |||
137 | // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. | |||
138 | // | |||
139 | // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the | |||
140 | // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. | |||
141 | DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); | |||
142 | if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { | |||
143 | AlreadySearched = true; | |||
144 | LookupCtx = DC; | |||
145 | isDependent = false; | |||
146 | } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | |||
147 | LookAtPrefix = false; | |||
148 | LookInScope = true; | |||
149 | } | |||
150 | ||||
151 | // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. | |||
152 | NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; | |||
153 | if (AlreadySearched) { | |||
154 | // Nothing left to do. | |||
155 | } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { | |||
156 | CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; | |||
157 | PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); | |||
158 | LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); | |||
159 | isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); | |||
160 | } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { | |||
161 | LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); | |||
162 | isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); | |||
163 | } else { | |||
164 | LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); | |||
165 | isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); | |||
166 | } | |||
167 | } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { | |||
168 | // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: | |||
169 | // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up | |||
170 | // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T | |||
171 | // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is | |||
172 | // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the | |||
173 | // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly | |||
174 | // cv-qualified) T. | |||
175 | LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); | |||
176 | isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); | |||
177 | assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType ()) && "Caller should have completed object type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && \"Caller should have completed object type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 178, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
178 | "Caller should have completed object type")(static_cast <bool> ((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType ()) && "Caller should have completed object type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && \"Caller should have completed object type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 178, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
179 | ||||
180 | LookInScope = true; | |||
181 | } else { | |||
182 | // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). | |||
183 | LookInScope = true; | |||
184 | } | |||
185 | ||||
186 | TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; | |||
187 | LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
188 | for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { | |||
189 | // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we | |||
190 | // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if | |||
191 | // we're allowed to look there). | |||
192 | Found.clear(); | |||
193 | if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) { | |||
194 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, LookupCtx)) | |||
195 | return nullptr; | |||
196 | LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); | |||
197 | } else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) { | |||
198 | LookupName(Found, S); | |||
199 | } else { | |||
200 | continue; | |||
201 | } | |||
202 | ||||
203 | // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? | |||
204 | if (Found.isAmbiguous()) | |||
205 | return nullptr; | |||
206 | ||||
207 | if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { | |||
208 | QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); | |||
209 | MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); | |||
210 | ||||
211 | if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || | |||
212 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { | |||
213 | // We found our type! | |||
214 | ||||
215 | return CreateParsedType(T, | |||
216 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); | |||
217 | } | |||
218 | ||||
219 | if (!SearchType.isNull()) | |||
220 | NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; | |||
221 | } | |||
222 | ||||
223 | // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is | |||
224 | // the same name as the template name in the last part of the | |||
225 | // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then | |||
226 | // this is the destructor for that class. | |||
227 | // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core | |||
228 | // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. | |||
229 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { | |||
230 | QualType MemberOfType; | |||
231 | if (SS.isSet()) { | |||
232 | if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { | |||
233 | // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. | |||
234 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) | |||
235 | MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); | |||
236 | } | |||
237 | } | |||
238 | if (MemberOfType.isNull()) | |||
239 | MemberOfType = SearchType; | |||
240 | ||||
241 | if (MemberOfType.isNull()) | |||
242 | continue; | |||
243 | ||||
244 | // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the | |||
245 | // class template we found is the same as the template being | |||
246 | // specialized, we found what we are looking for. | |||
247 | if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | |||
248 | if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec | |||
249 | = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { | |||
250 | if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == | |||
251 | Template->getCanonicalDecl()) | |||
252 | return CreateParsedType( | |||
253 | MemberOfType, | |||
254 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); | |||
255 | } | |||
256 | ||||
257 | continue; | |||
258 | } | |||
259 | ||||
260 | // We're referring to an unresolved class template | |||
261 | // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found | |||
262 | // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't | |||
263 | // know which template is being specialized, that it at least | |||
264 | // has the same name. | |||
265 | if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType | |||
266 | = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | |||
267 | TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); | |||
268 | ||||
269 | // The class template we found is the same template being | |||
270 | // specialized. | |||
271 | if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { | |||
272 | if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) | |||
273 | return CreateParsedType( | |||
274 | MemberOfType, | |||
275 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); | |||
276 | ||||
277 | continue; | |||
278 | } | |||
279 | ||||
280 | // The class template we found has the same name as the | |||
281 | // (dependent) template name being specialized. | |||
282 | if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate | |||
283 | = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { | |||
284 | if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && | |||
285 | DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) | |||
286 | return CreateParsedType( | |||
287 | MemberOfType, | |||
288 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); | |||
289 | ||||
290 | continue; | |||
291 | } | |||
292 | } | |||
293 | } | |||
294 | } | |||
295 | ||||
296 | if (isDependent) { | |||
297 | // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent | |||
298 | // anyway. | |||
299 | ||||
300 | // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? | |||
301 | QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), | |||
302 | SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), | |||
303 | II, NameLoc); | |||
304 | return ParsedType::make(T); | |||
305 | } | |||
306 | ||||
307 | if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { | |||
308 | QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); | |||
309 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) | |||
310 | << T << SearchType; | |||
311 | Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) | |||
312 | << T; | |||
313 | } else if (ObjectTypePtr) | |||
314 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) | |||
315 | << &II; | |||
316 | else { | |||
317 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, | |||
318 | diag::err_destructor_class_name); | |||
319 | if (S) { | |||
320 | const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); | |||
321 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) | |||
322 | DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), | |||
323 | Class->getNameAsString()); | |||
324 | } | |||
325 | } | |||
326 | ||||
327 | return nullptr; | |||
328 | } | |||
329 | ||||
330 | ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, | |||
331 | ParsedType ObjectType) { | |||
332 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) | |||
333 | return nullptr; | |||
334 | ||||
335 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) { | |||
336 | Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid); | |||
337 | return nullptr; | |||
338 | } | |||
339 | ||||
340 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype &&(static_cast <bool> (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec:: TST_decltype && "unexpected type in getDestructorType" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype && \"unexpected type in getDestructorType\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 341, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
341 | "unexpected type in getDestructorType")(static_cast <bool> (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec:: TST_decltype && "unexpected type in getDestructorType" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype && \"unexpected type in getDestructorType\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 341, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
342 | QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | |||
343 | ||||
344 | // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor | |||
345 | // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way. | |||
346 | QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); | |||
347 | if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() && | |||
348 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { | |||
349 | Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) | |||
350 | << T << SearchType; | |||
351 | return nullptr; | |||
352 | } | |||
353 | ||||
354 | return ParsedType::make(T); | |||
355 | } | |||
356 | ||||
357 | bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | |||
358 | const UnqualifiedId &Name) { | |||
359 | assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId)(static_cast <bool> (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_LiteralOperatorId) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 359, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
360 | ||||
361 | if (!SS.isValid()) | |||
362 | return false; | |||
363 | ||||
364 | switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { | |||
365 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: | |||
366 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: | |||
367 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: | |||
368 | // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at | |||
369 | // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. | |||
370 | // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the | |||
371 | // case where the scope is dependent. | |||
372 | Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) | |||
373 | << SS.getScopeRep(); | |||
374 | return true; | |||
375 | ||||
376 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: | |||
377 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: | |||
378 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: | |||
379 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: | |||
380 | return false; | |||
381 | } | |||
382 | ||||
383 | llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown nested name specifier kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 383); | |||
384 | } | |||
385 | ||||
386 | /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. | |||
387 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, | |||
388 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, | |||
389 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, | |||
390 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
391 | // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: | |||
392 | // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id | |||
393 | // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. | |||
394 | // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class | |||
395 | // type, the class shall be completely-defined. | |||
396 | Qualifiers Quals; | |||
397 | QualType T | |||
398 | = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), | |||
399 | Quals); | |||
400 | if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && | |||
401 | RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) | |||
402 | return ExprError(); | |||
403 | ||||
404 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) | |||
405 | return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); | |||
406 | ||||
407 | return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, | |||
408 | SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); | |||
409 | } | |||
410 | ||||
411 | /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. | |||
412 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, | |||
413 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, | |||
414 | Expr *E, | |||
415 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
416 | bool WasEvaluated = false; | |||
417 | if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
418 | if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | |||
419 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | |||
420 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | |||
421 | E = result.get(); | |||
422 | } | |||
423 | ||||
424 | QualType T = E->getType(); | |||
425 | if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { | |||
426 | CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); | |||
427 | // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: | |||
428 | // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class | |||
429 | // shall be completely-defined. | |||
430 | if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) | |||
431 | return ExprError(); | |||
432 | ||||
433 | // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: | |||
434 | // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a | |||
435 | // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated | |||
436 | // operand. [...] | |||
437 | if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { | |||
438 | // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context | |||
439 | // and recheck the subexpression. | |||
440 | ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); | |||
441 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | |||
442 | E = Result.get(); | |||
443 | ||||
444 | // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. | |||
445 | MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); | |||
446 | WasEvaluated = true; | |||
447 | } | |||
448 | } | |||
449 | ||||
450 | // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: | |||
451 | // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly | |||
452 | // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a | |||
453 | // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced | |||
454 | // type. | |||
455 | Qualifiers Quals; | |||
456 | QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); | |||
457 | if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { | |||
458 | T = UnqualT; | |||
459 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); | |||
460 | } | |||
461 | } | |||
462 | ||||
463 | if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | |||
464 | return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) | |||
465 | << E->getType()); | |||
466 | else if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && | |||
467 | E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { | |||
468 | // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression | |||
469 | // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. | |||
470 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated | |||
471 | ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid | |||
472 | : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); | |||
473 | } | |||
474 | ||||
475 | return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, | |||
476 | SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); | |||
477 | } | |||
478 | ||||
479 | /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); | |||
480 | ExprResult | |||
481 | Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | |||
482 | bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
483 | // Find the std::type_info type. | |||
484 | if (!getStdNamespace()) | |||
485 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); | |||
486 | ||||
487 | if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { | |||
488 | IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); | |||
489 | LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); | |||
490 | LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); | |||
491 | CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); | |||
492 | // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global | |||
493 | // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. | |||
494 | if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { | |||
495 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
496 | CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); | |||
497 | } | |||
498 | if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) | |||
499 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); | |||
500 | } | |||
501 | ||||
502 | if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { | |||
503 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); | |||
504 | } | |||
505 | ||||
506 | QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); | |||
507 | ||||
508 | if (isType) { | |||
509 | // The operand is a type; handle it as such. | |||
510 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | |||
511 | QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), | |||
512 | &TInfo); | |||
513 | if (T.isNull()) | |||
514 | return ExprError(); | |||
515 | ||||
516 | if (!TInfo) | |||
517 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); | |||
518 | ||||
519 | return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); | |||
520 | } | |||
521 | ||||
522 | // The operand is an expression. | |||
523 | return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); | |||
524 | } | |||
525 | ||||
526 | /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to | |||
527 | /// a single GUID. | |||
528 | static void | |||
529 | getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, | |||
530 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { | |||
531 | // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. | |||
532 | const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); | |||
533 | if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) | |||
534 | Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); | |||
535 | else if (QT->isArrayType()) | |||
536 | Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); | |||
537 | ||||
538 | const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl(); | |||
539 | if (!TD) | |||
540 | return; | |||
541 | ||||
542 | if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { | |||
543 | UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); | |||
544 | return; | |||
545 | } | |||
546 | ||||
547 | // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. | |||
548 | if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) { | |||
549 | const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); | |||
550 | for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { | |||
551 | const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; | |||
552 | if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) | |||
553 | getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); | |||
554 | else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) | |||
555 | getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); | |||
556 | ||||
557 | if (UuidForTA) | |||
558 | UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); | |||
559 | } | |||
560 | } | |||
561 | } | |||
562 | ||||
563 | /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. | |||
564 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, | |||
565 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, | |||
566 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, | |||
567 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
568 | StringRef UuidStr; | |||
569 | if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { | |||
570 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; | |||
571 | getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); | |||
572 | if (UuidAttrs.empty()) | |||
573 | return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); | |||
574 | if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) | |||
575 | return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); | |||
576 | UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); | |||
577 | } | |||
578 | ||||
579 | return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, | |||
580 | SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); | |||
581 | } | |||
582 | ||||
583 | /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. | |||
584 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, | |||
585 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, | |||
586 | Expr *E, | |||
587 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
588 | StringRef UuidStr; | |||
589 | if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { | |||
590 | if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | |||
591 | UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; | |||
592 | } else { | |||
593 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; | |||
594 | getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); | |||
595 | if (UuidAttrs.empty()) | |||
596 | return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); | |||
597 | if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) | |||
598 | return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); | |||
599 | UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); | |||
600 | } | |||
601 | } | |||
602 | ||||
603 | return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, | |||
604 | SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); | |||
605 | } | |||
606 | ||||
607 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); | |||
608 | ExprResult | |||
609 | Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | |||
610 | bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
611 | // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. | |||
612 | if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { | |||
613 | IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); | |||
614 | LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); | |||
615 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
616 | MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); | |||
617 | if (!MSVCGuidDecl) | |||
618 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); | |||
619 | } | |||
620 | ||||
621 | QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); | |||
622 | ||||
623 | if (isType) { | |||
624 | // The operand is a type; handle it as such. | |||
625 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | |||
626 | QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), | |||
627 | &TInfo); | |||
628 | if (T.isNull()) | |||
629 | return ExprError(); | |||
630 | ||||
631 | if (!TInfo) | |||
632 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); | |||
633 | ||||
634 | return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); | |||
635 | } | |||
636 | ||||
637 | // The operand is an expression. | |||
638 | return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); | |||
639 | } | |||
640 | ||||
641 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. | |||
642 | ExprResult | |||
643 | Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { | |||
644 | assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok ::kw_false) && "Unknown C++ Boolean value!") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && \"Unknown C++ Boolean value!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 645, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
645 | "Unknown C++ Boolean value!")(static_cast <bool> ((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok ::kw_false) && "Unknown C++ Boolean value!") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && \"Unknown C++ Boolean value!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 645, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
646 | return new (Context) | |||
647 | CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); | |||
648 | } | |||
649 | ||||
650 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. | |||
651 | ExprResult | |||
652 | Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
653 | return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); | |||
654 | } | |||
655 | ||||
656 | /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. | |||
657 | ExprResult | |||
658 | Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { | |||
659 | bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; | |||
660 | if (Ex) { | |||
661 | // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: | |||
662 | // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the | |||
663 | // copy/move construction of a class object [...] | |||
664 | // | |||
665 | // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a | |||
666 | // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- | |||
667 | // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the | |||
668 | // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move | |||
669 | // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be | |||
670 | // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the | |||
671 | // exception object | |||
672 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) | |||
673 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | |||
674 | if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { | |||
675 | for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { | |||
676 | if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { | |||
677 | IsThrownVarInScope = true; | |||
678 | break; | |||
679 | } | |||
680 | ||||
681 | if (S->getFlags() & | |||
682 | (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | | |||
683 | Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | | |||
684 | Scope::TryScope)) | |||
685 | break; | |||
686 | } | |||
687 | } | |||
688 | } | |||
689 | } | |||
690 | ||||
691 | return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); | |||
692 | } | |||
693 | ||||
694 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, | |||
695 | bool IsThrownVarInScope) { | |||
696 | // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. | |||
697 | if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && | |||
698 | !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) | |||
699 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; | |||
700 | ||||
701 | // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code. | |||
702 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | |||
703 | CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions) | |||
704 | << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget(); | |||
705 | ||||
706 | if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) | |||
707 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; | |||
708 | ||||
709 | if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
710 | QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); | |||
711 | if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) | |||
712 | return ExprError(); | |||
713 | ||||
714 | // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out | |||
715 | // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. | |||
716 | ||||
717 | // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: | |||
718 | // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the | |||
719 | // copy/move construction of a class object [...] | |||
720 | // | |||
721 | // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a | |||
722 | // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or | |||
723 | // catch-clause | |||
724 | // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the | |||
725 | // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move | |||
726 | // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be | |||
727 | // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the | |||
728 | // exception object | |||
729 | const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; | |||
730 | if (IsThrownVarInScope) | |||
731 | NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, CES_Strict); | |||
732 | ||||
733 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( | |||
734 | OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, | |||
735 | /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); | |||
736 | ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( | |||
737 | Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); | |||
738 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | |||
739 | return ExprError(); | |||
740 | Ex = Res.get(); | |||
741 | } | |||
742 | ||||
743 | return new (Context) | |||
744 | CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); | |||
745 | } | |||
746 | ||||
747 | static void | |||
748 | collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, | |||
749 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, | |||
750 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, | |||
751 | llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, | |||
752 | bool ParentIsPublic) { | |||
753 | for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { | |||
754 | CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
755 | bool NewSubobject; | |||
756 | // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are | |||
757 | // always distinct subobjects. | |||
758 | if (BS.isVirtual()) | |||
759 | NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; | |||
760 | else | |||
761 | NewSubobject = true; | |||
762 | ||||
763 | if (NewSubobject) | |||
764 | ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; | |||
765 | ||||
766 | // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. | |||
767 | bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; | |||
768 | if (PublicPath) | |||
769 | PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); | |||
770 | ||||
771 | // Recurse on to each base subobject. | |||
772 | collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, | |||
773 | PublicPath); | |||
774 | } | |||
775 | } | |||
776 | ||||
777 | static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( | |||
778 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { | |||
779 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; | |||
780 | llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; | |||
781 | llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; | |||
782 | SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; | |||
783 | PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); | |||
784 | collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, | |||
785 | /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); | |||
786 | ||||
787 | for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { | |||
788 | // Skip ambiguous objects. | |||
789 | if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) | |||
790 | continue; | |||
791 | ||||
792 | Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); | |||
793 | } | |||
794 | } | |||
795 | ||||
796 | /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. | |||
797 | bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, | |||
798 | QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { | |||
799 | // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer | |||
800 | // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. | |||
801 | QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; | |||
802 | bool isPointer = false; | |||
803 | if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
804 | Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | |||
805 | isPointer = true; | |||
806 | } | |||
807 | if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { | |||
808 | if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, | |||
809 | isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr | |||
810 | : diag::err_throw_incomplete, | |||
811 | E->getSourceRange())) | |||
812 | return true; | |||
813 | ||||
814 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, | |||
815 | diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) | |||
816 | return true; | |||
817 | } | |||
818 | ||||
819 | // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. | |||
820 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
821 | if (!RD) | |||
822 | return false; | |||
823 | ||||
824 | // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, | |||
825 | // exception handling will make use of the vtable. | |||
826 | MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); | |||
827 | ||||
828 | // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. | |||
829 | if (isPointer) | |||
830 | return false; | |||
831 | ||||
832 | // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. | |||
833 | if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { | |||
834 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { | |||
835 | MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); | |||
836 | CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, | |||
837 | PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); | |||
838 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) | |||
839 | return true; | |||
840 | } | |||
841 | } | |||
842 | ||||
843 | // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception | |||
844 | // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call | |||
845 | // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. | |||
846 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | |||
847 | // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within | |||
848 | // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise | |||
849 | // inaccessible are not catchable types. | |||
850 | llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; | |||
851 | getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); | |||
852 | ||||
853 | for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { | |||
854 | // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery | |||
855 | // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this | |||
856 | // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform | |||
857 | // lookup and overload resolution. | |||
858 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); | |||
859 | if (!CD) | |||
860 | continue; | |||
861 | ||||
862 | // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. | |||
863 | MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); | |||
864 | ||||
865 | // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it | |||
866 | // in the catchable type data. | |||
867 | if (CD->isTrivial()) | |||
868 | continue; | |||
869 | ||||
870 | // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class | |||
871 | // type to this constructor. | |||
872 | // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this | |||
873 | // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to | |||
874 | // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via | |||
875 | // friendship or any other means). | |||
876 | Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); | |||
877 | ||||
878 | // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so | |||
879 | // we must rebuild them here. | |||
880 | for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
881 | if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I))) | |||
882 | return true; | |||
883 | } | |||
884 | } | |||
885 | } | |||
886 | ||||
887 | return false; | |||
888 | } | |||
889 | ||||
890 | static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( | |||
891 | ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, | |||
892 | DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { | |||
893 | ||||
894 | QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); | |||
895 | LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; | |||
896 | DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; | |||
897 | ||||
898 | // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to | |||
899 | // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since | |||
900 | // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. | |||
901 | // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its | |||
902 | // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate | |||
903 | // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' | |||
904 | // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that | |||
905 | // capturing lamdbda's call operator. | |||
906 | // | |||
907 | ||||
908 | // Since the FunctionScopeInfo stack is representative of the lexical | |||
909 | // nesting of the lambda expressions during initial parsing (and is the best | |||
910 | // place for querying information about captures about lambdas that are | |||
911 | // partially processed) and perhaps during instantiation of function templates | |||
912 | // that contain lambda expressions that need to be transformed BUT not | |||
913 | // necessarily during instantiation of a nested generic lambda's function call | |||
914 | // operator (which might even be instantiated at the end of the TU) - at which | |||
915 | // time the DeclContext tree is mature enough to query capture information | |||
916 | // reliably - we use a two pronged approach to walk through all the lexically | |||
917 | // enclosing lambda expressions: | |||
918 | // | |||
919 | // 1) Climb down the FunctionScopeInfo stack as long as each item represents | |||
920 | // a Lambda (i.e. LambdaScopeInfo) AND each LSI's 'closure-type' is lexically | |||
921 | // enclosed by the call-operator of the LSI below it on the stack (while | |||
922 | // tracking the enclosing DC for step 2 if needed). Note the topmost LSI on | |||
923 | // the stack represents the innermost lambda. | |||
924 | // | |||
925 | // 2) If we run out of enclosing LSI's, check if the enclosing DeclContext | |||
926 | // represents a lambda's call operator. If it does, we must be instantiating | |||
927 | // a generic lambda's call operator (represented by the Current LSI, and | |||
928 | // should be the only scenario where an inconsistency between the LSI and the | |||
929 | // DeclContext should occur), so climb out the DeclContexts if they | |||
930 | // represent lambdas, while querying the corresponding closure types | |||
931 | // regarding capture information. | |||
932 | ||||
933 | // 1) Climb down the function scope info stack. | |||
934 | for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); | |||
935 | I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]) && | |||
936 | (!CurLSI || !CurLSI->Lambda || CurLSI->Lambda->getDeclContext() == | |||
937 | cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I])->CallOperator); | |||
938 | CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { | |||
939 | CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); | |||
940 | ||||
941 | if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) | |||
942 | continue; | |||
943 | ||||
944 | auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); | |||
945 | ||||
946 | if (C.isCopyCapture()) { | |||
947 | ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); | |||
948 | if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) | |||
949 | ClassType.addConst(); | |||
950 | return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); | |||
951 | } | |||
952 | } | |||
953 | ||||
954 | // 2) We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can | |||
955 | // happen during instantiation of its nested generic lambda call operator) | |||
956 | if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { | |||
957 | assert(CurLSI && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic "(static_cast <bool> (CurLSI && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic " "lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurLSI && \"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic \" \"lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 958, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
958 | "lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo")(static_cast <bool> (CurLSI && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic " "lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurLSI && \"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic \" \"lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 958, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
959 | assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) &&(static_cast <bool> (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization (CurLSI->CallOperator) && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we " "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a " "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic " "lambda call oeprator") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) && \"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we \" \"run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a \" \"lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic \" \"lambda call oeprator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 963, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
960 | "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we "(static_cast <bool> (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization (CurLSI->CallOperator) && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we " "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a " "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic " "lambda call oeprator") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) && \"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we \" \"run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a \" \"lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic \" \"lambda call oeprator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 963, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
961 | "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a "(static_cast <bool> (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization (CurLSI->CallOperator) && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we " "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a " "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic " "lambda call oeprator") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) && \"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we \" \"run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a \" \"lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic \" \"lambda call oeprator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 963, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
962 | "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic "(static_cast <bool> (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization (CurLSI->CallOperator) && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we " "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a " "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic " "lambda call oeprator") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) && \"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we \" \"run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a \" \"lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic \" \"lambda call oeprator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 963, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
963 | "lambda call oeprator")(static_cast <bool> (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization (CurLSI->CallOperator) && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we " "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a " "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic " "lambda call oeprator") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) && \"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we \" \"run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a \" \"lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic \" \"lambda call oeprator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 963, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
964 | assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator))(static_cast <bool> (CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext (CurLSI->CallOperator)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 964, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
965 | ||||
966 | auto IsThisCaptured = | |||
967 | [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { | |||
968 | IsConst = false; | |||
969 | IsByCopy = false; | |||
970 | for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { | |||
971 | if (C.capturesThis()) { | |||
972 | if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) | |||
973 | IsByCopy = true; | |||
974 | if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) | |||
975 | IsConst = true; | |||
976 | return true; | |||
977 | } | |||
978 | } | |||
979 | return false; | |||
980 | }; | |||
981 | ||||
982 | bool IsByCopyCapture = false; | |||
983 | bool IsConstCapture = false; | |||
984 | CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); | |||
985 | while (Closure && | |||
986 | IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { | |||
987 | if (IsByCopyCapture) { | |||
988 | ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); | |||
989 | if (IsConstCapture) | |||
990 | ClassType.addConst(); | |||
991 | return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); | |||
992 | } | |||
993 | Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) | |||
994 | ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) | |||
995 | : nullptr; | |||
996 | } | |||
997 | } | |||
998 | return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); | |||
999 | } | |||
1000 | ||||
1001 | QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { | |||
1002 | DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); | |||
1003 | QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; | |||
1004 | ||||
1005 | if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { | |||
1006 | if (method && method->isInstance()) | |||
1007 | ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); | |||
1008 | } | |||
1009 | ||||
1010 | if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && | |||
1011 | inTemplateInstantiation()) { | |||
1012 | ||||
1013 | assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && \"Trying to get 'this' type from static method?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1014, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1014 | "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && \"Trying to get 'this' type from static method?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1014, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1015 | ||||
1016 | // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default | |||
1017 | // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover | |||
1018 | // the 'this' type from it. | |||
1019 | ||||
1020 | QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); | |||
1021 | // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, | |||
1022 | // per [expr.prim.general]p4. | |||
1023 | ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); | |||
1024 | } | |||
1025 | ||||
1026 | // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' | |||
1027 | // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's | |||
1028 | // captures '*this' by copy. | |||
1029 | if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) | |||
1030 | return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, | |||
1031 | CurContext, Context); | |||
1032 | return ThisTy; | |||
1033 | } | |||
1034 | ||||
1035 | Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, | |||
1036 | Decl *ContextDecl, | |||
1037 | unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, | |||
1038 | bool Enabled) | |||
1039 | : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) | |||
1040 | { | |||
1041 | if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) | |||
1042 | return; | |||
1043 | ||||
1044 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | |||
1045 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) | |||
1046 | Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
1047 | else | |||
1048 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); | |||
1049 | ||||
1050 | // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. | |||
1051 | CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; | |||
1052 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride | |||
1053 | = S.Context.getPointerType( | |||
1054 | S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); | |||
1055 | ||||
1056 | this->Enabled = true; | |||
1057 | } | |||
1058 | ||||
1059 | ||||
1060 | Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { | |||
1061 | if (Enabled) { | |||
1062 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; | |||
1063 | } | |||
1064 | } | |||
1065 | ||||
1066 | static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, | |||
1067 | QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1068 | const bool ByCopy) { | |||
1069 | ||||
1070 | QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; | |||
1071 | // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by | |||
1072 | // copy'). | |||
1073 | QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; | |||
1074 | if (ByCopy) { | |||
1075 | // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any | |||
1076 | // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type | |||
1077 | // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. | |||
1078 | CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); | |||
1079 | CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); | |||
1080 | AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); | |||
1081 | } | |||
1082 | ||||
1083 | FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( | |||
1084 | Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, | |||
1085 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, | |||
1086 | ICIS_NoInit); | |||
1087 | ||||
1088 | Field->setImplicit(true); | |||
1089 | Field->setAccess(AS_private); | |||
1090 | RD->addDecl(Field); | |||
1091 | Expr *This = | |||
1092 | new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); | |||
1093 | if (ByCopy) { | |||
1094 | Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, | |||
1095 | UO_Deref, | |||
1096 | This).get(); | |||
1097 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( | |||
1098 | nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); | |||
1099 | InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); | |||
1100 | InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); | |||
1101 | ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); | |||
1102 | if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; | |||
1103 | return ER.get(); | |||
1104 | } | |||
1105 | return This; | |||
1106 | } | |||
1107 | ||||
1108 | bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, | |||
1109 | bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, | |||
1110 | const bool ByCopy) { | |||
1111 | // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. | |||
1112 | if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) | |||
1113 | return true; | |||
1114 | ||||
1115 | assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value")(static_cast <bool> ((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ByCopy || Explicit) && \"cannot implicitly capture *this by value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1115, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1116 | ||||
1117 | const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt | |||
1118 | ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt | |||
1119 | : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; | |||
1120 | ||||
1121 | // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') | |||
1122 | // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at | |||
1123 | // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. | |||
1124 | ||||
1125 | // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a | |||
1126 | // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: | |||
1127 | // [*this] { ... }. | |||
1128 | // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference | |||
1129 | // capture. | |||
1130 | ||||
1131 | // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes | |||
1132 | // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: | |||
1133 | // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* | |||
1134 | // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. | |||
1135 | // AND | |||
1136 | // -- there is no enclosing closure | |||
1137 | // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the | |||
1138 | // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' | |||
1139 | // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. | |||
1140 | // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the | |||
1141 | // *enclosing object* | |||
1142 | ||||
1143 | ||||
1144 | unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; | |||
1145 | for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) { | |||
1146 | if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = | |||
1147 | dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { | |||
1148 | if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { | |||
1149 | // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. | |||
1150 | CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose); | |||
1151 | break; | |||
1152 | } | |||
1153 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | |||
1154 | if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { | |||
1155 | // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. | |||
1156 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | |||
1157 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) | |||
1158 | << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); | |||
1159 | return true; | |||
1160 | } | |||
1161 | if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || | |||
1162 | CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || | |||
1163 | CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || | |||
1164 | CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || | |||
1165 | (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { | |||
1166 | // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first | |||
1167 | // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, | |||
1168 | // if any, must perform implicit captures. | |||
1169 | ||||
1170 | // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. | |||
1171 | NumCapturingClosures++; | |||
1172 | continue; | |||
1173 | } | |||
1174 | // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. | |||
1175 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | |||
1176 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) | |||
1177 | << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); | |||
1178 | return true; | |||
1179 | } | |||
1180 | break; | |||
1181 | } | |||
1182 | if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; | |||
1183 | ||||
1184 | // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the | |||
1185 | // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it | |||
1186 | // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). | |||
1187 | ||||
1188 | // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting | |||
1189 | // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for | |||
1190 | // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be | |||
1191 | // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop | |||
1192 | // above)). | |||
1193 | assert((!ByCopy ||(static_cast <bool> ((!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo >(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " "*this) by copy") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && \"Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by \" \"*this) by copy\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1196, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1194 | dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo >(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " "*this) by copy") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && \"Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by \" \"*this) by copy\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1196, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1195 | "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "(static_cast <bool> ((!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo >(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " "*this) by copy") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && \"Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by \" \"*this) by copy\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1196, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1196 | "*this) by copy")(static_cast <bool> ((!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo >(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " "*this) by copy") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ByCopy || dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && \"Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by \" \"*this) by copy\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1196, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1197 | // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated | |||
1198 | // contexts. | |||
1199 | QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); | |||
1200 | for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; | |||
1201 | --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { | |||
1202 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); | |||
1203 | Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; | |||
1204 | ||||
1205 | if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { | |||
1206 | // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, | |||
1207 | // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first | |||
1208 | // iteration. | |||
1209 | ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, | |||
1210 | ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); | |||
1211 | ||||
1212 | } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI | |||
1213 | = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) | |||
1214 | ThisExpr = | |||
1215 | captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, | |||
1216 | false/*ByCopy*/); | |||
1217 | ||||
1218 | bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; | |||
1219 | CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); | |||
1220 | } | |||
1221 | return false; | |||
1222 | } | |||
1223 | ||||
1224 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
1225 | /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this | |||
1226 | /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for | |||
1227 | /// which the function is called. | |||
1228 | ||||
1229 | QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); | |||
1230 | if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); | |||
1231 | ||||
1232 | CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); | |||
1233 | return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); | |||
1234 | } | |||
1235 | ||||
1236 | bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { | |||
1237 | // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified | |||
1238 | // type for 'this'. | |||
1239 | if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) | |||
1240 | return false; | |||
1241 | ||||
1242 | // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being | |||
1243 | // defined. | |||
1244 | CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
1245 | return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); | |||
1246 | } | |||
1247 | ||||
1248 | /// Parse construction of a specified type. | |||
1249 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") | |||
1250 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") | |||
1251 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). | |||
1252 | ExprResult | |||
1253 | Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, | |||
1254 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, | |||
1255 | MultiExprArg exprs, | |||
1256 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, | |||
1257 | bool ListInitialization) { | |||
1258 | if (!TypeRep) | |||
1259 | return ExprError(); | |||
1260 | ||||
1261 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | |||
1262 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); | |||
1263 | if (!TInfo) | |||
1264 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); | |||
1265 | ||||
1266 | auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs, | |||
1267 | RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization); | |||
1268 | // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. | |||
1269 | // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without | |||
1270 | // checking for embedded typos. | |||
1271 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && | |||
1272 | !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) | |||
1273 | Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); | |||
1274 | return Result; | |||
1275 | } | |||
1276 | ||||
1277 | ExprResult | |||
1278 | Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | |||
1279 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, | |||
1280 | MultiExprArg Exprs, | |||
1281 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, | |||
1282 | bool ListInitialization) { | |||
1283 | QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); | |||
1284 | SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); | |||
1285 | ||||
1286 | if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { | |||
1287 | // FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization | |||
1288 | // directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces. | |||
1289 | SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization | |||
1290 | ? SourceRange() | |||
1291 | : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc); | |||
1292 | return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, Locs.getBegin(), | |||
1293 | Exprs, Locs.getEnd()); | |||
1294 | } | |||
1295 | ||||
1296 | assert((!ListInitialization ||(static_cast <bool> ((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size () == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && \"List initialization must have initializer list as expression.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1298, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1297 | (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size () == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && \"List initialization must have initializer list as expression.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1298, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1298 | "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.")(static_cast <bool> ((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size () == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && \"List initialization must have initializer list as expression.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1298, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1299 | SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc); | |||
1300 | ||||
1301 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); | |||
1302 | InitializationKind Kind = | |||
1303 | Exprs.size() | |||
1304 | ? ListInitialization | |||
1305 | ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( | |||
1306 | TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc) | |||
1307 | : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, | |||
1308 | RParenOrBraceLoc) | |||
1309 | : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, | |||
1310 | RParenOrBraceLoc); | |||
1311 | ||||
1312 | // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1: | |||
1313 | // If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class | |||
1314 | // template argument deduction...] | |||
1315 | DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType(); | |||
1316 | if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { | |||
1317 | Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity, | |||
1318 | Kind, Exprs); | |||
1319 | if (Ty.isNull()) | |||
1320 | return ExprError(); | |||
1321 | Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty); | |||
1322 | } | |||
1323 | ||||
1324 | // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: | |||
1325 | // If the expression list is a parenthesized single expression, the type | |||
1326 | // conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in | |||
1327 | // meaning) to the corresponding cast expression. | |||
1328 | if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization && | |||
1329 | !isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])) { | |||
1330 | Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; | |||
1331 | return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg, | |||
1332 | RParenOrBraceLoc); | |||
1333 | } | |||
1334 | ||||
1335 | // For an expression of the form T(), T shall not be an array type. | |||
1336 | QualType ElemTy = Ty; | |||
1337 | if (Ty->isArrayType()) { | |||
1338 | if (!ListInitialization) | |||
1339 | return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) | |||
1340 | << FullRange); | |||
1341 | ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); | |||
1342 | } | |||
1343 | ||||
1344 | // There doesn't seem to be an explicit rule against this but sanity demands | |||
1345 | // we only construct objects with object types. | |||
1346 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) | |||
1347 | return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_init_for_function_type) | |||
1348 | << Ty << FullRange); | |||
1349 | ||||
1350 | // C++17 [expr.type.conv]p2: | |||
1351 | // If the type is cv void and the initializer is (), the expression is a | |||
1352 | // prvalue of the specified type that performs no initialization. | |||
1353 | if (!Ty->isVoidType() && | |||
1354 | RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, | |||
1355 | diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) | |||
1356 | return ExprError(); | |||
1357 | ||||
1358 | // Otherwise, the expression is a prvalue of the specified type whose | |||
1359 | // result object is direct-initialized (11.6) with the initializer. | |||
1360 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); | |||
1361 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); | |||
1362 | ||||
1363 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | |||
1364 | return Result; | |||
1365 | ||||
1366 | Expr *Inner = Result.get(); | |||
1367 | if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) | |||
1368 | Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); | |||
1369 | if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner) && | |||
1370 | !isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Inner)) { | |||
1371 | // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the | |||
1372 | // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent | |||
1373 | // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. | |||
1374 | // | |||
1375 | // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr | |||
1376 | // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a | |||
1377 | // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast | |||
1378 | // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. | |||
1379 | QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); | |||
1380 | SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization | |||
1381 | ? SourceRange() | |||
1382 | : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc); | |||
1383 | Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( | |||
1384 | Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp, | |||
1385 | Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd()); | |||
1386 | } | |||
1387 | ||||
1388 | return Result; | |||
1389 | } | |||
1390 | ||||
1391 | /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement | |||
1392 | /// deallocation function. | |||
1393 | static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { | |||
1394 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | |||
1395 | return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); | |||
1396 | ||||
1397 | if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && | |||
1398 | FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) | |||
1399 | return false; | |||
1400 | ||||
1401 | unsigned UsualParams = 1; | |||
1402 | ||||
1403 | if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && | |||
1404 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | |||
1405 | FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), | |||
1406 | S.Context.getSizeType())) | |||
1407 | ++UsualParams; | |||
1408 | ||||
1409 | if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && | |||
1410 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | |||
1411 | FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), | |||
1412 | S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT()))) | |||
1413 | ++UsualParams; | |||
1414 | ||||
1415 | return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams(); | |||
1416 | } | |||
1417 | ||||
1418 | namespace { | |||
1419 | struct UsualDeallocFnInfo { | |||
1420 | UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {} | |||
1421 | UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found) | |||
1422 | : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())), | |||
1423 | Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), | |||
1424 | CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) { | |||
1425 | // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function. | |||
1426 | if (!FD) | |||
1427 | return; | |||
1428 | unsigned NumBaseParams = 1; | |||
1429 | if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) { | |||
1430 | Destroying = true; | |||
1431 | ++NumBaseParams; | |||
1432 | } | |||
1433 | if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 2) | |||
1434 | HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true; | |||
1435 | else if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 1) { | |||
1436 | HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isIntegerType(); | |||
1437 | HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT; | |||
1438 | } | |||
1439 | ||||
1440 | // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this. | |||
1441 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) | |||
1442 | if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) | |||
1443 | CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD); | |||
1444 | } | |||
1445 | ||||
1446 | explicit operator bool() const { return FD; } | |||
1447 | ||||
1448 | bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize, | |||
1449 | bool WantAlign) const { | |||
1450 | // C++ P0722: | |||
1451 | // A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying | |||
1452 | // operator delete. | |||
1453 | if (Destroying != Other.Destroying) | |||
1454 | return Destroying; | |||
1455 | ||||
1456 | // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: | |||
1457 | // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter | |||
1458 | // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without | |||
1459 | // such a parameter is preferred | |||
1460 | if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT) | |||
1461 | return HasAlignValT == WantAlign; | |||
1462 | ||||
1463 | if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT) | |||
1464 | return HasSizeT == WantSize; | |||
1465 | ||||
1466 | // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker. | |||
1467 | return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref; | |||
1468 | } | |||
1469 | ||||
1470 | DeclAccessPair Found; | |||
1471 | FunctionDecl *FD; | |||
1472 | bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT; | |||
1473 | Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref; | |||
1474 | }; | |||
1475 | } | |||
1476 | ||||
1477 | /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when | |||
1478 | /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee | |||
1479 | /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is | |||
1480 | /// not known. | |||
1481 | static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) { | |||
1482 | return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && | |||
1483 | S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) > | |||
1484 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); | |||
1485 | } | |||
1486 | ||||
1487 | /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of | |||
1488 | /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope). | |||
1489 | static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload( | |||
1490 | Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign, | |||
1491 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) { | |||
1492 | UsualDeallocFnInfo Best; | |||
1493 | ||||
1494 | for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
1495 | UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair()); | |||
1496 | if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) || | |||
1497 | Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never) | |||
1498 | continue; | |||
1499 | ||||
1500 | if (!Best) { | |||
1501 | Best = Info; | |||
1502 | if (BestFns) | |||
1503 | BestFns->push_back(Info); | |||
1504 | continue; | |||
1505 | } | |||
1506 | ||||
1507 | if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign)) | |||
1508 | continue; | |||
1509 | ||||
1510 | // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred | |||
1511 | // functions are eliminated from further consideration. | |||
1512 | if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign)) | |||
1513 | BestFns->clear(); | |||
1514 | ||||
1515 | Best = Info; | |||
1516 | if (BestFns) | |||
1517 | BestFns->push_back(Info); | |||
1518 | } | |||
1519 | ||||
1520 | return Best; | |||
1521 | } | |||
1522 | ||||
1523 | /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call | |||
1524 | /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that | |||
1525 | /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is | |||
1526 | /// trivially-destructible). | |||
1527 | static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, | |||
1528 | QualType allocType) { | |||
1529 | const RecordType *record = | |||
1530 | allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
1531 | if (!record) return false; | |||
1532 | ||||
1533 | // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. | |||
1534 | ||||
1535 | DeclarationName deleteName = | |||
1536 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); | |||
1537 | LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
1538 | S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); | |||
1539 | ||||
1540 | // We're just doing this for information. | |||
1541 | ops.suppressDiagnostics(); | |||
1542 | ||||
1543 | // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. | |||
1544 | if (ops.empty()) return false; | |||
1545 | ||||
1546 | // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] | |||
1547 | // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. | |||
1548 | if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; | |||
1549 | ||||
1550 | // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: | |||
1551 | // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a | |||
1552 | // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. | |||
1553 | auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload( | |||
1554 | S, ops, /*WantSize*/false, | |||
1555 | /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType)); | |||
1556 | return Best && Best.HasSizeT; | |||
1557 | } | |||
1558 | ||||
1559 | /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). | |||
1560 | /// | |||
1561 | /// E.g.: | |||
1562 | /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode | |||
1563 | /// or | |||
1564 | /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode | |||
1565 | /// | |||
1566 | /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. | |||
1567 | /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. | |||
1568 | /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. | |||
1569 | /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. | |||
1570 | /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. | |||
1571 | /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. | |||
1572 | /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. | |||
1573 | /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null | |||
1574 | /// if there is none. | |||
1575 | ExprResult | |||
1576 | Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, | |||
1577 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, | |||
1578 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, | |||
1579 | Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { | |||
1580 | Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; | |||
1581 | // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. | |||
1582 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && | |||
1583 | D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { | |||
1584 | DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); | |||
1585 | if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) | |||
1586 | return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) | |||
1587 | << D.getSourceRange()); | |||
1588 | if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) | |||
1589 | return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) | |||
1590 | << D.getSourceRange()); | |||
1591 | if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) | |||
1592 | return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) | |||
1593 | << D.getSourceRange()); | |||
1594 | ||||
1595 | ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); | |||
1596 | D.DropFirstTypeObject(); | |||
1597 | } | |||
1598 | ||||
1599 | // Every dimension shall be of constant size. | |||
1600 | if (ArraySize) { | |||
1601 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { | |||
1602 | if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) | |||
1603 | break; | |||
1604 | ||||
1605 | DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; | |||
1606 | if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { | |||
1607 | if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { | |||
1608 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | |||
1609 | // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator | |||
1610 | // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t | |||
1611 | // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. | |||
1612 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); | |||
1613 | assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?")(static_cast <bool> (IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IntWidth && \"Builtin type of size 0?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1614 | llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); | |||
1615 | Array.NumElts | |||
1616 | = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, | |||
1617 | CCEK_NewExpr) | |||
1618 | .get(); | |||
1619 | } else { | |||
1620 | Array.NumElts | |||
1621 | = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, | |||
1622 | diag::err_new_array_nonconst) | |||
1623 | .get(); | |||
1624 | } | |||
1625 | if (!Array.NumElts) | |||
1626 | return ExprError(); | |||
1627 | } | |||
1628 | } | |||
1629 | } | |||
1630 | } | |||
1631 | ||||
1632 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); | |||
1633 | QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); | |||
1634 | if (D.isInvalidType()) | |||
1635 | return ExprError(); | |||
1636 | ||||
1637 | SourceRange DirectInitRange; | |||
1638 | if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) | |||
1639 | DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); | |||
1640 | ||||
1641 | return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, | |||
1642 | PlacementLParen, | |||
1643 | PlacementArgs, | |||
1644 | PlacementRParen, | |||
1645 | TypeIdParens, | |||
1646 | AllocType, | |||
1647 | TInfo, | |||
1648 | ArraySize, | |||
1649 | DirectInitRange, | |||
1650 | Initializer); | |||
1651 | } | |||
1652 | ||||
1653 | static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, | |||
1654 | Expr *Init) { | |||
1655 | if (!Init) | |||
1656 | return true; | |||
1657 | if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) | |||
1658 | return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; | |||
1659 | if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) | |||
1660 | return true; | |||
1661 | else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) | |||
1662 | return !CCE->isListInitialization() && | |||
1663 | CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); | |||
1664 | else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { | |||
1665 | assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && \"Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1666, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1666 | "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.")(static_cast <bool> (isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && \"Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1666, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1667 | return true; | |||
1668 | } | |||
1669 | return false; | |||
1670 | } | |||
1671 | ||||
1672 | // Emit a diagnostic if an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is not | |||
1673 | // implemented in the standard library is selected. | |||
1674 | static void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD, | |||
1675 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDelete, | |||
1676 | Sema &S) { | |||
1677 | if (!S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocationUnavailable) | |||
1678 | return; | |||
1679 | ||||
1680 | // Return if there is a definition. | |||
1681 | if (FD.isDefined()) | |||
1682 | return; | |||
1683 | ||||
1684 | bool IsAligned = false; | |||
1685 | if (FD.isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&IsAligned) && IsAligned) { | |||
1686 | const llvm::Triple &T = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | |||
1687 | StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling( | |||
1688 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()); | |||
1689 | ||||
1690 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_aligned_allocation_unavailable) | |||
1691 | << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName | |||
1692 | << alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS()).getAsString(); | |||
1693 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_silence_unligned_allocation_unavailable); | |||
1694 | } | |||
1695 | } | |||
1696 | ||||
1697 | ExprResult | |||
1698 | Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, | |||
1699 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, | |||
1700 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, | |||
1701 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, | |||
1702 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, | |||
1703 | QualType AllocType, | |||
1704 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, | |||
1705 | Expr *ArraySize, | |||
1706 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, | |||
1707 | Expr *Initializer) { | |||
1708 | SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | |||
1709 | SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); | |||
1710 | ||||
1711 | CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; | |||
1712 | if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { | |||
1713 | assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.")(static_cast <bool> (Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Have parens but no initializer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1713, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1714 | initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; | |||
1715 | } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) | |||
1716 | initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; | |||
1717 | else { | |||
1718 | assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||(static_cast <bool> ((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr >(Initializer) || isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer) ) && "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && \"Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1720, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1719 | isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr >(Initializer) || isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer) ) && "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && \"Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1720, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1720 | "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.")(static_cast <bool> ((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr >(Initializer) || isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer) ) && "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && \"Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1720, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1721 | initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; | |||
1722 | } | |||
1723 | ||||
1724 | Expr **Inits = &Initializer; | |||
1725 | unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; | |||
1726 | if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { | |||
1727 | assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init")(static_cast <bool> (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && \"paren init for non-call init\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1728 | Inits = List->getExprs(); | |||
1729 | NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); | |||
1730 | } | |||
1731 | ||||
1732 | // C++11 [expr.new]p15: | |||
1733 | // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that | |||
1734 | // object as follows: | |||
1735 | InitializationKind Kind | |||
1736 | // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- | |||
1737 | // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, | |||
1738 | // the object has indeterminate value | |||
1739 | = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit | |||
1740 | ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) | |||
1741 | // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the | |||
1742 | // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. | |||
1743 | : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit | |||
1744 | ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin(), | |||
1745 | Initializer->getLocStart(), | |||
1746 | Initializer->getLocEnd()) | |||
1747 | : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), | |||
1748 | DirectInitRange.getBegin(), | |||
1749 | DirectInitRange.getEnd()); | |||
1750 | ||||
1751 | // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. | |||
1752 | auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType(); | |||
1753 | if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { | |||
1754 | if (ArraySize) | |||
1755 | return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getExprLoc(), | |||
1756 | diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type) | |||
1757 | << /*array*/ 2 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); | |||
1758 | ||||
1759 | InitializedEntity Entity | |||
1760 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType); | |||
1761 | AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( | |||
1762 | AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); | |||
1763 | if (AllocType.isNull()) | |||
1764 | return ExprError(); | |||
1765 | } else if (Deduced) { | |||
1766 | bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit); | |||
1767 | if (NumInits == 1) { | |||
1768 | if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) { | |||
1769 | Inits = p->getInits(); | |||
1770 | NumInits = p->getNumInits(); | |||
1771 | Braced = true; | |||
1772 | } | |||
1773 | } | |||
1774 | ||||
1775 | if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) | |||
1776 | return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) | |||
1777 | << AllocType << TypeRange); | |||
1778 | if (NumInits > 1) { | |||
1779 | Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; | |||
1780 | return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), | |||
1781 | diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) | |||
1782 | << AllocType << TypeRange); | |||
1783 | } | |||
1784 | if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | |||
1785 | Diag(Initializer->getLocStart(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init) | |||
1786 | << AllocType << TypeRange; | |||
1787 | Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; | |||
1788 | QualType DeducedType; | |||
1789 | if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) | |||
1790 | return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) | |||
1791 | << AllocType << Deduce->getType() | |||
1792 | << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); | |||
1793 | if (DeducedType.isNull()) | |||
1794 | return ExprError(); | |||
1795 | AllocType = DeducedType; | |||
1796 | } | |||
1797 | ||||
1798 | // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a | |||
1799 | // typedef of an array type. | |||
1800 | if (!ArraySize) { | |||
1801 | if (const ConstantArrayType *Array | |||
1802 | = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { | |||
1803 | ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), | |||
1804 | Context.getSizeType(), | |||
1805 | TypeRange.getEnd()); | |||
1806 | AllocType = Array->getElementType(); | |||
1807 | } | |||
1808 | } | |||
1809 | ||||
1810 | if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) | |||
1811 | return ExprError(); | |||
1812 | ||||
1813 | if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && | |||
1814 | isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { | |||
1815 | Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | |||
1816 | diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) | |||
1817 | << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); | |||
1818 | } | |||
1819 | ||||
1820 | // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated | |||
1821 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | |||
1822 | AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && | |||
1823 | AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { | |||
1824 | AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, | |||
1825 | AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); | |||
1826 | } | |||
1827 | ||||
1828 | QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); | |||
1829 | ||||
1830 | if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | |||
1831 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); | |||
1832 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | |||
1833 | ArraySize = result.get(); | |||
1834 | } | |||
1835 | // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have | |||
1836 | // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." | |||
1837 | // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped | |||
1838 | // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit | |||
1839 | // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. | |||
1840 | // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to | |||
1841 | // std::size_t. | |||
1842 | llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize; | |||
1843 | if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
1844 | ExprResult ConvertedSize; | |||
1845 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | |||
1846 | assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?")(static_cast <bool> (Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth () && "Builtin type of size 0?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && \"Builtin type of size 0?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 1846, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1847 | ||||
1848 | ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), | |||
1849 | AA_Converting); | |||
1850 | ||||
1851 | if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && | |||
1852 | ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) | |||
1853 | // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. | |||
1854 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) | |||
1855 | << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; | |||
1856 | } else { | |||
1857 | class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { | |||
1858 | protected: | |||
1859 | Expr *ArraySize; | |||
1860 | ||||
1861 | public: | |||
1862 | SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) | |||
1863 | : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), | |||
1864 | ArraySize(ArraySize) {} | |||
1865 | ||||
1866 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1867 | QualType T) override { | |||
1868 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) | |||
1869 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; | |||
1870 | } | |||
1871 | ||||
1872 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( | |||
1873 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | |||
1874 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) | |||
1875 | << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); | |||
1876 | } | |||
1877 | ||||
1878 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( | |||
1879 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
1880 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; | |||
1881 | } | |||
1882 | ||||
1883 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( | |||
1884 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
1885 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) | |||
1886 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; | |||
1887 | } | |||
1888 | ||||
1889 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( | |||
1890 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | |||
1891 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; | |||
1892 | } | |||
1893 | ||||
1894 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( | |||
1895 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
1896 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) | |||
1897 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; | |||
1898 | } | |||
1899 | ||||
1900 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
1901 | QualType T, | |||
1902 | QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
1903 | return S.Diag(Loc, | |||
1904 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | |||
1905 | ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion | |||
1906 | : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) | |||
1907 | << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; | |||
1908 | } | |||
1909 | } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); | |||
1910 | ||||
1911 | ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, | |||
1912 | SizeDiagnoser); | |||
1913 | } | |||
1914 | if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) | |||
1915 | return ExprError(); | |||
1916 | ||||
1917 | ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); | |||
1918 | QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); | |||
1919 | ||||
1920 | if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | |||
1921 | return ExprError(); | |||
1922 | ||||
1923 | // C++98 [expr.new]p7: | |||
1924 | // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type | |||
1925 | // with a non-negative value. | |||
1926 | // | |||
1927 | // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand, | |||
1928 | // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an | |||
1929 | // unparenthesized array type. | |||
1930 | if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { | |||
1931 | llvm::APSInt Value; | |||
1932 | // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or | |||
1933 | // unscoped enumeration type. | |||
1934 | // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to | |||
1935 | // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in | |||
1936 | // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here! | |||
1937 | if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { | |||
1938 | if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { | |||
1939 | return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), | |||
1940 | diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) | |||
1941 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); | |||
1942 | } | |||
1943 | ||||
1944 | if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { | |||
1945 | unsigned ActiveSizeBits = | |||
1946 | ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); | |||
1947 | if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) | |||
1948 | return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), | |||
1949 | diag::err_array_too_large) | |||
1950 | << Value.toString(10) | |||
1951 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); | |||
1952 | } | |||
1953 | ||||
1954 | KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue(); | |||
1955 | } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { | |||
1956 | // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. | |||
1957 | Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) | |||
1958 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange() | |||
1959 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) | |||
1960 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); | |||
1961 | ||||
1962 | TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); | |||
1963 | } | |||
1964 | } | |||
1965 | ||||
1966 | // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can | |||
1967 | // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. | |||
1968 | } | |||
1969 | ||||
1970 | FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; | |||
1971 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | |||
1972 | unsigned Alignment = | |||
1973 | AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType); | |||
1974 | unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); | |||
1975 | bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && | |||
1976 | Alignment > NewAlignment; | |||
1977 | ||||
1978 | AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both; | |||
1979 | if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && | |||
1980 | !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && | |||
1981 | FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, | |||
1982 | SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), | |||
1983 | Scope, Scope, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment, | |||
1984 | PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) | |||
1985 | return ExprError(); | |||
1986 | ||||
1987 | // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array | |||
1988 | // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. | |||
1989 | bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; | |||
1990 | if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) | |||
1991 | UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = | |||
1992 | doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); | |||
1993 | ||||
1994 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; | |||
1995 | if (OperatorNew) { | |||
1996 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = | |||
1997 | OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
1998 | VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction | |||
1999 | : VariadicDoesNotApply; | |||
2000 | ||||
2001 | // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default | |||
2002 | // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding | |||
2003 | // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the | |||
2004 | // alignment; we've already filled it in. | |||
2005 | if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, | |||
2006 | PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs, | |||
2007 | AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) | |||
2008 | return ExprError(); | |||
2009 | ||||
2010 | if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) | |||
2011 | PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; | |||
2012 | ||||
2013 | // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. | |||
2014 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); | |||
2015 | ||||
2016 | // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent | |||
2017 | ||||
2018 | // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned) | |||
2019 | // global operator new. | |||
2020 | if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment && | |||
2021 | (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || | |||
2022 | (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && | |||
2023 | getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { | |||
2024 | if (Alignment > NewAlignment) | |||
2025 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) | |||
2026 | << AllocType | |||
2027 | << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()) | |||
2028 | << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth()); | |||
2029 | } | |||
2030 | } | |||
2031 | ||||
2032 | // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. | |||
2033 | // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the | |||
2034 | // dialect distinction. | |||
2035 | if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { | |||
2036 | SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), | |||
2037 | Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); | |||
2038 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; | |||
2039 | return ExprError(); | |||
2040 | } | |||
2041 | ||||
2042 | // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, | |||
2043 | // do it now. | |||
2044 | if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && | |||
2045 | !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( | |||
2046 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { | |||
2047 | // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound. | |||
2048 | QualType InitType; | |||
2049 | if (KnownArraySize) | |||
2050 | InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType( | |||
2051 | AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), | |||
2052 | *KnownArraySize), | |||
2053 | ArrayType::Normal, 0); | |||
2054 | else if (ArraySize) | |||
2055 | InitType = | |||
2056 | Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0); | |||
2057 | else | |||
2058 | InitType = AllocType; | |||
2059 | ||||
2060 | InitializedEntity Entity | |||
2061 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); | |||
2062 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, | |||
2063 | MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); | |||
2064 | ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, | |||
2065 | MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); | |||
2066 | if (FullInit.isInvalid()) | |||
2067 | return ExprError(); | |||
2068 | ||||
2069 | // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because | |||
2070 | // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. | |||
2071 | // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place. | |||
2072 | if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = | |||
2073 | dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) | |||
2074 | FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); | |||
2075 | ||||
2076 | Initializer = FullInit.get(); | |||
2077 | } | |||
2078 | ||||
2079 | // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. | |||
2080 | if (OperatorNew) { | |||
2081 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) | |||
2082 | return ExprError(); | |||
2083 | MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); | |||
2084 | diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*OperatorNew, StartLoc, false, *this); | |||
2085 | } | |||
2086 | if (OperatorDelete) { | |||
2087 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) | |||
2088 | return ExprError(); | |||
2089 | MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); | |||
2090 | diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*OperatorDelete, StartLoc, true, *this); | |||
2091 | } | |||
2092 | ||||
2093 | // C++0x [expr.new]p17: | |||
2094 | // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, | |||
2095 | // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. | |||
2096 | QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); | |||
2097 | if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { | |||
2098 | if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | |||
2099 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( | |||
2100 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { | |||
2101 | MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); | |||
2102 | CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, | |||
2103 | PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) | |||
2104 | << BaseAllocType); | |||
2105 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) | |||
2106 | return ExprError(); | |||
2107 | } | |||
2108 | } | |||
2109 | } | |||
2110 | ||||
2111 | return new (Context) | |||
2112 | CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment, | |||
2113 | UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, | |||
2114 | ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, | |||
2115 | Range, DirectInitRange); | |||
2116 | } | |||
2117 | ||||
2118 | /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type | |||
2119 | /// in a new-expression. | |||
2120 | bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
2121 | SourceRange R) { | |||
2122 | // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an | |||
2123 | // abstract class type or array thereof. | |||
2124 | if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) | |||
2125 | return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) | |||
2126 | << AllocType << 0 << R; | |||
2127 | else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) | |||
2128 | return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) | |||
2129 | << AllocType << 1 << R; | |||
2130 | else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && | |||
2131 | RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) | |||
2132 | return true; | |||
2133 | else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, | |||
2134 | diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) | |||
2135 | return true; | |||
2136 | else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) | |||
2137 | return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) | |||
2138 | << AllocType; | |||
2139 | else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) | |||
2140 | return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) | |||
2141 | << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() | |||
2142 | << AllocType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue(); | |||
2143 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | |||
2144 | if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { | |||
2145 | QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); | |||
2146 | if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && | |||
2147 | BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) | |||
2148 | return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) | |||
2149 | << BaseAllocType; | |||
2150 | } | |||
2151 | } | |||
2152 | ||||
2153 | return false; | |||
2154 | } | |||
2155 | ||||
2156 | static bool resolveAllocationOverload( | |||
2157 | Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, | |||
2158 | bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator, | |||
2159 | OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) { | |||
2160 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), | |||
2161 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | |||
2162 | for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); | |||
2163 | Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { | |||
2164 | // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as | |||
2165 | // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. | |||
2166 | NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | |||
2167 | ||||
2168 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { | |||
2169 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), | |||
2170 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, | |||
2171 | Candidates, | |||
2172 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | |||
2173 | continue; | |||
2174 | } | |||
2175 | ||||
2176 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
2177 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, | |||
2178 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | |||
2179 | } | |||
2180 | ||||
2181 | // Do the resolution. | |||
2182 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | |||
2183 | switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { | |||
2184 | case OR_Success: { | |||
2185 | // Got one! | |||
2186 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | |||
2187 | if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(), | |||
2188 | Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible) | |||
2189 | return true; | |||
2190 | ||||
2191 | Operator = FnDecl; | |||
2192 | return false; | |||
2193 | } | |||
2194 | ||||
2195 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | |||
2196 | // C++17 [expr.new]p13: | |||
2197 | // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has | |||
2198 | // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the | |||
2199 | // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again. | |||
2200 | if (PassAlignment) { | |||
2201 | PassAlignment = false; | |||
2202 | AlignArg = Args[1]; | |||
2203 | Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); | |||
2204 | return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, | |||
2205 | Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg, | |||
2206 | Diagnose); | |||
2207 | } | |||
2208 | ||||
2209 | // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new | |||
2210 | // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not | |||
2211 | // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we | |||
2212 | // will not replicate that bug. | |||
2213 | // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback | |||
2214 | // once MSVC implements it. | |||
2215 | if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New && | |||
2216 | S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | |||
2217 | R.clear(); | |||
2218 | R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New)); | |||
2219 | S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
2220 | // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions. | |||
2221 | return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, | |||
2222 | Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr, | |||
2223 | /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose); | |||
2224 | } | |||
2225 | ||||
2226 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
2227 | S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | |||
2228 | << R.getLookupName() << Range; | |||
2229 | ||||
2230 | // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates | |||
2231 | // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from | |||
2232 | // Candidates. | |||
2233 | if (AlignedCandidates) { | |||
2234 | auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) { | |||
2235 | return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 && | |||
2236 | C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT(); | |||
2237 | }; | |||
2238 | auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); }; | |||
2239 | ||||
2240 | // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates | |||
2241 | // first. | |||
2242 | Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg); | |||
2243 | AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", | |||
2244 | R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned); | |||
2245 | Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); | |||
2246 | Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(), | |||
2247 | IsUnaligned); | |||
2248 | } else { | |||
2249 | Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | |||
2250 | } | |||
2251 | } | |||
2252 | return true; | |||
2253 | ||||
2254 | case OR_Ambiguous: | |||
2255 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
2256 | S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | |||
2257 | << R.getLookupName() << Range; | |||
2258 | Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); | |||
2259 | } | |||
2260 | return true; | |||
2261 | ||||
2262 | case OR_Deleted: { | |||
2263 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
2264 | S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) | |||
2265 | << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName() | |||
2266 | << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range; | |||
2267 | Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | |||
2268 | } | |||
2269 | return true; | |||
2270 | } | |||
2271 | } | |||
2272 | llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 2272); | |||
2273 | } | |||
2274 | ||||
2275 | bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, | |||
2276 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, | |||
2277 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, | |||
2278 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, | |||
2279 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, | |||
2280 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, | |||
2281 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, | |||
2282 | bool Diagnose) { | |||
2283 | // --- Choosing an allocation function --- | |||
2284 | // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 | |||
2285 | // 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in | |||
2286 | // the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the | |||
2287 | // allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both. | |||
2288 | // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for | |||
2289 | // operator new. | |||
2290 | // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the | |||
2291 | // placement form. | |||
2292 | ||||
2293 | SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs; | |||
2294 | AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size()); | |||
2295 | ||||
2296 | // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments. | |||
2297 | // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax | |||
2298 | // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? | |||
2299 | // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if. | |||
2300 | IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( | |||
2301 | Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), | |||
2302 | Context.getSizeType(), | |||
2303 | SourceLocation()); | |||
2304 | AllocArgs.push_back(&Size); | |||
2305 | ||||
2306 | QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy; | |||
2307 | if (PassAlignment) { | |||
2308 | DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); | |||
2309 | AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()); | |||
2310 | } | |||
2311 | CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation()); | |||
2312 | if (PassAlignment) | |||
2313 | AllocArgs.push_back(&Align); | |||
2314 | ||||
2315 | AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end()); | |||
2316 | ||||
2317 | // C++ [expr.new]p8: | |||
2318 | // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation | |||
2319 | // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's | |||
2320 | // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array | |||
2321 | // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the | |||
2322 | // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. | |||
2323 | DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( | |||
2324 | IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); | |||
2325 | ||||
2326 | QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); | |||
2327 | ||||
2328 | // Find the allocation function. | |||
2329 | { | |||
2330 | LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
2331 | ||||
2332 | // C++1z [expr.new]p9: | |||
2333 | // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation | |||
2334 | // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the | |||
2335 | // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation | |||
2336 | // function's name is looked up in the scope of T. | |||
2337 | if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global) | |||
2338 | LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); | |||
2339 | ||||
2340 | // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in | |||
2341 | // multiple base classes. | |||
2342 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) | |||
2343 | return true; | |||
2344 | ||||
2345 | // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not | |||
2346 | // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the | |||
2347 | // global scope. | |||
2348 | if (R.empty()) { | |||
2349 | if (NewScope == AFS_Class) | |||
2350 | return true; | |||
2351 | ||||
2352 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
2353 | } | |||
2354 | ||||
2355 | assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found")(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"implicitly declared allocation functions not found\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 2355, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2356 | assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous")(static_cast <bool> (!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.isAmbiguous() && \"global allocation functions are ambiguous\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 2356, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2357 | ||||
2358 | // We do our own custom access checks below. | |||
2359 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | |||
2360 | ||||
2361 | if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment, | |||
2362 | OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr, | |||
2363 | /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose)) | |||
2364 | return true; | |||
2365 | } | |||
2366 | ||||
2367 | // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions. | |||
2368 | if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { | |||
2369 | OperatorDelete = nullptr; | |||
2370 | return false; | |||
2371 | } | |||
2372 | ||||
2373 | // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to | |||
2374 | // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload. | |||
2375 | DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( | |||
2376 | OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New | |||
2377 | ? OO_Array_Delete | |||
2378 | : OO_Delete); | |||
2379 | ||||
2380 | // C++ [expr.new]p19: | |||
2381 | // | |||
2382 | // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the | |||
2383 | // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global | |||
2384 | // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an | |||
2385 | // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in | |||
2386 | // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if | |||
2387 | // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the | |||
2388 | // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. | |||
2389 | LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
2390 | if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) { | |||
2391 | CXXRecordDecl *RD | |||
2392 | = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
2393 | LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); | |||
2394 | } | |||
2395 | if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) | |||
2396 | return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? | |||
2397 | ||||
2398 | bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty(); | |||
2399 | if (FoundDelete.empty()) { | |||
2400 | if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class) | |||
2401 | return true; | |||
2402 | ||||
2403 | DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); | |||
2404 | LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
2405 | } | |||
2406 | ||||
2407 | FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); | |||
2408 | ||||
2409 | SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; | |||
2410 | ||||
2411 | // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated | |||
2412 | // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether | |||
2413 | // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like | |||
2414 | // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; | |||
2415 | // A *a = new A() | |||
2416 | // | |||
2417 | // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function" | |||
2418 | // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose | |||
2419 | // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t). | |||
2420 | // | |||
2421 | // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement? | |||
2422 | // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned | |||
2423 | // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete. | |||
2424 | bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 || | |||
2425 | OperatorNew->isVariadic(); | |||
2426 | ||||
2427 | if (isPlacementNew) { | |||
2428 | // C++ [expr.new]p20: | |||
2429 | // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the | |||
2430 | // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the | |||
2431 | // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations | |||
2432 | // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are | |||
2433 | // identical. [...] | |||
2434 | // | |||
2435 | // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that | |||
2436 | // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both | |||
2437 | // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. | |||
2438 | QualType ExpectedFunctionType; | |||
2439 | { | |||
2440 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | |||
2441 | = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
2442 | ||||
2443 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; | |||
2444 | ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); | |||
2445 | for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) | |||
2446 | ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); | |||
2447 | ||||
2448 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | |||
2449 | // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule. | |||
2450 | EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); | |||
2451 | ||||
2452 | ExpectedFunctionType | |||
2453 | = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); | |||
2454 | } | |||
2455 | ||||
2456 | for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), | |||
2457 | DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); | |||
2458 | D != DEnd; ++D) { | |||
2459 | FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; | |||
2460 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = | |||
2461 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { | |||
2462 | // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the | |||
2463 | // expected function type. | |||
2464 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); | |||
2465 | if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, | |||
2466 | Info)) | |||
2467 | continue; | |||
2468 | } else | |||
2469 | Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); | |||
2470 | ||||
2471 | if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(), | |||
2472 | ExpectedFunctionType, | |||
2473 | /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true), | |||
2474 | ExpectedFunctionType)) | |||
2475 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); | |||
2476 | } | |||
2477 | ||||
2478 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | |||
2479 | EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); | |||
2480 | } else { | |||
2481 | // C++1y [expr.new]p22: | |||
2482 | // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation | |||
2483 | // function lookup is used | |||
2484 | // | |||
2485 | // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete | |||
2486 | // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete | |||
2487 | // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case). | |||
2488 | llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns; | |||
2489 | UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload( | |||
2490 | *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete, | |||
2491 | /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType), | |||
2492 | &BestDeallocFns); | |||
2493 | if (Selected) | |||
2494 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD)); | |||
2495 | else { | |||
2496 | // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable | |||
2497 | // but ambiguous. | |||
2498 | for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns) | |||
2499 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD)); | |||
2500 | } | |||
2501 | } | |||
2502 | ||||
2503 | // C++ [expr.new]p20: | |||
2504 | // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation | |||
2505 | // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no | |||
2506 | // deallocation function will be called. | |||
2507 | if (Matches.size() == 1) { | |||
2508 | OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; | |||
2509 | ||||
2510 | // C++1z [expr.new]p23: | |||
2511 | // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2) | |||
2512 | // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered | |||
2513 | // as a placement deallocation function, would have been | |||
2514 | // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program | |||
2515 | // is ill-formed. | |||
2516 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew && | |||
2517 | isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { | |||
2518 | UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this, | |||
2519 | DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)); | |||
2520 | // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09: | |||
2521 | // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding | |||
2522 | // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized | |||
2523 | // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter. | |||
2524 | bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT; | |||
2525 | if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) { | |||
2526 | auto NonSizedDelete = | |||
2527 | resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false, | |||
2528 | /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT); | |||
2529 | if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT && | |||
2530 | NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT) | |||
2531 | IsSizedDelete = false; | |||
2532 | } | |||
2533 | ||||
2534 | if (IsSizedDelete) { | |||
2535 | SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty() | |||
2536 | ? SourceRange() | |||
2537 | : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), | |||
2538 | PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); | |||
2539 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R; | |||
2540 | if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) | |||
2541 | Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | |||
2542 | << DeleteName; | |||
2543 | } | |||
2544 | } | |||
2545 | ||||
2546 | CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), | |||
2547 | Matches[0].first); | |||
2548 | } else if (!Matches.empty()) { | |||
2549 | // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we | |||
2550 | // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user. | |||
2551 | // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw. | |||
2552 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found) | |||
2553 | << DeleteName << AllocElemType; | |||
2554 | ||||
2555 | for (auto &Match : Matches) | |||
2556 | Diag(Match.second->getLocation(), | |||
2557 | diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName; | |||
2558 | } | |||
2559 | ||||
2560 | return false; | |||
2561 | } | |||
2562 | ||||
2563 | /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and | |||
2564 | /// delete. These are: | |||
2565 | /// @code | |||
2566 | /// // C++03: | |||
2567 | /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); | |||
2568 | /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); | |||
2569 | /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); | |||
2570 | /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); | |||
2571 | /// // C++11: | |||
2572 | /// void* operator new(std::size_t); | |||
2573 | /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); | |||
2574 | /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; | |||
2575 | /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; | |||
2576 | /// // C++1y: | |||
2577 | /// void* operator new(std::size_t); | |||
2578 | /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); | |||
2579 | /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; | |||
2580 | /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; | |||
2581 | /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; | |||
2582 | /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; | |||
2583 | /// @endcode | |||
2584 | /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly | |||
2585 | /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. | |||
2586 | void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { | |||
2587 | if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) | |||
2588 | return; | |||
2589 | ||||
2590 | // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: | |||
2591 | // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are | |||
2592 | // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a | |||
2593 | // program | |||
2594 | // | |||
2595 | // C++03: | |||
2596 | // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); | |||
2597 | // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); | |||
2598 | // void operator delete(void*) throw(); | |||
2599 | // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); | |||
2600 | // C++11: | |||
2601 | // void* operator new(std::size_t); | |||
2602 | // void* operator new[](std::size_t); | |||
2603 | // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; | |||
2604 | // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; | |||
2605 | // C++1y: | |||
2606 | // void* operator new(std::size_t); | |||
2607 | // void* operator new[](std::size_t); | |||
2608 | // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; | |||
2609 | // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; | |||
2610 | // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; | |||
2611 | // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; | |||
2612 | // | |||
2613 | // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator | |||
2614 | // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. | |||
2615 | // | |||
2616 | // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare | |||
2617 | // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. | |||
2618 | // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name | |||
2619 | // lookup. | |||
2620 | if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | |||
2621 | // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it | |||
2622 | // implicitly. | |||
2623 | StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, | |||
2624 | getOrCreateStdNamespace(), | |||
2625 | SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | |||
2626 | &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), | |||
2627 | nullptr); | |||
2628 | getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); | |||
2629 | } | |||
2630 | if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) { | |||
2631 | // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it | |||
2632 | // implicitly. | |||
2633 | auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create( | |||
2634 | Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | |||
2635 | &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true); | |||
2636 | AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType()); | |||
2637 | AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType()); | |||
2638 | AlignValT->setImplicit(true); | |||
2639 | StdAlignValT = AlignValT; | |||
2640 | } | |||
2641 | ||||
2642 | GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; | |||
2643 | ||||
2644 | QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); | |||
2645 | QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); | |||
2646 | ||||
2647 | auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind, | |||
2648 | QualType Return, QualType Param) { | |||
2649 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params; | |||
2650 | Params.push_back(Param); | |||
2651 | ||||
2652 | // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned). | |||
2653 | bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && | |||
2654 | (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete); | |||
2655 | bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation; | |||
2656 | ||||
2657 | int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1); | |||
2658 | int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1); | |||
2659 | for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) { | |||
2660 | if (Sized) | |||
2661 | Params.push_back(SizeT); | |||
2662 | ||||
2663 | for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) { | |||
2664 | if (Aligned) | |||
2665 | Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT())); | |||
2666 | ||||
2667 | DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( | |||
2668 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params); | |||
2669 | ||||
2670 | if (Aligned) | |||
2671 | Params.pop_back(); | |||
2672 | } | |||
2673 | } | |||
2674 | }; | |||
2675 | ||||
2676 | DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); | |||
2677 | DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); | |||
2678 | DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); | |||
2679 | DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); | |||
2680 | } | |||
2681 | ||||
2682 | /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global | |||
2683 | /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. | |||
2684 | void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, | |||
2685 | QualType Return, | |||
2686 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params) { | |||
2687 | DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
2688 | ||||
2689 | // Check if this function is already declared. | |||
2690 | DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); | |||
2691 | for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); | |||
2692 | Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { | |||
2693 | // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, | |||
2694 | // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. | |||
2695 | if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { | |||
2696 | if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) { | |||
2697 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams; | |||
2698 | for (auto *P : Func->parameters()) | |||
2699 | FuncParams.push_back( | |||
2700 | Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType())); | |||
2701 | if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) { | |||
2702 | // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in | |||
2703 | // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global | |||
2704 | // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. | |||
2705 | Func->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule(); | |||
2706 | return; | |||
2707 | } | |||
2708 | } | |||
2709 | } | |||
2710 | } | |||
2711 | ||||
2712 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | |||
2713 | ||||
2714 | QualType BadAllocType; | |||
2715 | bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec | |||
2716 | = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || | |||
2717 | Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); | |||
2718 | if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { | |||
2719 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | |||
2720 | BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); | |||
2721 | assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared")(static_cast <bool> (StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("StdBadAlloc && \"Must have std::bad_alloc declared\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 2721, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2722 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; | |||
2723 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); | |||
2724 | } | |||
2725 | } else { | |||
2726 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = | |||
2727 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; | |||
2728 | } | |||
2729 | ||||
2730 | auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) { | |||
2731 | QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI); | |||
2732 | FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create( | |||
2733 | Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name, | |||
2734 | FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); | |||
2735 | Alloc->setImplicit(); | |||
2736 | // Global allocation functions should always be visible. | |||
2737 | Alloc->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule(); | |||
2738 | ||||
2739 | // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. | |||
2740 | Alloc->addAttr( | |||
2741 | VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default)); | |||
2742 | ||||
2743 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls; | |||
2744 | for (QualType T : Params) { | |||
2745 | ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create( | |||
2746 | Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T, | |||
2747 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr)); | |||
2748 | ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit(); | |||
2749 | } | |||
2750 | Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls); | |||
2751 | if (ExtraAttr) | |||
2752 | Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr); | |||
2753 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); | |||
2754 | IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); | |||
2755 | }; | |||
2756 | ||||
2757 | if (!LangOpts.CUDA) | |||
2758 | CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr); | |||
2759 | else { | |||
2760 | // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be | |||
2761 | // defined or re-declared independently. | |||
2762 | CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
2763 | CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
2764 | } | |||
2765 | } | |||
2766 | ||||
2767 | FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, | |||
2768 | bool CanProvideSize, | |||
2769 | bool Overaligned, | |||
2770 | DeclarationName Name) { | |||
2771 | DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); | |||
2772 | ||||
2773 | LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
2774 | LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
2775 | ||||
2776 | // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a | |||
2777 | // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We | |||
2778 | // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation | |||
2779 | // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case. | |||
2780 | auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize, | |||
2781 | Overaligned); | |||
2782 | assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?")(static_cast <bool> (Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.FD && \"operator delete missing from global scope?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 2782, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2783 | return Result.FD; | |||
2784 | } | |||
2785 | ||||
2786 | FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, | |||
2787 | CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | |||
2788 | DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); | |||
2789 | ||||
2790 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | |||
2791 | if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete)) | |||
2792 | return nullptr; | |||
2793 | if (OperatorDelete) | |||
2794 | return OperatorDelete; | |||
2795 | ||||
2796 | // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global | |||
2797 | // non-array delete. | |||
2798 | return FindUsualDeallocationFunction( | |||
2799 | Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)), | |||
2800 | Name); | |||
2801 | } | |||
2802 | ||||
2803 | bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, | |||
2804 | DeclarationName Name, | |||
2805 | FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) { | |||
2806 | LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
2807 | // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. | |||
2808 | LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); | |||
2809 | ||||
2810 | if (Found.isAmbiguous()) | |||
2811 | return true; | |||
2812 | ||||
2813 | Found.suppressDiagnostics(); | |||
2814 | ||||
2815 | bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)); | |||
2816 | ||||
2817 | // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: | |||
2818 | // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a | |||
2819 | // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. | |||
2820 | llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches; | |||
2821 | resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false, | |||
2822 | /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches); | |||
2823 | ||||
2824 | // If we could find an overload, use it. | |||
2825 | if (Matches.size() == 1) { | |||
2826 | Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD); | |||
2827 | ||||
2828 | // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl? | |||
2829 | if (Operator->isDeleted()) { | |||
2830 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
2831 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); | |||
2832 | NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); | |||
2833 | } | |||
2834 | return true; | |||
2835 | } | |||
2836 | ||||
2837 | if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), | |||
2838 | Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) | |||
2839 | return true; | |||
2840 | ||||
2841 | return false; | |||
2842 | } | |||
2843 | ||||
2844 | // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. | |||
2845 | // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent | |||
2846 | // is that this should never happen. | |||
2847 | if (!Matches.empty()) { | |||
2848 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
2849 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) | |||
2850 | << Name << RD; | |||
2851 | for (auto &Match : Matches) | |||
2852 | Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; | |||
2853 | } | |||
2854 | return true; | |||
2855 | } | |||
2856 | ||||
2857 | // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but | |||
2858 | // none of them were suitable. | |||
2859 | if (!Found.empty()) { | |||
2860 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
2861 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) | |||
2862 | << Name << RD; | |||
2863 | ||||
2864 | for (NamedDecl *D : Found) | |||
2865 | Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), | |||
2866 | diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; | |||
2867 | } | |||
2868 | return true; | |||
2869 | } | |||
2870 | ||||
2871 | Operator = nullptr; | |||
2872 | return false; | |||
2873 | } | |||
2874 | ||||
2875 | namespace { | |||
2876 | /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for | |||
2877 | /// initializing deletee have the same array form. | |||
2878 | class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { | |||
2879 | public: | |||
2880 | enum MismatchResult { | |||
2881 | /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. | |||
2882 | NoMismatch, | |||
2883 | /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. | |||
2884 | VarInitMismatches, | |||
2885 | /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. | |||
2886 | MemberInitMismatches, | |||
2887 | /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been | |||
2888 | /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. | |||
2889 | AnalyzeLater | |||
2890 | }; | |||
2891 | ||||
2892 | /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of | |||
2893 | /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point | |||
2894 | /// delete-expression was encountered. | |||
2895 | explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) | |||
2896 | : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), | |||
2897 | HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} | |||
2898 | ||||
2899 | /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with | |||
2900 | /// matching form of new-expression. | |||
2901 | /// | |||
2902 | /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the | |||
2903 | /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be | |||
2904 | /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where | |||
2905 | /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of | |||
2906 | /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor | |||
2907 | /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member | |||
2908 | /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. | |||
2909 | MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); | |||
2910 | /// \brief Analyzes a class member. | |||
2911 | /// \param Field Class member to analyze. | |||
2912 | /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used | |||
2913 | /// for deleting the \p Field. | |||
2914 | MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); | |||
2915 | FieldDecl *Field; | |||
2916 | /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee | |||
2917 | llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; | |||
2918 | /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. | |||
2919 | bool IsArrayForm; | |||
2920 | ||||
2921 | private: | |||
2922 | const bool EndOfTU; | |||
2923 | /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. | |||
2924 | bool HasUndefinedConstructors; | |||
2925 | /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. | |||
2926 | /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. | |||
2927 | /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. | |||
2928 | const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); | |||
2929 | /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of | |||
2930 | /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. | |||
2931 | /// | |||
2932 | /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation | |||
2933 | /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching | |||
2934 | /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return | |||
2935 | /// \c NoMismatch. | |||
2936 | MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); | |||
2937 | /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of | |||
2938 | /// \c new. | |||
2939 | /// | |||
2940 | /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not | |||
2941 | /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. | |||
2942 | /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. | |||
2943 | /// \param D Variable to analyze. | |||
2944 | bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); | |||
2945 | /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching | |||
2946 | /// form of \c new. | |||
2947 | /// | |||
2948 | /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in | |||
2949 | /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the | |||
2950 | /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given | |||
2951 | /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or | |||
2952 | /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. | |||
2953 | bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); | |||
2954 | /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of | |||
2955 | /// \c new in member initializer list. | |||
2956 | bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); | |||
2957 | /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by | |||
2958 | /// in-class initializer. | |||
2959 | MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); | |||
2960 | }; | |||
2961 | } | |||
2962 | ||||
2963 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult | |||
2964 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { | |||
2965 | NewExprs.clear(); | |||
2966 | assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression")(static_cast <bool> (DE && "Expected delete-expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DE && \"Expected delete-expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 2966, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2967 | IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); | |||
2968 | const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | |||
2969 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { | |||
2970 | return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); | |||
2971 | } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | |||
2972 | if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) | |||
2973 | return VarInitMismatches; | |||
2974 | } | |||
2975 | return NoMismatch; | |||
2976 | } | |||
2977 | ||||
2978 | const CXXNewExpr * | |||
2979 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { | |||
2980 | assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression")(static_cast <bool> (E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E != nullptr && \"Expected a valid initializer expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 2980, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2981 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | |||
2982 | if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { | |||
2983 | if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) | |||
2984 | E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | |||
2985 | } | |||
2986 | ||||
2987 | return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); | |||
2988 | } | |||
2989 | ||||
2990 | bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( | |||
2991 | const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { | |||
2992 | const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; | |||
2993 | if (Field == CI->getMember() && | |||
2994 | (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { | |||
2995 | if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) | |||
2996 | return true; | |||
2997 | else | |||
2998 | NewExprs.push_back(NE); | |||
2999 | } | |||
3000 | return false; | |||
3001 | } | |||
3002 | ||||
3003 | bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( | |||
3004 | const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { | |||
3005 | if (CD->isImplicit()) | |||
3006 | return false; | |||
3007 | const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; | |||
3008 | if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { | |||
3009 | HasUndefinedConstructors = true; | |||
3010 | return EndOfTU; | |||
3011 | } | |||
3012 | for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { | |||
3013 | if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) | |||
3014 | return true; | |||
3015 | } | |||
3016 | return false; | |||
3017 | } | |||
3018 | ||||
3019 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult | |||
3020 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { | |||
3021 | assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members")(static_cast <bool> (Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Field != nullptr && \"This should be called only for members\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3021, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3022 | const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); | |||
3023 | if (!InitExpr) | |||
3024 | return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; | |||
3025 | if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { | |||
3026 | if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { | |||
3027 | NewExprs.push_back(NE); | |||
3028 | return MemberInitMismatches; | |||
3029 | } | |||
3030 | } | |||
3031 | return NoMismatch; | |||
3032 | } | |||
3033 | ||||
3034 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult | |||
3035 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, | |||
3036 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { | |||
3037 | assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.")(static_cast <bool> (Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Field != nullptr && \"Analysis requires a valid class member.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3037, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3038 | this->Field = Field; | |||
3039 | IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; | |||
3040 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); | |||
3041 | for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { | |||
3042 | if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) | |||
3043 | return NoMismatch; | |||
3044 | } | |||
3045 | if (HasUndefinedConstructors) | |||
3046 | return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; | |||
3047 | if (!NewExprs.empty()) | |||
3048 | return MemberInitMismatches; | |||
3049 | return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() | |||
3050 | : NoMismatch; | |||
3051 | } | |||
3052 | ||||
3053 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult | |||
3054 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { | |||
3055 | assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression")(static_cast <bool> (ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ME != nullptr && \"Expected a member expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3055, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3056 | if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) | |||
3057 | return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); | |||
3058 | return NoMismatch; | |||
3059 | } | |||
3060 | ||||
3061 | bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { | |||
3062 | const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; | |||
3063 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { | |||
3064 | if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && | |||
3065 | NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { | |||
3066 | NewExprs.push_back(NE); | |||
3067 | } | |||
3068 | } | |||
3069 | return NewExprs.empty(); | |||
3070 | } | |||
3071 | ||||
3072 | static void | |||
3073 | DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, | |||
3074 | const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { | |||
3075 | SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); | |||
3076 | FixItHint H; | |||
3077 | if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) | |||
3078 | H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); | |||
3079 | else { | |||
3080 | SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( | |||
3081 | DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), | |||
3082 | SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); | |||
3083 | if (RSquare.isValid()) | |||
3084 | H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); | |||
3085 | } | |||
3086 | SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) | |||
3087 | << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; | |||
3088 | ||||
3089 | for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) | |||
3090 | SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) | |||
3091 | << Detector.IsArrayForm; | |||
3092 | } | |||
3093 | ||||
3094 | void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { | |||
3095 | if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) | |||
3096 | return; | |||
3097 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); | |||
3098 | switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { | |||
3099 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: | |||
3100 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { | |||
3101 | DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); | |||
3102 | break; | |||
3103 | } | |||
3104 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { | |||
3105 | DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( | |||
3106 | std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); | |||
3107 | break; | |||
3108 | } | |||
3109 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: | |||
3110 | break; | |||
3111 | } | |||
3112 | } | |||
3113 | ||||
3114 | void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, | |||
3115 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { | |||
3116 | MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); | |||
3117 | switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { | |||
3118 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: | |||
3119 | llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("This analysis should have been done for class members." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3119); | |||
3120 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: | |||
3121 | llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " "translation unit.", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3122) | |||
3122 | "translation unit.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " "translation unit.", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3122); | |||
3123 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: | |||
3124 | DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); | |||
3125 | break; | |||
3126 | case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: | |||
3127 | break; | |||
3128 | } | |||
3129 | } | |||
3130 | ||||
3131 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: | |||
3132 | /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode | |||
3133 | /// or | |||
3134 | /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode | |||
3135 | ExprResult | |||
3136 | Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, | |||
3137 | bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { | |||
3138 | // C++ [expr.delete]p1: | |||
3139 | // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single | |||
3140 | // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type | |||
3141 | // void. | |||
3142 | // | |||
3143 | // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. | |||
3144 | ||||
3145 | ExprResult Ex = ExE; | |||
3146 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; | |||
3147 | bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; | |||
3148 | bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; | |||
3149 | ||||
3150 | if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
3151 | // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. | |||
3152 | Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); | |||
3153 | if (Ex.isInvalid()) | |||
3154 | return ExprError(); | |||
3155 | ||||
3156 | QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); | |||
3157 | ||||
3158 | class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { | |||
3159 | public: | |||
3160 | DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} | |||
3161 | ||||
3162 | bool match(QualType ConvType) override { | |||
3163 | // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick | |||
3164 | // the operator T*. | |||
3165 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | |||
3166 | if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) | |||
3167 | return true; | |||
3168 | return false; | |||
3169 | } | |||
3170 | ||||
3171 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
3172 | QualType T) override { | |||
3173 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; | |||
3174 | } | |||
3175 | ||||
3176 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
3177 | QualType T) override { | |||
3178 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; | |||
3179 | } | |||
3180 | ||||
3181 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
3182 | QualType T, | |||
3183 | QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
3184 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; | |||
3185 | } | |||
3186 | ||||
3187 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, | |||
3188 | QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
3189 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) | |||
3190 | << ConvTy; | |||
3191 | } | |||
3192 | ||||
3193 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
3194 | QualType T) override { | |||
3195 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; | |||
3196 | } | |||
3197 | ||||
3198 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, | |||
3199 | QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
3200 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) | |||
3201 | << ConvTy; | |||
3202 | } | |||
3203 | ||||
3204 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
3205 | QualType T, | |||
3206 | QualType ConvTy) override { | |||
3207 | llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("conversion functions are permitted" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3207); | |||
3208 | } | |||
3209 | } Converter; | |||
3210 | ||||
3211 | Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); | |||
3212 | if (Ex.isInvalid()) | |||
3213 | return ExprError(); | |||
3214 | Type = Ex.get()->getType(); | |||
3215 | if (!Converter.match(Type)) | |||
3216 | // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError | |||
3217 | // itself in this case. | |||
3218 | return ExprError(); | |||
3219 | ||||
3220 | QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | |||
3221 | QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); | |||
3222 | ||||
3223 | if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) | |||
3224 | return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), | |||
3225 | diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) | |||
3226 | << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() | |||
3227 | << Pointee.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue(); | |||
3228 | ||||
3229 | CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; | |||
3230 | if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { | |||
3231 | // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which | |||
3232 | // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support | |||
3233 | // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. | |||
3234 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) | |||
3235 | << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
3236 | } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { | |||
3237 | return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) | |||
3238 | << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); | |||
3239 | } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { | |||
3240 | // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a | |||
3241 | // module but is hidden. | |||
3242 | if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, | |||
3243 | diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { | |||
3244 | if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) | |||
3245 | PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | |||
3246 | } | |||
3247 | } | |||
3248 | ||||
3249 | if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { | |||
3250 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) | |||
3251 | << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() | |||
3252 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); | |||
3253 | ArrayForm = true; | |||
3254 | } | |||
3255 | ||||
3256 | DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( | |||
3257 | ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); | |||
3258 | ||||
3259 | if (PointeeRD) { | |||
3260 | if (!UseGlobal && | |||
3261 | FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, | |||
3262 | OperatorDelete)) | |||
3263 | return ExprError(); | |||
3264 | ||||
3265 | // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the | |||
3266 | // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. | |||
3267 | if (ArrayForm) { | |||
3268 | // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, | |||
3269 | // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. | |||
3270 | if (UseGlobal) | |||
3271 | UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = | |||
3272 | doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); | |||
3273 | ||||
3274 | // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the | |||
3275 | // function we just found. | |||
3276 | else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) | |||
3277 | UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = | |||
3278 | UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this, | |||
3279 | DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)) | |||
3280 | .HasSizeT; | |||
3281 | } | |||
3282 | ||||
3283 | if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) | |||
3284 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { | |||
3285 | MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, | |||
3286 | const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); | |||
3287 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) | |||
3288 | return ExprError(); | |||
3289 | } | |||
3290 | ||||
3291 | CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, | |||
3292 | /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, | |||
3293 | /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, | |||
3294 | SourceLocation()); | |||
3295 | } | |||
3296 | ||||
3297 | if (!OperatorDelete) { | |||
3298 | bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee); | |||
3299 | bool CanProvideSize = | |||
3300 | IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || | |||
3301 | Pointee.isDestructedType()); | |||
3302 | bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee); | |||
3303 | ||||
3304 | // Look for a global declaration. | |||
3305 | OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize, | |||
3306 | Overaligned, DeleteName); | |||
3307 | } | |||
3308 | ||||
3309 | MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); | |||
3310 | ||||
3311 | // Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it. | |||
3312 | // Note that this is required even for a virtual delete. | |||
3313 | bool IsVirtualDelete = false; | |||
3314 | if (PointeeRD) { | |||
3315 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { | |||
3316 | CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, | |||
3317 | PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); | |||
3318 | IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual(); | |||
3319 | } | |||
3320 | } | |||
3321 | ||||
3322 | diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*OperatorDelete, StartLoc, true, | |||
3323 | *this); | |||
3324 | ||||
3325 | // Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator | |||
3326 | // delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator | |||
3327 | // delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void* | |||
3328 | // is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle. | |||
3329 | QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType(); | |||
3330 | if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | |||
3331 | Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers(); | |||
3332 | if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) { | |||
3333 | // Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking | |||
3334 | // for access and ambiguity. | |||
3335 | Qs.removeCVRQualifiers(); | |||
3336 | QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType( | |||
3337 | Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs)); | |||
3338 | Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp); | |||
3339 | } | |||
3340 | Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing); | |||
3341 | if (Ex.isInvalid()) | |||
3342 | return ExprError(); | |||
3343 | } | |||
3344 | } | |||
3345 | ||||
3346 | CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( | |||
3347 | Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, | |||
3348 | UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); | |||
3349 | AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); | |||
3350 | return Result; | |||
3351 | } | |||
3352 | ||||
3353 | static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall, | |||
3354 | bool IsDelete, | |||
3355 | FunctionDecl *&Operator) { | |||
3356 | ||||
3357 | DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( | |||
3358 | IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New); | |||
3359 | ||||
3360 | LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getLocStart(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
3361 | S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
3362 | assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found")(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"implicitly declared allocation functions not found\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3362, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3363 | assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous")(static_cast <bool> (!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.isAmbiguous() && \"global allocation functions are ambiguous\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3364 | ||||
3365 | // We do our own custom access checks below. | |||
3366 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | |||
3367 | ||||
3368 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end()); | |||
3369 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), | |||
3370 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | |||
3371 | for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end(); | |||
3372 | FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) { | |||
3373 | // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as | |||
3374 | // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. | |||
3375 | NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | |||
3376 | ||||
3377 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { | |||
3378 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(), | |||
3379 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, | |||
3380 | Candidates, | |||
3381 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | |||
3382 | continue; | |||
3383 | } | |||
3384 | ||||
3385 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
3386 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates, | |||
3387 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | |||
3388 | } | |||
3389 | ||||
3390 | SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange(); | |||
3391 | ||||
3392 | // Do the resolution. | |||
3393 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | |||
3394 | switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { | |||
3395 | case OR_Success: { | |||
3396 | // Got one! | |||
3397 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | |||
3398 | assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (R.getNamingClass() == nullptr && "class members should not be considered") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R.getNamingClass() == nullptr && \"class members should not be considered\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3399, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
3399 | "class members should not be considered")(static_cast <bool> (R.getNamingClass() == nullptr && "class members should not be considered") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R.getNamingClass() == nullptr && \"class members should not be considered\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3399, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3400 | ||||
3401 | if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) { | |||
3402 | S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual) | |||
3403 | << (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range; | |||
3404 | S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here) | |||
3405 | << R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange(); | |||
3406 | return true; | |||
3407 | } | |||
3408 | ||||
3409 | Operator = FnDecl; | |||
3410 | return false; | |||
3411 | } | |||
3412 | ||||
3413 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | |||
3414 | S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | |||
3415 | << R.getLookupName() << Range; | |||
3416 | Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | |||
3417 | return true; | |||
3418 | ||||
3419 | case OR_Ambiguous: | |||
3420 | S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | |||
3421 | << R.getLookupName() << Range; | |||
3422 | Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); | |||
3423 | return true; | |||
3424 | ||||
3425 | case OR_Deleted: { | |||
3426 | S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) | |||
3427 | << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName() | |||
3428 | << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range; | |||
3429 | Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | |||
3430 | return true; | |||
3431 | } | |||
3432 | } | |||
3433 | llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3433); | |||
3434 | } | |||
3435 | ||||
3436 | ExprResult | |||
3437 | Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, | |||
3438 | bool IsDelete) { | |||
3439 | CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get()); | |||
3440 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | |||
3441 | Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language) | |||
3442 | << (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new") | |||
3443 | << "C++"; | |||
3444 | return ExprError(); | |||
3445 | } | |||
3446 | // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call, | |||
3447 | // so ensure that they are declared. | |||
3448 | DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); | |||
3449 | ||||
3450 | FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr; | |||
3451 | if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete, | |||
3452 | OperatorNewOrDelete)) | |||
3453 | return ExprError(); | |||
3454 | assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found")(static_cast <bool> (OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OperatorNewOrDelete && \"should be found\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3454, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3455 | ||||
3456 | TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType()); | |||
3457 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) { | |||
3458 | QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType(); | |||
3459 | InitializedEntity Entity = | |||
3460 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false); | |||
3461 | ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization( | |||
3462 | Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getLocStart(), TheCall->getArg(i)); | |||
3463 | if (Arg.isInvalid()) | |||
3464 | return ExprError(); | |||
3465 | TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get()); | |||
3466 | } | |||
3467 | auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()); | |||
3468 | assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&(static_cast <bool> (Callee && Callee->getCastKind () == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr && "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr && \"Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3469, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
3469 | "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Callee && Callee->getCastKind () == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr && "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr && \"Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3469, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3470 | Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType()); | |||
3471 | ||||
3472 | return TheCallResult; | |||
3473 | } | |||
3474 | ||||
3475 | void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
3476 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, | |||
3477 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, | |||
3478 | SourceLocation DtorLoc) { | |||
3479 | if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext()) | |||
3480 | return; | |||
3481 | ||||
3482 | // C++ [expr.delete]p3: | |||
3483 | // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the | |||
3484 | // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static | |||
3485 | // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be | |||
3486 | // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the | |||
3487 | // behavior is undefined. | |||
3488 | // | |||
3489 | const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); | |||
3490 | // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there | |||
3491 | if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) | |||
3492 | return; | |||
3493 | ||||
3494 | // If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done. | |||
3495 | // The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header, | |||
3496 | // what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined. | |||
3497 | if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation())) | |||
3498 | return; | |||
3499 | ||||
3500 | QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); | |||
3501 | if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { | |||
3502 | // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're | |||
3503 | // sure the code has undefined behavior. | |||
3504 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) | |||
3505 | << ClassType; | |||
3506 | } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { | |||
3507 | // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, | |||
3508 | // but not necessarily wrong. | |||
3509 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) | |||
3510 | << ClassType; | |||
3511 | } | |||
3512 | if (!IsDelete) { | |||
3513 | std::string TypeStr; | |||
3514 | ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); | |||
3515 | Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) | |||
3516 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); | |||
3517 | } | |||
3518 | } | |||
3519 | ||||
3520 | Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, | |||
3521 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, | |||
3522 | ConditionKind CK) { | |||
3523 | ExprResult E = | |||
3524 | CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); | |||
3525 | if (E.isInvalid()) | |||
3526 | return ConditionError(); | |||
3527 | return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), | |||
3528 | CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); | |||
3529 | } | |||
3530 | ||||
3531 | /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, | |||
3532 | /// while, do-while, or switch statement. | |||
3533 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, | |||
3534 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, | |||
3535 | ConditionKind CK) { | |||
3536 | if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
3537 | return ExprError(); | |||
3538 | ||||
3539 | QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); | |||
3540 | ||||
3541 | // C++ [stmt.select]p2: | |||
3542 | // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. | |||
3543 | if (T->isFunctionType()) | |||
3544 | return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), | |||
3545 | diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) | |||
3546 | << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); | |||
3547 | else if (T->isArrayType()) | |||
3548 | return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), | |||
3549 | diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) | |||
3550 | << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); | |||
3551 | ||||
3552 | ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( | |||
3553 | Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, | |||
3554 | /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), | |||
3555 | ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); | |||
3556 | ||||
3557 | MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); | |||
3558 | ||||
3559 | switch (CK) { | |||
3560 | case ConditionKind::Boolean: | |||
3561 | return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); | |||
3562 | ||||
3563 | case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: | |||
3564 | return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); | |||
3565 | ||||
3566 | case ConditionKind::Switch: | |||
3567 | return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); | |||
3568 | } | |||
3569 | ||||
3570 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected condition kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3570); | |||
3571 | } | |||
3572 | ||||
3573 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. | |||
3574 | ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { | |||
3575 | // C++ 6.4p4: | |||
3576 | // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement | |||
3577 | // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable | |||
3578 | // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the | |||
3579 | // program is ill-formed. | |||
3580 | // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the | |||
3581 | // expression, implicitly converted to bool. | |||
3582 | // | |||
3583 | // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. | |||
3584 | llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); | |||
3585 | return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) | |||
3586 | ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, | |||
3587 | CCEK_ConstexprIf) | |||
3588 | : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); | |||
3589 | } | |||
3590 | ||||
3591 | /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ | |||
3592 | /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or | |||
3593 | /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, | |||
3594 | /// respectively). | |||
3595 | bool | |||
3596 | Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | |||
3597 | // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. | |||
3598 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) | |||
3599 | From = Cast->getSubExpr(); | |||
3600 | ||||
3601 | // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can | |||
3602 | // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide | |||
3603 | // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer | |||
3604 | // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). | |||
3605 | if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) | |||
3606 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | |||
3607 | if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType | |||
3608 | = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | |||
3609 | // This conversion is considered only when there is an | |||
3610 | // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). | |||
3611 | if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { | |||
3612 | switch (StrLit->getKind()) { | |||
3613 | case StringLiteral::UTF8: | |||
3614 | case StringLiteral::UTF16: | |||
3615 | case StringLiteral::UTF32: | |||
3616 | // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted | |||
3617 | break; | |||
3618 | case StringLiteral::Ascii: | |||
3619 | return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || | |||
3620 | ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); | |||
3621 | case StringLiteral::Wide: | |||
3622 | return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), | |||
3623 | QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); | |||
3624 | } | |||
3625 | } | |||
3626 | } | |||
3627 | ||||
3628 | return false; | |||
3629 | } | |||
3630 | ||||
3631 | static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, | |||
3632 | SourceLocation CastLoc, | |||
3633 | QualType Ty, | |||
3634 | CastKind Kind, | |||
3635 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | |||
3636 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | |||
3637 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
3638 | Expr *From) { | |||
3639 | switch (Kind) { | |||
3640 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled cast kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3640); | |||
3641 | case CK_ConstructorConversion: { | |||
3642 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); | |||
3643 | SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; | |||
3644 | ||||
3645 | if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, | |||
3646 | diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) | |||
3647 | return ExprError(); | |||
3648 | ||||
3649 | if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) | |||
3650 | return ExprError(); | |||
3651 | ||||
3652 | S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, | |||
3653 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); | |||
3654 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) | |||
3655 | return ExprError(); | |||
3656 | ||||
3657 | ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( | |||
3658 | CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), | |||
3659 | ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
3660 | /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, | |||
3661 | CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); | |||
3662 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | |||
3663 | return ExprError(); | |||
3664 | ||||
3665 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); | |||
3666 | } | |||
3667 | ||||
3668 | case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { | |||
3669 | assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!")(static_cast <bool> (!From->getType()->isPointerType () && "Arg can't have pointer type!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!From->getType()->isPointerType() && \"Arg can't have pointer type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3669, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3670 | ||||
3671 | S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); | |||
3672 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) | |||
3673 | return ExprError(); | |||
3674 | ||||
3675 | // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. | |||
3676 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); | |||
3677 | ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, | |||
3678 | HadMultipleCandidates); | |||
3679 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | |||
3680 | return ExprError(); | |||
3681 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | |||
3682 | Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | |||
3683 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | |||
3684 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); | |||
3685 | ||||
3686 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); | |||
3687 | } | |||
3688 | } | |||
3689 | } | |||
3690 | ||||
3691 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | |||
3692 | /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit | |||
3693 | /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted | |||
3694 | /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, | |||
3695 | /// used in the error message. | |||
3696 | ExprResult | |||
3697 | Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | |||
3698 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | |||
3699 | AssignmentAction Action, | |||
3700 | CheckedConversionKind CCK) { | |||
3701 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | |||
3702 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { | |||
3703 | ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, | |||
3704 | Action, CCK); | |||
3705 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | |||
3706 | return ExprError(); | |||
3707 | From = Res.get(); | |||
3708 | break; | |||
3709 | } | |||
3710 | ||||
3711 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { | |||
3712 | ||||
3713 | FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; | |||
3714 | CastKind CastKind; | |||
3715 | QualType BeforeToType; | |||
3716 | assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq")(static_cast <bool> (FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FD && \"no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3717 | if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { | |||
3718 | CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; | |||
3719 | ||||
3720 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, | |||
3721 | // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to | |||
3722 | // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | |||
3723 | BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); | |||
3724 | } else { | |||
3725 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); | |||
3726 | CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; | |||
3727 | // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. | |||
3728 | if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { | |||
3729 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the | |||
3730 | // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to | |||
3731 | // the type required by the argument of the constructor | |||
3732 | BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); | |||
3733 | } | |||
3734 | } | |||
3735 | // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. | |||
3736 | if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { | |||
3737 | ExprResult Res = | |||
3738 | PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, | |||
3739 | ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, | |||
3740 | CCK); | |||
3741 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | |||
3742 | return ExprError(); | |||
3743 | From = Res.get(); | |||
3744 | } | |||
3745 | ||||
3746 | ExprResult CastArg | |||
3747 | = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, | |||
3748 | From->getLocStart(), | |||
3749 | ToType.getNonReferenceType(), | |||
3750 | CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), | |||
3751 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, | |||
3752 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
3753 | From); | |||
3754 | ||||
3755 | if (CastArg.isInvalid()) | |||
3756 | return ExprError(); | |||
3757 | ||||
3758 | From = CastArg.get(); | |||
3759 | ||||
3760 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, | |||
3761 | AA_Converting, CCK); | |||
3762 | } | |||
3763 | ||||
3764 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | |||
3765 | ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), | |||
3766 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | |||
3767 | << From->getSourceRange()); | |||
3768 | return ExprError(); | |||
3769 | ||||
3770 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | |||
3771 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3771); | |||
3772 | ||||
3773 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | |||
3774 | bool Diagnosed = | |||
3775 | DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType, | |||
3776 | From->getType(), From, Action); | |||
3777 | assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion")(static_cast <bool> (Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Diagnosed && \"failed to diagnose bad conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3777, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); (void)Diagnosed; | |||
3778 | return ExprError(); | |||
3779 | } | |||
3780 | ||||
3781 | // Everything went well. | |||
3782 | return From; | |||
3783 | } | |||
3784 | ||||
3785 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | |||
3786 | /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard | |||
3787 | /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted | |||
3788 | /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this | |||
3789 | /// conversion, for use in error messages. | |||
3790 | ExprResult | |||
3791 | Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | |||
3792 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, | |||
3793 | AssignmentAction Action, | |||
3794 | CheckedConversionKind CCK) { | |||
3795 | bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); | |||
3796 | ||||
3797 | // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too | |||
3798 | // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more | |||
3799 | // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, | |||
3800 | // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. | |||
3801 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | |||
3802 | ||||
3803 | if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { | |||
3804 | // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? | |||
3805 | assert(!ToType->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (!ToType->isReferenceType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ToType->isReferenceType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3805, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3806 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | |||
3807 | SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; | |||
3808 | if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), | |||
3809 | From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), | |||
3810 | ConstructorArgs)) | |||
3811 | return ExprError(); | |||
3812 | return BuildCXXConstructExpr( | |||
3813 | /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, | |||
3814 | SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, | |||
3815 | ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, | |||
3816 | /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, | |||
3817 | CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); | |||
3818 | } | |||
3819 | return BuildCXXConstructExpr( | |||
3820 | /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, | |||
3821 | SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, | |||
3822 | From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, | |||
3823 | /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, | |||
3824 | CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); | |||
3825 | } | |||
3826 | ||||
3827 | // Resolve overloaded function references. | |||
3828 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { | |||
3829 | DeclAccessPair Found; | |||
3830 | FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, | |||
3831 | true, Found); | |||
3832 | if (!Fn) | |||
3833 | return ExprError(); | |||
3834 | ||||
3835 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) | |||
3836 | return ExprError(); | |||
3837 | ||||
3838 | From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); | |||
3839 | FromType = From->getType(); | |||
3840 | } | |||
3841 | ||||
3842 | // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding | |||
3843 | // non-atomic type. | |||
3844 | QualType ToAtomicType; | |||
3845 | if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { | |||
3846 | ToAtomicType = ToType; | |||
3847 | ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); | |||
3848 | } | |||
3849 | ||||
3850 | QualType InitialFromType = FromType; | |||
3851 | // Perform the first implicit conversion. | |||
3852 | switch (SCS.First) { | |||
3853 | case ICK_Identity: | |||
3854 | if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { | |||
3855 | FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
3856 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, | |||
3857 | From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); | |||
3858 | } | |||
3859 | break; | |||
3860 | ||||
3861 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { | |||
3862 | assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty)(static_cast <bool> (From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3862, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3863 | ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | |||
3864 | assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!")(static_cast <bool> (!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!FromRes.isInvalid() && \"Can't perform deduced conversion?!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3865 | From = FromRes.get(); | |||
3866 | FromType = From->getType(); | |||
3867 | break; | |||
3868 | } | |||
3869 | ||||
3870 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | |||
3871 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | |||
3872 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, | |||
3873 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3874 | break; | |||
3875 | ||||
3876 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | |||
3877 | FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); | |||
3878 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, | |||
3879 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3880 | break; | |||
3881 | ||||
3882 | default: | |||
3883 | llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Improper first standard conversion" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3883); | |||
3884 | } | |||
3885 | ||||
3886 | // Perform the second implicit conversion | |||
3887 | switch (SCS.Second) { | |||
3888 | case ICK_Identity: | |||
3889 | // C++ [except.spec]p5: | |||
3890 | // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, | |||
3891 | // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the | |||
3892 | // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the | |||
3893 | // source value in the assignment or initialization. | |||
3894 | switch (Action) { | |||
3895 | case AA_Assigning: | |||
3896 | case AA_Initializing: | |||
3897 | // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. | |||
3898 | case AA_Passing: | |||
3899 | case AA_Returning: | |||
3900 | case AA_Sending: | |||
3901 | case AA_Passing_CFAudited: | |||
3902 | if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) | |||
3903 | return ExprError(); | |||
3904 | break; | |||
3905 | ||||
3906 | case AA_Casting: | |||
3907 | case AA_Converting: | |||
3908 | // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not | |||
3909 | // checked for exception specification mismatches. | |||
3910 | break; | |||
3911 | } | |||
3912 | // Nothing else to do. | |||
3913 | break; | |||
3914 | ||||
3915 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | |||
3916 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | |||
3917 | if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { | |||
3918 | assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&(static_cast <bool> (FromType->castAs<EnumType> ()->getDecl()->isFixed() && SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && \"only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3920, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
3919 | SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&(static_cast <bool> (FromType->castAs<EnumType> ()->getDecl()->isFixed() && SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && \"only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3920, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
3920 | "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool")(static_cast <bool> (FromType->castAs<EnumType> ()->getDecl()->isFixed() && SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && \"only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 3920, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3921 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, | |||
3922 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3923 | } else { | |||
3924 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, | |||
3925 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3926 | } | |||
3927 | break; | |||
3928 | ||||
3929 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | |||
3930 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | |||
3931 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, | |||
3932 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3933 | break; | |||
3934 | ||||
3935 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | |||
3936 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { | |||
3937 | QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | |||
3938 | QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | |||
3939 | CastKind CK; | |||
3940 | if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { | |||
3941 | if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) | |||
3942 | CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; | |||
3943 | else | |||
3944 | CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; | |||
3945 | } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { | |||
3946 | CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; | |||
3947 | } else { | |||
3948 | CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; | |||
3949 | } | |||
3950 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, | |||
3951 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3952 | break; | |||
3953 | } | |||
3954 | ||||
3955 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | |||
3956 | if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) | |||
3957 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, | |||
3958 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3959 | else | |||
3960 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, | |||
3961 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3962 | break; | |||
3963 | ||||
3964 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | |||
3965 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, | |||
3966 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
3967 | break; | |||
3968 | ||||
3969 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | |||
3970 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { | |||
3971 | if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { | |||
3972 | // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions | |||
3973 | if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) | |||
3974 | Diag(From->getLocStart(), | |||
3975 | diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) | |||
3976 | << ToType << From->getType() << Action | |||
3977 | << From->getSourceRange() << 0; | |||
3978 | else | |||
3979 | Diag(From->getLocStart(), | |||
3980 | diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) | |||
3981 | << From->getType() << ToType << Action | |||
3982 | << From->getSourceRange() << 0; | |||
3983 | ||||
3984 | if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | |||
3985 | ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | |||
3986 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); | |||
3987 | } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | |||
3988 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, | |||
3989 | From->getType())) { | |||
3990 | if (Action == AA_Initializing) | |||
3991 | Diag(From->getLocStart(), | |||
3992 | diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); | |||
3993 | else | |||
3994 | Diag(From->getLocStart(), | |||
3995 | diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) | |||
3996 | << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType | |||
3997 | << From->getSourceRange(); | |||
3998 | } | |||
3999 | ||||
4000 | CastKind Kind; | |||
4001 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | |||
4002 | if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) | |||
4003 | return ExprError(); | |||
4004 | ||||
4005 | // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. | |||
4006 | // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. | |||
4007 | if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { | |||
4008 | ExprResult E = From; | |||
4009 | (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); | |||
4010 | From = E.get(); | |||
4011 | } | |||
4012 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers()) | |||
4013 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); | |||
4014 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) | |||
4015 | .get(); | |||
4016 | break; | |||
4017 | } | |||
4018 | ||||
4019 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: { | |||
4020 | CastKind Kind; | |||
4021 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | |||
4022 | if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) | |||
4023 | return ExprError(); | |||
4024 | if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) | |||
4025 | return ExprError(); | |||
4026 | ||||
4027 | // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved | |||
4028 | // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. | |||
4029 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | |||
4030 | (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); | |||
4031 | (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); | |||
4032 | } | |||
4033 | ||||
4034 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) | |||
4035 | .get(); | |||
4036 | break; | |||
4037 | } | |||
4038 | ||||
4039 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | |||
4040 | // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. | |||
4041 | if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { | |||
4042 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | |||
4043 | FromType = Context.FloatTy; | |||
4044 | } | |||
4045 | ||||
4046 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, | |||
4047 | ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), | |||
4048 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4049 | break; | |||
4050 | ||||
4051 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { | |||
4052 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | |||
4053 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), | |||
4054 | ToType.getNonReferenceType(), | |||
4055 | From->getLocStart(), | |||
4056 | From->getSourceRange(), | |||
4057 | &BasePath, | |||
4058 | CStyle)) | |||
4059 | return ExprError(); | |||
4060 | ||||
4061 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), | |||
4062 | CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), | |||
4063 | &BasePath, CCK).get(); | |||
4064 | break; | |||
4065 | } | |||
4066 | ||||
4067 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | |||
4068 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, | |||
4069 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4070 | break; | |||
4071 | ||||
4072 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: { | |||
4073 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | |||
4074 | Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); | |||
4075 | From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, | |||
4076 | /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4077 | break; | |||
4078 | } | |||
4079 | ||||
4080 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | |||
4081 | // Case 1. x -> _Complex y | |||
4082 | if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { | |||
4083 | QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); | |||
4084 | bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); | |||
4085 | ||||
4086 | // x -> y | |||
4087 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { | |||
4088 | // do nothing | |||
4089 | } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { | |||
4090 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, | |||
4091 | isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); | |||
4092 | } else { | |||
4093 | assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType())(static_cast <bool> (From->getType()->isIntegerType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->getType()->isIntegerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4093, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4094 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, | |||
4095 | isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); | |||
4096 | } | |||
4097 | // y -> _Complex y | |||
4098 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, | |||
4099 | isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex | |||
4100 | : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); | |||
4101 | ||||
4102 | // Case 2. _Complex x -> y | |||
4103 | } else { | |||
4104 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); | |||
4105 | assert(FromComplex)(static_cast <bool> (FromComplex) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromComplex", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4105, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4106 | ||||
4107 | QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); | |||
4108 | bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); | |||
4109 | ||||
4110 | // _Complex x -> x | |||
4111 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, | |||
4112 | isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal | |||
4113 | : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, | |||
4114 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4115 | ||||
4116 | // x -> y | |||
4117 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { | |||
4118 | // do nothing | |||
4119 | } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | |||
4120 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, | |||
4121 | isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, | |||
4122 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4123 | } else { | |||
4124 | assert(ToType->isIntegerType())(static_cast <bool> (ToType->isIntegerType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegerType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4124, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4125 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, | |||
4126 | isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, | |||
4127 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4128 | } | |||
4129 | } | |||
4130 | break; | |||
4131 | ||||
4132 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { | |||
4133 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, | |||
4134 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4135 | break; | |||
4136 | } | |||
4137 | ||||
4138 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { | |||
4139 | ExprResult FromRes = From; | |||
4140 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = | |||
4141 | CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); | |||
4142 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | |||
4143 | return ExprError(); | |||
4144 | From = FromRes.get(); | |||
4145 | assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&(static_cast <bool> ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && "Improper transparent union conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && \"Improper transparent union conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4146, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4146 | "Improper transparent union conversion")(static_cast <bool> ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && "Improper transparent union conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && \"Improper transparent union conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4146, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4147 | (void)ConvTy; | |||
4148 | break; | |||
4149 | } | |||
4150 | ||||
4151 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | |||
4152 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, | |||
4153 | CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, | |||
4154 | From->getValueKind()).get(); | |||
4155 | break; | |||
4156 | ||||
4157 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | |||
4158 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, | |||
4159 | CK_ZeroToOCLQueue, | |||
4160 | From->getValueKind()).get(); | |||
4161 | break; | |||
4162 | ||||
4163 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | |||
4164 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | |||
4165 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | |||
4166 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | |||
4167 | case ICK_Qualification: | |||
4168 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | |||
4169 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | |||
4170 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | |||
4171 | llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Improper second standard conversion" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4171); | |||
4172 | } | |||
4173 | ||||
4174 | switch (SCS.Third) { | |||
4175 | case ICK_Identity: | |||
4176 | // Nothing to do. | |||
4177 | break; | |||
4178 | ||||
4179 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | |||
4180 | // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could | |||
4181 | // be incompatible exception declarations. | |||
4182 | if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) | |||
4183 | return ExprError(); | |||
4184 | ||||
4185 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, | |||
4186 | VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4187 | break; | |||
4188 | ||||
4189 | case ICK_Qualification: { | |||
4190 | // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the | |||
4191 | // target type isn't a reference. | |||
4192 | ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? | |||
4193 | From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; | |||
4194 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), | |||
4195 | CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4196 | ||||
4197 | if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && | |||
4198 | !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { | |||
4199 | Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | |||
4200 | ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion | |||
4201 | : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) | |||
4202 | << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | |||
4203 | } | |||
4204 | ||||
4205 | break; | |||
4206 | } | |||
4207 | ||||
4208 | default: | |||
4209 | llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Improper third standard conversion" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4209); | |||
4210 | } | |||
4211 | ||||
4212 | // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform | |||
4213 | // that conversion now. | |||
4214 | if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { | |||
4215 | assert(Context.hasSameType((static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType( ToAtomicType-> castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType ())) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType( ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4216, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4216 | ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()))(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType( ToAtomicType-> castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType ())) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType( ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4216, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4217 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, | |||
4218 | VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); | |||
4219 | } | |||
4220 | ||||
4221 | // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a | |||
4222 | // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. | |||
4223 | if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) | |||
4224 | diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, | |||
4225 | From->getLocStart()); | |||
4226 | ||||
4227 | return From; | |||
4228 | } | |||
4229 | ||||
4230 | /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. | |||
4231 | /// | |||
4232 | /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete | |||
4233 | /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false | |||
4234 | /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, | |||
4235 | /// returns true. | |||
4236 | static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, | |||
4237 | SourceLocation Loc, | |||
4238 | QualType ArgTy) { | |||
4239 | // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: | |||
4240 | // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating | |||
4241 | // that template with a template argument that is a class template | |||
4242 | // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template | |||
4243 | // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument | |||
4244 | // must be a complete type. | |||
4245 | // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement | |||
4246 | // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior | |||
4247 | // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. | |||
4248 | switch (UTT) { | |||
4249 | default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a UTT", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4249); | |||
4250 | // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. | |||
4251 | case UTT_IsCompleteType: | |||
4252 | // Fall-through | |||
4253 | ||||
4254 | // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x | |||
4255 | // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as | |||
4256 | // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be | |||
4257 | // impacted by the completeness of the type. | |||
4258 | case UTT_IsVoid: | |||
4259 | case UTT_IsIntegral: | |||
4260 | case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: | |||
4261 | case UTT_IsArray: | |||
4262 | case UTT_IsPointer: | |||
4263 | case UTT_IsLvalueReference: | |||
4264 | case UTT_IsRvalueReference: | |||
4265 | case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: | |||
4266 | case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: | |||
4267 | case UTT_IsEnum: | |||
4268 | case UTT_IsUnion: | |||
4269 | case UTT_IsClass: | |||
4270 | case UTT_IsFunction: | |||
4271 | case UTT_IsReference: | |||
4272 | case UTT_IsArithmetic: | |||
4273 | case UTT_IsFundamental: | |||
4274 | case UTT_IsObject: | |||
4275 | case UTT_IsScalar: | |||
4276 | case UTT_IsCompound: | |||
4277 | case UTT_IsMemberPointer: | |||
4278 | // Fall-through | |||
4279 | ||||
4280 | // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] | |||
4281 | // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, | |||
4282 | // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and | |||
4283 | // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in | |||
4284 | // Table 49. | |||
4285 | case UTT_IsConst: | |||
4286 | case UTT_IsVolatile: | |||
4287 | case UTT_IsSigned: | |||
4288 | case UTT_IsUnsigned: | |||
4289 | ||||
4290 | // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. | |||
4291 | case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: | |||
4292 | return true; | |||
4293 | ||||
4294 | // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4295 | // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. | |||
4296 | case UTT_IsEmpty: | |||
4297 | case UTT_IsPolymorphic: | |||
4298 | case UTT_IsAbstract: | |||
4299 | if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4300 | if (!RD->isUnion()) | |||
4301 | return !S.RequireCompleteType( | |||
4302 | Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); | |||
4303 | return true; | |||
4304 | ||||
4305 | // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4306 | // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. | |||
4307 | case UTT_IsFinal: | |||
4308 | case UTT_IsSealed: | |||
4309 | if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4310 | return !S.RequireCompleteType( | |||
4311 | Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); | |||
4312 | return true; | |||
4313 | ||||
4314 | // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4315 | // remove_all_extents_t<T> shall be a complete type or cv void. | |||
4316 | case UTT_IsAggregate: | |||
4317 | case UTT_IsTrivial: | |||
4318 | case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: | |||
4319 | case UTT_IsStandardLayout: | |||
4320 | case UTT_IsPOD: | |||
4321 | case UTT_IsLiteral: | |||
4322 | // Per the GCC type traits documentation, T shall be a complete type, cv void, | |||
4323 | // or an array of unknown bound. But GCC actually imposes the same constraints | |||
4324 | // as above. | |||
4325 | case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: | |||
4326 | case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: | |||
4327 | case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: | |||
4328 | case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: | |||
4329 | case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: | |||
4330 | case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: | |||
4331 | case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: | |||
4332 | case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: | |||
4333 | case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: | |||
4334 | case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: | |||
4335 | case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: | |||
4336 | ArgTy = QualType(ArgTy->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0); | |||
4337 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[clang::fallthrough]]; | |||
4338 | ||||
4339 | // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4340 | // T shall be a complete type, cv void, or an array of unknown bound. | |||
4341 | case UTT_IsDestructible: | |||
4342 | case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: | |||
4343 | case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible: | |||
4344 | case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations: | |||
4345 | if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || ArgTy->isVoidType()) | |||
4346 | return true; | |||
4347 | ||||
4348 | return !S.RequireCompleteType( | |||
4349 | Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); | |||
4350 | } | |||
4351 | } | |||
4352 | ||||
4353 | static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | |||
4354 | Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, | |||
4355 | bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, | |||
4356 | bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, | |||
4357 | bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) | |||
4358 | { | |||
4359 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | |||
4360 | if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) | |||
4361 | return true; | |||
4362 | ||||
4363 | DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | |||
4364 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); | |||
4365 | LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | |||
4366 | if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { | |||
4367 | bool FoundOperator = false; | |||
4368 | Res.suppressDiagnostics(); | |||
4369 | for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); | |||
4370 | Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { | |||
4371 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) | |||
4372 | continue; | |||
4373 | ||||
4374 | CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); | |||
4375 | if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { | |||
4376 | FoundOperator = true; | |||
4377 | const FunctionProtoType *CPT = | |||
4378 | Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
4379 | CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); | |||
4380 | if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) | |||
4381 | return false; | |||
4382 | } | |||
4383 | } | |||
4384 | return FoundOperator; | |||
4385 | } | |||
4386 | return false; | |||
4387 | } | |||
4388 | ||||
4389 | static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, | |||
4390 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { | |||
4391 | assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type")(static_cast <bool> (!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T->isDependentType() && \"Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4391, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4392 | ||||
4393 | ASTContext &C = Self.Context; | |||
4394 | switch(UTT) { | |||
4395 | default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a UTT", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4395); | |||
4396 | // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category | |||
4397 | // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. | |||
4398 | case UTT_IsVoid: | |||
4399 | return T->isVoidType(); | |||
4400 | case UTT_IsIntegral: | |||
4401 | return T->isIntegralType(C); | |||
4402 | case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: | |||
4403 | return T->isFloatingType(); | |||
4404 | case UTT_IsArray: | |||
4405 | return T->isArrayType(); | |||
4406 | case UTT_IsPointer: | |||
4407 | return T->isPointerType(); | |||
4408 | case UTT_IsLvalueReference: | |||
4409 | return T->isLValueReferenceType(); | |||
4410 | case UTT_IsRvalueReference: | |||
4411 | return T->isRValueReferenceType(); | |||
4412 | case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: | |||
4413 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); | |||
4414 | case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: | |||
4415 | return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); | |||
4416 | case UTT_IsEnum: | |||
4417 | return T->isEnumeralType(); | |||
4418 | case UTT_IsUnion: | |||
4419 | return T->isUnionType(); | |||
4420 | case UTT_IsClass: | |||
4421 | return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); | |||
4422 | case UTT_IsFunction: | |||
4423 | return T->isFunctionType(); | |||
4424 | ||||
4425 | // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition | |||
4426 | // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. | |||
4427 | case UTT_IsReference: | |||
4428 | return T->isReferenceType(); | |||
4429 | case UTT_IsArithmetic: | |||
4430 | return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); | |||
4431 | case UTT_IsFundamental: | |||
4432 | return T->isFundamentalType(); | |||
4433 | case UTT_IsObject: | |||
4434 | return T->isObjectType(); | |||
4435 | case UTT_IsScalar: | |||
4436 | // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be | |||
4437 | // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave | |||
4438 | // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release | |||
4439 | // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. | |||
4440 | if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { | |||
4441 | switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { | |||
4442 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | |||
4443 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | |||
4444 | return true; | |||
4445 | ||||
4446 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | |||
4447 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | |||
4448 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | |||
4449 | return false; | |||
4450 | } | |||
4451 | } | |||
4452 | ||||
4453 | return T->isScalarType(); | |||
4454 | case UTT_IsCompound: | |||
4455 | return T->isCompoundType(); | |||
4456 | case UTT_IsMemberPointer: | |||
4457 | return T->isMemberPointerType(); | |||
4458 | ||||
4459 | // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates | |||
4460 | // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. | |||
4461 | case UTT_IsConst: | |||
4462 | return T.isConstQualified(); | |||
4463 | case UTT_IsVolatile: | |||
4464 | return T.isVolatileQualified(); | |||
4465 | case UTT_IsTrivial: | |||
4466 | return T.isTrivialType(C); | |||
4467 | case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: | |||
4468 | return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); | |||
4469 | case UTT_IsStandardLayout: | |||
4470 | return T->isStandardLayoutType(); | |||
4471 | case UTT_IsPOD: | |||
4472 | return T.isPODType(C); | |||
4473 | case UTT_IsLiteral: | |||
4474 | return T->isLiteralType(C); | |||
4475 | case UTT_IsEmpty: | |||
4476 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4477 | return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); | |||
4478 | return false; | |||
4479 | case UTT_IsPolymorphic: | |||
4480 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4481 | return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); | |||
4482 | return false; | |||
4483 | case UTT_IsAbstract: | |||
4484 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4485 | return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); | |||
4486 | return false; | |||
4487 | case UTT_IsAggregate: | |||
4488 | // Report vector extensions and complex types as aggregates because they | |||
4489 | // support aggregate initialization. GCC mirrors this behavior for vectors | |||
4490 | // but not _Complex. | |||
4491 | return T->isAggregateType() || T->isVectorType() || T->isExtVectorType() || | |||
4492 | T->isAnyComplexType(); | |||
4493 | // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and | |||
4494 | // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax | |||
4495 | // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. | |||
4496 | case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: | |||
4497 | return false; | |||
4498 | case UTT_IsFinal: | |||
4499 | case UTT_IsSealed: | |||
4500 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4501 | return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); | |||
4502 | return false; | |||
4503 | case UTT_IsSigned: | |||
4504 | return T->isSignedIntegerType(); | |||
4505 | case UTT_IsUnsigned: | |||
4506 | return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); | |||
4507 | ||||
4508 | // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, | |||
4509 | // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the | |||
4510 | // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both | |||
4511 | // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those | |||
4512 | // specifications. | |||
4513 | // | |||
4514 | // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html | |||
4515 | // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index | |||
4516 | // | |||
4517 | // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class | |||
4518 | // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, | |||
4519 | // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. | |||
4520 | // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it | |||
4521 | // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special | |||
4522 | // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. | |||
4523 | case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: | |||
4524 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: | |||
4525 | // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is | |||
4526 | // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default | |||
4527 | // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. | |||
4528 | if (T.isPODType(C)) | |||
4529 | return true; | |||
4530 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4531 | return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && | |||
4532 | !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); | |||
4533 | return false; | |||
4534 | case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: | |||
4535 | // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the | |||
4536 | // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic | |||
4537 | // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). | |||
4538 | if (T.isPODType(C)) | |||
4539 | return true; | |||
4540 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4541 | return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); | |||
4542 | return false; | |||
4543 | case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: | |||
4544 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: | |||
4545 | // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then | |||
4546 | // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type | |||
4547 | // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait | |||
4548 | // is true, else it is false. | |||
4549 | if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) | |||
4550 | return true; | |||
4551 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4552 | return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && | |||
4553 | !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); | |||
4554 | return false; | |||
4555 | case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: | |||
4556 | // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the | |||
4557 | // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic | |||
4558 | // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) | |||
4559 | if (T.isPODType(C)) | |||
4560 | return true; | |||
4561 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4562 | return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); | |||
4563 | return false; | |||
4564 | case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: | |||
4565 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: | |||
4566 | // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the | |||
4567 | // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the | |||
4568 | // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with | |||
4569 | // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is | |||
4570 | // true, else it is false. | |||
4571 | // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, | |||
4572 | // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class | |||
4573 | // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause | |||
4574 | // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. | |||
4575 | // [class.copy]p12). | |||
4576 | ||||
4577 | if (T.isConstQualified()) | |||
4578 | return false; | |||
4579 | if (T.isPODType(C)) | |||
4580 | return true; | |||
4581 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4582 | return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && | |||
4583 | !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); | |||
4584 | return false; | |||
4585 | case UTT_IsDestructible: | |||
4586 | case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible: | |||
4587 | case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: | |||
4588 | // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4589 | // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. | |||
4590 | if (T->isReferenceType()) | |||
4591 | return true; | |||
4592 | ||||
4593 | // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. | |||
4594 | if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && | |||
4595 | T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) | |||
4596 | return true; | |||
4597 | ||||
4598 | // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4599 | // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is | |||
4600 | // false. | |||
4601 | if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) | |||
4602 | return false; | |||
4603 | ||||
4604 | // A type that requires destruction (via a non-trivial destructor or ARC | |||
4605 | // lifetime semantics) is not trivially-destructible. | |||
4606 | if (UTT == UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible && T.isDestructedType()) | |||
4607 | return false; | |||
4608 | ||||
4609 | // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4610 | // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the | |||
4611 | // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an | |||
4612 | // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true | |||
4613 | if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | |||
4614 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); | |||
4615 | if (!Destructor) | |||
4616 | return false; | |||
4617 | // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: | |||
4618 | // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or | |||
4619 | // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. | |||
4620 | if (Destructor->isDeleted()) | |||
4621 | return false; | |||
4622 | if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) | |||
4623 | return false; | |||
4624 | if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { | |||
4625 | const FunctionProtoType *CPT = | |||
4626 | Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
4627 | CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); | |||
4628 | if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) | |||
4629 | return false; | |||
4630 | } | |||
4631 | } | |||
4632 | return true; | |||
4633 | ||||
4634 | case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: | |||
4635 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html | |||
4636 | // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type | |||
4637 | // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union | |||
4638 | // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor | |||
4639 | // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is | |||
4640 | // false. | |||
4641 | if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) | |||
4642 | return true; | |||
4643 | ||||
4644 | // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. | |||
4645 | if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && | |||
4646 | T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) | |||
4647 | return true; | |||
4648 | ||||
4649 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4650 | return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); | |||
4651 | return false; | |||
4652 | // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. | |||
4653 | case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: | |||
4654 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: | |||
4655 | // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the | |||
4656 | // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) | |||
4657 | // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class | |||
4658 | // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known | |||
4659 | // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is | |||
4660 | // false. | |||
4661 | if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) | |||
4662 | return false; | |||
4663 | if (T->isReferenceType()) | |||
4664 | return false; | |||
4665 | if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) | |||
4666 | return true; | |||
4667 | ||||
4668 | if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) | |||
4669 | return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, | |||
4670 | &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, | |||
4671 | &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, | |||
4672 | &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); | |||
4673 | return false; | |||
4674 | case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: | |||
4675 | // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the | |||
4676 | // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic | |||
4677 | // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). | |||
4678 | if (T.isPODType(C)) | |||
4679 | return true; | |||
4680 | ||||
4681 | if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) | |||
4682 | return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, | |||
4683 | &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, | |||
4684 | &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, | |||
4685 | &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); | |||
4686 | return false; | |||
4687 | case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: | |||
4688 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: | |||
4689 | // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else | |||
4690 | // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are | |||
4691 | // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is | |||
4692 | // false. | |||
4693 | if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) | |||
4694 | return true; | |||
4695 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | |||
4696 | if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && | |||
4697 | !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) | |||
4698 | return true; | |||
4699 | ||||
4700 | bool FoundConstructor = false; | |||
4701 | unsigned FoundTQs; | |||
4702 | for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { | |||
4703 | // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. | |||
4704 | // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload | |||
4705 | // resolution point. | |||
4706 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) | |||
4707 | continue; | |||
4708 | // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor | |||
4709 | if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) | |||
4710 | continue; | |||
4711 | auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); | |||
4712 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { | |||
4713 | FoundConstructor = true; | |||
4714 | const FunctionProtoType *CPT | |||
4715 | = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
4716 | CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); | |||
4717 | if (!CPT) | |||
4718 | return false; | |||
4719 | // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. | |||
4720 | // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. | |||
4721 | if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) | |||
4722 | return false; | |||
4723 | } | |||
4724 | } | |||
4725 | ||||
4726 | return FoundConstructor; | |||
4727 | } | |||
4728 | return false; | |||
4729 | case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: | |||
4730 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html | |||
4731 | // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is | |||
4732 | // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array | |||
4733 | // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to | |||
4734 | // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. | |||
4735 | if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) | |||
4736 | return true; | |||
4737 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | |||
4738 | if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && | |||
4739 | !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) | |||
4740 | return true; | |||
4741 | ||||
4742 | bool FoundConstructor = false; | |||
4743 | for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { | |||
4744 | // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. | |||
4745 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) | |||
4746 | continue; | |||
4747 | // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor | |||
4748 | if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) | |||
4749 | continue; | |||
4750 | auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); | |||
4751 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { | |||
4752 | FoundConstructor = true; | |||
4753 | const FunctionProtoType *CPT | |||
4754 | = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
4755 | CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); | |||
4756 | if (!CPT) | |||
4757 | return false; | |||
4758 | // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. | |||
4759 | // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. | |||
4760 | if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) | |||
4761 | return false; | |||
4762 | } | |||
4763 | } | |||
4764 | return FoundConstructor; | |||
4765 | } | |||
4766 | return false; | |||
4767 | case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: | |||
4768 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: | |||
4769 | // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) | |||
4770 | // then the trait is true, else it is false. | |||
4771 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4772 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) | |||
4773 | return Destructor->isVirtual(); | |||
4774 | return false; | |||
4775 | ||||
4776 | // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the | |||
4777 | // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: | |||
4778 | // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index | |||
4779 | case UTT_IsCompleteType: | |||
4780 | // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): | |||
4781 | // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the | |||
4782 | // function call. | |||
4783 | return !T->isIncompleteType(); | |||
4784 | case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations: | |||
4785 | return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T); | |||
4786 | } | |||
4787 | } | |||
4788 | ||||
4789 | static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, | |||
4790 | QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); | |||
4791 | ||||
4792 | static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
4793 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, | |||
4794 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
4795 | if (Kind <= UTT_Last) | |||
4796 | return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); | |||
4797 | ||||
4798 | // Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible | |||
4799 | // traits to avoid duplication. | |||
4800 | if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) | |||
4801 | return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), | |||
4802 | Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); | |||
4803 | ||||
4804 | switch (Kind) { | |||
4805 | case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary: | |||
4806 | case clang::TT_IsConstructible: | |||
4807 | case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: | |||
4808 | case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { | |||
4809 | // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: | |||
4810 | // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: | |||
4811 | // | |||
4812 | // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable | |||
4813 | // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call | |||
4814 | // no operation that is not trivial. | |||
4815 | // | |||
4816 | // The predicate condition for a template specialization | |||
4817 | // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the | |||
4818 | // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented | |||
4819 | // variable t: | |||
4820 | // | |||
4821 | // T t(create<Args>()...); | |||
4822 | assert(!Args.empty())(static_cast <bool> (!Args.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Args.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4822, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4823 | ||||
4824 | // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be | |||
4825 | // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of | |||
4826 | // unknown bound. | |||
4827 | for (const auto *TSI : Args) { | |||
4828 | QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); | |||
4829 | if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) | |||
4830 | continue; | |||
4831 | ||||
4832 | if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, | |||
4833 | diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) | |||
4834 | return false; | |||
4835 | } | |||
4836 | ||||
4837 | // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. | |||
4838 | QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); | |||
4839 | if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) | |||
4840 | return false; | |||
4841 | ||||
4842 | // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. | |||
4843 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
4844 | if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) | |||
4845 | return false; | |||
4846 | ||||
4847 | SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; | |||
4848 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; | |||
4849 | ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); | |||
4850 | for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
4851 | QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); | |||
4852 | if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) | |||
4853 | ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); | |||
4854 | OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( | |||
4855 | OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), | |||
4856 | ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), | |||
4857 | Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); | |||
4858 | } | |||
4859 | for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) | |||
4860 | ArgExprs.push_back(&E); | |||
4861 | ||||
4862 | // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE | |||
4863 | // trap at translation unit scope. | |||
4864 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
4865 | S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
4866 | Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); | |||
4867 | Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
4868 | InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); | |||
4869 | InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, | |||
4870 | RParenLoc)); | |||
4871 | InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); | |||
4872 | if (Init.Failed()) | |||
4873 | return false; | |||
4874 | ||||
4875 | ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); | |||
4876 | if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
4877 | return false; | |||
4878 | ||||
4879 | if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) | |||
4880 | return true; | |||
4881 | ||||
4882 | if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) { | |||
4883 | if (!T->isReferenceType()) | |||
4884 | return false; | |||
4885 | ||||
4886 | return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding(); | |||
4887 | } | |||
4888 | ||||
4889 | if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) | |||
4890 | return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; | |||
4891 | ||||
4892 | if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { | |||
4893 | // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial | |||
4894 | // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. | |||
4895 | if (T.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) | |||
4896 | return false; | |||
4897 | ||||
4898 | // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial | |||
4899 | // calls. | |||
4900 | return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); | |||
4901 | } | |||
4902 | ||||
4903 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled type trait", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4903); | |||
4904 | return false; | |||
4905 | } | |||
4906 | default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a TT", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4906); | |||
4907 | } | |||
4908 | ||||
4909 | return false; | |||
4910 | } | |||
4911 | ||||
4912 | ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
4913 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, | |||
4914 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
4915 | QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | |||
4916 | ||||
4917 | if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( | |||
4918 | *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) | |||
4919 | return ExprError(); | |||
4920 | ||||
4921 | bool Dependent = false; | |||
4922 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
4923 | if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { | |||
4924 | Dependent = true; | |||
4925 | break; | |||
4926 | } | |||
4927 | } | |||
4928 | ||||
4929 | bool Result = false; | |||
4930 | if (!Dependent) | |||
4931 | Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); | |||
4932 | ||||
4933 | return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, | |||
4934 | RParenLoc, Result); | |||
4935 | } | |||
4936 | ||||
4937 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
4938 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, | |||
4939 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
4940 | SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; | |||
4941 | ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); | |||
4942 | ||||
4943 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
4944 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | |||
4945 | QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); | |||
4946 | if (!TInfo) | |||
4947 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); | |||
4948 | ||||
4949 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); | |||
4950 | } | |||
4951 | ||||
4952 | return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); | |||
4953 | } | |||
4954 | ||||
4955 | static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, | |||
4956 | QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { | |||
4957 | assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && \"Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4958, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4958 | "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types")(static_cast <bool> (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && \"Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4958, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4959 | ||||
4960 | switch(BTT) { | |||
4961 | case BTT_IsBaseOf: { | |||
4962 | // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 | |||
4963 | // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or | |||
4964 | // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without | |||
4965 | // regard to cv-qualifiers. | |||
4966 | ||||
4967 | const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
4968 | const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
4969 | if (!rhsRecord || !lhsRecord) { | |||
4970 | const ObjCObjectType *LHSObjTy = LhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | |||
4971 | const ObjCObjectType *RHSObjTy = RhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | |||
4972 | if (!LHSObjTy || !RHSObjTy) | |||
4973 | return false; | |||
4974 | ||||
4975 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *BaseInterface = LHSObjTy->getInterface(); | |||
4976 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *DerivedInterface = RHSObjTy->getInterface(); | |||
4977 | if (!BaseInterface || !DerivedInterface) | |||
4978 | return false; | |||
4979 | ||||
4980 | if (Self.RequireCompleteType( | |||
4981 | KeyLoc, RhsT, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) | |||
4982 | return false; | |||
4983 | ||||
4984 | return BaseInterface->isSuperClassOf(DerivedInterface); | |||
4985 | } | |||
4986 | ||||
4987 | assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)(static_cast <bool> (Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType (LhsT, RhsT) == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4988, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4988 | == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord))(static_cast <bool> (Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType (LhsT, RhsT) == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 4988, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4989 | ||||
4990 | if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) | |||
4991 | return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); | |||
4992 | ||||
4993 | // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: | |||
4994 | // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types | |||
4995 | // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a | |||
4996 | // complete type. | |||
4997 | if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, | |||
4998 | diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) | |||
4999 | return false; | |||
5000 | ||||
5001 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) | |||
5002 | ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); | |||
5003 | } | |||
5004 | case BTT_IsSame: | |||
5005 | return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); | |||
5006 | case BTT_TypeCompatible: { | |||
5007 | // GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin. | |||
5008 | Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals; | |||
5009 | QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals); | |||
5010 | QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals); | |||
5011 | return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs); | |||
5012 | } | |||
5013 | case BTT_IsConvertible: | |||
5014 | case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { | |||
5015 | // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: | |||
5016 | // Given the following function prototype: | |||
5017 | // | |||
5018 | // template <class T> | |||
5019 | // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); | |||
5020 | // | |||
5021 | // the predicate condition for a template specialization | |||
5022 | // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if | |||
5023 | // the return expression in the following code would be | |||
5024 | // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return | |||
5025 | // type of the function: | |||
5026 | // | |||
5027 | // To test() { | |||
5028 | // return create<From>(); | |||
5029 | // } | |||
5030 | // | |||
5031 | // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and | |||
5032 | // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression | |||
5033 | // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) | |||
5034 | // is considered. | |||
5035 | // | |||
5036 | // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary | |||
5037 | // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the | |||
5038 | // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). | |||
5039 | ||||
5040 | // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. | |||
5041 | if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) | |||
5042 | return false; | |||
5043 | ||||
5044 | // A return statement in a void function must have void type. | |||
5045 | if (RhsT->isVoidType()) | |||
5046 | return LhsT->isVoidType(); | |||
5047 | ||||
5048 | // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. | |||
5049 | if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) | |||
5050 | return false; | |||
5051 | ||||
5052 | // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. | |||
5053 | if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) | |||
5054 | LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); | |||
5055 | ||||
5056 | // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. | |||
5057 | InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); | |||
5058 | OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), | |||
5059 | Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); | |||
5060 | Expr *FromPtr = &From; | |||
5061 | InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, | |||
5062 | SourceLocation())); | |||
5063 | ||||
5064 | // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE | |||
5065 | // trap at translation unit scope. | |||
5066 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
5067 | Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
5068 | Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); | |||
5069 | Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
5070 | InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); | |||
5071 | if (Init.Failed()) | |||
5072 | return false; | |||
5073 | ||||
5074 | ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); | |||
5075 | return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); | |||
5076 | } | |||
5077 | ||||
5078 | case BTT_IsAssignable: | |||
5079 | case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: | |||
5080 | case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { | |||
5081 | // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: | |||
5082 | // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: | |||
5083 | // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by | |||
5084 | // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial | |||
5085 | // | |||
5086 | // is_assignable is defined as: | |||
5087 | // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when | |||
5088 | // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). | |||
5089 | // | |||
5090 | // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) | |||
5091 | // void, or arrays of unknown bound. | |||
5092 | if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && | |||
5093 | Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, | |||
5094 | diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) | |||
5095 | return false; | |||
5096 | if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && | |||
5097 | Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, | |||
5098 | diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) | |||
5099 | return false; | |||
5100 | ||||
5101 | // cv void is never assignable. | |||
5102 | if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) | |||
5103 | return false; | |||
5104 | ||||
5105 | // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and | |||
5106 | // declval<U>(). | |||
5107 | if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) | |||
5108 | LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); | |||
5109 | if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) | |||
5110 | RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); | |||
5111 | OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), | |||
5112 | Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); | |||
5113 | OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), | |||
5114 | Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); | |||
5115 | ||||
5116 | // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE | |||
5117 | // trap at translation unit scope. | |||
5118 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
5119 | Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
5120 | Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); | |||
5121 | Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
5122 | ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, | |||
5123 | &Rhs); | |||
5124 | if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
5125 | return false; | |||
5126 | ||||
5127 | if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) | |||
5128 | return true; | |||
5129 | ||||
5130 | if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) | |||
5131 | return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; | |||
5132 | ||||
5133 | if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { | |||
5134 | // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial | |||
5135 | // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. | |||
5136 | if (LhsT.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) | |||
5137 | return false; | |||
5138 | ||||
5139 | return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); | |||
5140 | } | |||
5141 | ||||
5142 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled type trait", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5142); | |||
5143 | return false; | |||
5144 | } | |||
5145 | default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a BTT", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5145); | |||
5146 | } | |||
5147 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown type trait or not implemented" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5147); | |||
5148 | } | |||
5149 | ||||
5150 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, | |||
5151 | SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
5152 | ParsedType Ty, | |||
5153 | Expr* DimExpr, | |||
5154 | SourceLocation RParen) { | |||
5155 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; | |||
5156 | QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); | |||
5157 | if (!TSInfo) | |||
5158 | TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); | |||
5159 | ||||
5160 | return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); | |||
5161 | } | |||
5162 | ||||
5163 | static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, | |||
5164 | QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, | |||
5165 | SourceLocation KeyLoc) { | |||
5166 | assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type")(static_cast <bool> (!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T->isDependentType() && \"Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5166, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5167 | ||||
5168 | switch(ATT) { | |||
5169 | case ATT_ArrayRank: | |||
5170 | if (T->isArrayType()) { | |||
5171 | unsigned Dim = 0; | |||
5172 | while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { | |||
5173 | ++Dim; | |||
5174 | T = AT->getElementType(); | |||
5175 | } | |||
5176 | return Dim; | |||
5177 | } | |||
5178 | return 0; | |||
5179 | ||||
5180 | case ATT_ArrayExtent: { | |||
5181 | llvm::APSInt Value; | |||
5182 | uint64_t Dim; | |||
5183 | if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, | |||
5184 | diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, | |||
5185 | false).isInvalid()) | |||
5186 | return 0; | |||
5187 | if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { | |||
5188 | Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) | |||
5189 | << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
5190 | return 0; | |||
5191 | } | |||
5192 | Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); | |||
5193 | ||||
5194 | if (T->isArrayType()) { | |||
5195 | unsigned D = 0; | |||
5196 | bool Matched = false; | |||
5197 | while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { | |||
5198 | if (Dim == D) { | |||
5199 | Matched = true; | |||
5200 | break; | |||
5201 | } | |||
5202 | ++D; | |||
5203 | T = AT->getElementType(); | |||
5204 | } | |||
5205 | ||||
5206 | if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { | |||
5207 | if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) | |||
5208 | return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | |||
5209 | } | |||
5210 | } | |||
5211 | return 0; | |||
5212 | } | |||
5213 | } | |||
5214 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown type trait or not implemented" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5214); | |||
5215 | } | |||
5216 | ||||
5217 | ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, | |||
5218 | SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
5219 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, | |||
5220 | Expr* DimExpr, | |||
5221 | SourceLocation RParen) { | |||
5222 | QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); | |||
5223 | ||||
5224 | // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host | |||
5225 | // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. | |||
5226 | uint64_t Value = 0; | |||
5227 | if (!T->isDependentType()) | |||
5228 | Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); | |||
5229 | ||||
5230 | // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ | |||
5231 | // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang | |||
5232 | // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero | |||
5233 | // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an | |||
5234 | // important distinction. | |||
5235 | return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, | |||
5236 | RParen, Context.getSizeType()); | |||
5237 | } | |||
5238 | ||||
5239 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, | |||
5240 | SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
5241 | Expr *Queried, | |||
5242 | SourceLocation RParen) { | |||
5243 | // If error parsing the expression, ignore. | |||
5244 | if (!Queried) | |||
5245 | return ExprError(); | |||
5246 | ||||
5247 | ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); | |||
5248 | ||||
5249 | return Result; | |||
5250 | } | |||
5251 | ||||
5252 | static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { | |||
5253 | switch (ET) { | |||
5254 | case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); | |||
5255 | case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); | |||
5256 | } | |||
5257 | llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Expression trait not covered by switch" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5257); | |||
5258 | } | |||
5259 | ||||
5260 | ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, | |||
5261 | SourceLocation KWLoc, | |||
5262 | Expr *Queried, | |||
5263 | SourceLocation RParen) { | |||
5264 | if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
5265 | // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. | |||
5266 | } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | |||
5267 | ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); | |||
5268 | if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | |||
5269 | return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); | |||
5270 | } | |||
5271 | ||||
5272 | bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); | |||
5273 | ||||
5274 | return new (Context) | |||
5275 | ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); | |||
5276 | } | |||
5277 | ||||
5278 | QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | |||
5279 | ExprValueKind &VK, | |||
5280 | SourceLocation Loc, | |||
5281 | bool isIndirect) { | |||
5282 | assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType () && !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType( ) && "placeholders should have been weeded out by now" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && \"placeholders should have been weeded out by now\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5283 | !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType () && !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType( ) && "placeholders should have been weeded out by now" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && \"placeholders should have been weeded out by now\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5284 | "placeholders should have been weeded out by now")(static_cast <bool> (!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType () && !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType( ) && "placeholders should have been weeded out by now" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && \"placeholders should have been weeded out by now\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5285 | ||||
5286 | // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the | |||
5287 | // temporary materialization conversion otherwise. | |||
5288 | if (isIndirect) | |||
5289 | LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | |||
5290 | else if (LHS.get()->isRValue()) | |||
5291 | LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get()); | |||
5292 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | |||
5293 | return QualType(); | |||
5294 | ||||
5295 | // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. | |||
5296 | RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | |||
5297 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | |||
5298 | ||||
5299 | const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; | |||
5300 | // C++ 5.5p2 | |||
5301 | // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall | |||
5302 | // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined | |||
5303 | // class type) [...] | |||
5304 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5305 | const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | |||
5306 | if (!MemPtr) { | |||
5307 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) | |||
5308 | << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5309 | return QualType(); | |||
5310 | } | |||
5311 | ||||
5312 | QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); | |||
5313 | ||||
5314 | // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the | |||
5315 | // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no | |||
5316 | // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by | |||
5317 | // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is | |||
5318 | // likely to be considered a defect. | |||
5319 | ||||
5320 | // C++ 5.5p2 | |||
5321 | // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of | |||
5322 | // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to | |||
5323 | // such a class] | |||
5324 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5325 | if (isIndirect) { | |||
5326 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) | |||
5327 | LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | |||
5328 | else { | |||
5329 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) | |||
5330 | << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType | |||
5331 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); | |||
5332 | return QualType(); | |||
5333 | } | |||
5334 | } | |||
5335 | ||||
5336 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { | |||
5337 | // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. | |||
5338 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, | |||
5339 | OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { | |||
5340 | return QualType(); | |||
5341 | } | |||
5342 | ||||
5343 | if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { | |||
5344 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling | |||
5345 | << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5346 | return QualType(); | |||
5347 | } | |||
5348 | ||||
5349 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | |||
5350 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, | |||
5351 | SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), | |||
5352 | RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), | |||
5353 | &BasePath)) | |||
5354 | return QualType(); | |||
5355 | ||||
5356 | // Cast LHS to type of use. | |||
5357 | QualType UseType = Context.getQualifiedType(Class, LHSType.getQualifiers()); | |||
5358 | if (isIndirect) | |||
5359 | UseType = Context.getPointerType(UseType); | |||
5360 | ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); | |||
5361 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, | |||
5362 | &BasePath); | |||
5363 | } | |||
5364 | ||||
5365 | if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { | |||
5366 | // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as | |||
5367 | // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. | |||
5368 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; | |||
5369 | return QualType(); | |||
5370 | } | |||
5371 | ||||
5372 | // C++ 5.5p2 | |||
5373 | // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the | |||
5374 | // second operand. | |||
5375 | // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, | |||
5376 | // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. | |||
5377 | QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); | |||
5378 | Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); | |||
5379 | ||||
5380 | // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: | |||
5381 | // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is | |||
5382 | // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with | |||
5383 | // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object | |||
5384 | // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand | |||
5385 | // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. | |||
5386 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | |||
5387 | switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { | |||
5388 | case RQ_None: | |||
5389 | // Do nothing | |||
5390 | break; | |||
5391 | ||||
5392 | case RQ_LValue: | |||
5393 | if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) { | |||
5394 | // C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if they are also 'const'. | |||
5395 | if (Proto->isConst()) | |||
5396 | Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a | |||
5397 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue | |||
5398 | : diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue); | |||
5399 | else | |||
5400 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) | |||
5401 | << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5402 | } | |||
5403 | break; | |||
5404 | ||||
5405 | case RQ_RValue: | |||
5406 | if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) | |||
5407 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) | |||
5408 | << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5409 | break; | |||
5410 | } | |||
5411 | } | |||
5412 | ||||
5413 | // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: | |||
5414 | // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer | |||
5415 | // to a data member is of the same value category as its | |||
5416 | // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second | |||
5417 | // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The | |||
5418 | // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand | |||
5419 | // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. | |||
5420 | if (Result->isFunctionType()) { | |||
5421 | VK = VK_RValue; | |||
5422 | return Context.BoundMemberTy; | |||
5423 | } else if (isIndirect) { | |||
5424 | VK = VK_LValue; | |||
5425 | } else { | |||
5426 | VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); | |||
5427 | } | |||
5428 | ||||
5429 | return Result; | |||
5430 | } | |||
5431 | ||||
5432 | /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. | |||
5433 | /// | |||
5434 | /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either | |||
5435 | /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be | |||
5436 | /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. | |||
5437 | /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed | |||
5438 | /// as such. | |||
5439 | static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, | |||
5440 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc, | |||
5441 | bool &HaveConversion, | |||
5442 | QualType &ToType) { | |||
5443 | HaveConversion = false; | |||
5444 | ToType = To->getType(); | |||
5445 | ||||
5446 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), | |||
5447 | SourceLocation()); | |||
5448 | // C++11 5.16p3 | |||
5449 | // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 | |||
5450 | // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined | |||
5451 | // as follows: | |||
5452 | // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be | |||
5453 | // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the | |||
5454 | // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to | |||
5455 | // an lvalue. | |||
5456 | // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be | |||
5457 | // implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to | |||
5458 | // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. | |||
5459 | if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { | |||
5460 | QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) | |||
5461 | : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); | |||
5462 | ||||
5463 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); | |||
5464 | ||||
5465 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); | |||
5466 | if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { | |||
5467 | ToType = T; | |||
5468 | HaveConversion = true; | |||
5469 | return false; | |||
5470 | } | |||
5471 | ||||
5472 | if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) | |||
5473 | return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); | |||
5474 | } | |||
5475 | ||||
5476 | // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: | |||
5477 | // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are | |||
5478 | // the same or one is a base class of the other: | |||
5479 | QualType FTy = From->getType(); | |||
5480 | QualType TTy = To->getType(); | |||
5481 | const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
5482 | const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
5483 | bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && | |||
5484 | Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); | |||
5485 | if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || | |||
5486 | Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { | |||
5487 | // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the | |||
5488 | // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and | |||
5489 | // [cv2 > cv1]. | |||
5490 | if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { | |||
5491 | if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { | |||
5492 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); | |||
5493 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); | |||
5494 | if (InitSeq) { | |||
5495 | HaveConversion = true; | |||
5496 | return false; | |||
5497 | } | |||
5498 | ||||
5499 | if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) | |||
5500 | return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); | |||
5501 | } | |||
5502 | } | |||
5503 | ||||
5504 | return false; | |||
5505 | } | |||
5506 | ||||
5507 | // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be | |||
5508 | // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have | |||
5509 | // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is | |||
5510 | // an rvalue). | |||
5511 | // | |||
5512 | // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not | |||
5513 | // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. | |||
5514 | TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context); | |||
5515 | ||||
5516 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); | |||
5517 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); | |||
5518 | HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); | |||
5519 | ToType = TTy; | |||
5520 | if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) | |||
5521 | return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); | |||
5522 | ||||
5523 | return false; | |||
5524 | } | |||
5525 | ||||
5526 | /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. | |||
5527 | /// | |||
5528 | /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either | |||
5529 | /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a | |||
5530 | /// conversion to a common type. | |||
5531 | static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | |||
5532 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | |||
5533 | Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; | |||
5534 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, | |||
5535 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | |||
5536 | Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, | |||
5537 | CandidateSet); | |||
5538 | ||||
5539 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | |||
5540 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { | |||
5541 | case OR_Success: { | |||
5542 | // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. | |||
5543 | ExprResult LHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion( | |||
5544 | LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | |||
5545 | Sema::AA_Converting); | |||
5546 | if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) | |||
5547 | break; | |||
5548 | LHS = LHSRes; | |||
5549 | ||||
5550 | ExprResult RHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion( | |||
5551 | RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | |||
5552 | Sema::AA_Converting); | |||
5553 | if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) | |||
5554 | break; | |||
5555 | RHS = RHSRes; | |||
5556 | if (Best->Function) | |||
5557 | Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); | |||
5558 | return false; | |||
5559 | } | |||
5560 | ||||
5561 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | |||
5562 | ||||
5563 | // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer | |||
5564 | // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most | |||
5565 | // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. | |||
5566 | if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) | |||
5567 | return true; | |||
5568 | ||||
5569 | Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | |||
5570 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | |||
5571 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5572 | return true; | |||
5573 | ||||
5574 | case OR_Ambiguous: | |||
5575 | Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) | |||
5576 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | |||
5577 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5578 | // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of | |||
5579 | // the viable candidates. | |||
5580 | break; | |||
5581 | ||||
5582 | case OR_Deleted: | |||
5583 | llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5583); | |||
5584 | } | |||
5585 | return true; | |||
5586 | } | |||
5587 | ||||
5588 | /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by | |||
5589 | /// TryClassUnification. | |||
5590 | static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { | |||
5591 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); | |||
5592 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), | |||
5593 | SourceLocation()); | |||
5594 | Expr *Arg = E.get(); | |||
5595 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); | |||
5596 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); | |||
5597 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | |||
5598 | return true; | |||
5599 | ||||
5600 | E = Result; | |||
5601 | return false; | |||
5602 | } | |||
5603 | ||||
5604 | /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. | |||
5605 | /// | |||
5606 | /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y | |||
5607 | /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) | |||
5608 | QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, | |||
5609 | ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, | |||
5610 | ExprObjectKind &OK, | |||
5611 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | |||
5612 | // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ | |||
5613 | // interface pointers. | |||
5614 | ||||
5615 | // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 | |||
5616 | // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. | |||
5617 | // | |||
5618 | // FIXME; GCC's vector extension permits the use of a?b:c where the type of | |||
5619 | // a is that of a integer vector with the same number of elements and | |||
5620 | // size as the vectors of b and c. If one of either b or c is a scalar | |||
5621 | // it is implicitly converted to match the type of the vector. | |||
5622 | // Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and c are scalars, | |||
5623 | // then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if possible. | |||
5624 | // Unlike the OpenCL ?: operator, the expression is evaluated as | |||
5625 | // (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]). | |||
5626 | if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
| ||||
5627 | ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); | |||
5628 | if (CondRes.isInvalid()) | |||
5629 | return QualType(); | |||
5630 | Cond = CondRes; | |||
5631 | } | |||
5632 | ||||
5633 | // Assume r-value. | |||
5634 | VK = VK_RValue; | |||
5635 | OK = OK_Ordinary; | |||
5636 | ||||
5637 | // Either of the arguments dependent? | |||
5638 | if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) | |||
5639 | return Context.DependentTy; | |||
5640 | ||||
5641 | // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 | |||
5642 | // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... | |||
5643 | QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5644 | QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5645 | bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); | |||
5646 | bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); | |||
5647 | if (LVoid || RVoid) { | |||
5648 | // ... one of the following shall hold: | |||
5649 | // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly | |||
5650 | // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type | |||
5651 | // and value category of the other. | |||
5652 | bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | |||
5653 | bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | |||
5654 | if (LThrow != RThrow) { | |||
5655 | Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); | |||
5656 | VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); | |||
5657 | // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the | |||
5658 | // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. | |||
5659 | OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); | |||
5660 | return NonThrow->getType(); | |||
5661 | } | |||
5662 | ||||
5663 | // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of | |||
5664 | // type void and is a prvalue. | |||
5665 | if (LVoid && RVoid) | |||
5666 | return Context.VoidTy; | |||
5667 | ||||
5668 | // Neither holds, error. | |||
5669 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) | |||
5670 | << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) | |||
5671 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5672 | return QualType(); | |||
5673 | } | |||
5674 | ||||
5675 | // Neither is void. | |||
5676 | ||||
5677 | // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 | |||
5678 | // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and | |||
5679 | // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of | |||
5680 | // those operands to the type of the other. | |||
5681 | if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && | |||
5682 | (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { | |||
5683 | // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. | |||
5684 | QualType L2RType, R2LType; | |||
5685 | bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; | |||
5686 | if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) | |||
5687 | return QualType(); | |||
5688 | if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) | |||
5689 | return QualType(); | |||
5690 | ||||
5691 | // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. | |||
5692 | if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { | |||
5693 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) | |||
5694 | << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5695 | return QualType(); | |||
5696 | } | |||
5697 | ||||
5698 | // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to | |||
5699 | // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the | |||
5700 | // original operands for the remainder of this section. | |||
5701 | if (HaveL2R) { | |||
5702 | if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) | |||
5703 | return QualType(); | |||
5704 | LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5705 | } else if (HaveR2L) { | |||
5706 | if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) | |||
5707 | return QualType(); | |||
5708 | RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5709 | } | |||
5710 | } | |||
5711 | ||||
5712 | // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 | |||
5713 | // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except | |||
5714 | // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those | |||
5715 | // operands to the type of the other. | |||
5716 | // FIXME: | |||
5717 | // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where | |||
5718 | // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order | |||
5719 | // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept. | |||
5720 | ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); | |||
5721 | ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); | |||
5722 | if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && | |||
5723 | LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { | |||
5724 | // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above. | |||
5725 | // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here? | |||
5726 | bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion; | |||
5727 | if (CompareReferenceRelationship( | |||
5728 | QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase, | |||
5729 | ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && | |||
5730 | !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && | |||
5731 | // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind | |||
5732 | // directly [...] | |||
5733 | !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && | |||
5734 | !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { | |||
5735 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); | |||
5736 | RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5737 | } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship( | |||
5738 | QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase, | |||
5739 | ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && | |||
5740 | !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && | |||
5741 | !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() && | |||
5742 | !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { | |||
5743 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); | |||
5744 | LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5745 | } | |||
5746 | } | |||
5747 | ||||
5748 | // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 | |||
5749 | // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value | |||
5750 | // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and | |||
5751 | // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third | |||
5752 | // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. | |||
5753 | // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of | |||
5754 | // l-values. | |||
5755 | bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); | |||
5756 | if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && | |||
5757 | LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && | |||
5758 | RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { | |||
5759 | VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); | |||
5760 | if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || | |||
5761 | RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) | |||
5762 | OK = OK_BitField; | |||
5763 | ||||
5764 | // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their | |||
5765 | // exception specifications, if any. | |||
5766 | if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { | |||
5767 | Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers(); | |||
5768 | LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, | |||
5769 | /*ConvertArgs*/false); | |||
5770 | LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs); | |||
5771 | ||||
5772 | assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "(static_cast <bool> (!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " "canonically equivalent function ptr types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LTy.isNull() && \"failed to find composite pointer type for \" \"canonically equivalent function ptr types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5773, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5773 | "canonically equivalent function ptr types")(static_cast <bool> (!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " "canonically equivalent function ptr types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LTy.isNull() && \"failed to find composite pointer type for \" \"canonically equivalent function ptr types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5773, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5774 | assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type")(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && \"bad composite pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5774, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5775 | } | |||
5776 | ||||
5777 | return LTy; | |||
5778 | } | |||
5779 | ||||
5780 | // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 | |||
5781 | // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands | |||
5782 | // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... | |||
5783 | if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { | |||
5784 | // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) | |||
5785 | // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the | |||
5786 | // program is ill-formed. | |||
5787 | if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) | |||
5788 | return QualType(); | |||
5789 | } | |||
5790 | ||||
5791 | // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 | |||
5792 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard | |||
5793 | // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. | |||
5794 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | |||
5795 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | |||
5796 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | |||
5797 | return QualType(); | |||
5798 | LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5799 | RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | |||
5800 | ||||
5801 | // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: | |||
5802 | // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result | |||
5803 | // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result | |||
5804 | // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is | |||
5805 | // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third | |||
5806 | // operand depending on the value of the first operand. | |||
5807 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { | |||
5808 | if (LTy->isRecordType()) { | |||
5809 | // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. | |||
5810 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); | |||
5811 | ||||
5812 | ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, | |||
5813 | SourceLocation(), | |||
5814 | LHS); | |||
5815 | if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) | |||
5816 | return QualType(); | |||
5817 | ||||
5818 | ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, | |||
5819 | SourceLocation(), | |||
5820 | RHS); | |||
5821 | if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) | |||
5822 | return QualType(); | |||
5823 | ||||
5824 | LHS = LHSCopy; | |||
5825 | RHS = RHSCopy; | |||
5826 | } | |||
5827 | ||||
5828 | // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their | |||
5829 | // exception specifications, if any. | |||
5830 | if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { | |||
5831 | LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); | |||
5832 | assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "(static_cast <bool> (!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " "canonically equivalent function ptr types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LTy.isNull() && \"failed to find composite pointer type for \" \"canonically equivalent function ptr types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5833, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5833 | "canonically equivalent function ptr types")(static_cast <bool> (!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " "canonically equivalent function ptr types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LTy.isNull() && \"failed to find composite pointer type for \" \"canonically equivalent function ptr types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5833, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5834 | } | |||
5835 | ||||
5836 | return LTy; | |||
5837 | } | |||
5838 | ||||
5839 | // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. | |||
5840 | if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) | |||
5841 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, | |||
5842 | /*AllowBothBool*/true, | |||
5843 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); | |||
5844 | ||||
5845 | // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; | |||
5846 | // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a | |||
5847 | // common type, and the result is of that type. | |||
5848 | if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { | |||
5849 | QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); | |||
5850 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | |||
5851 | return QualType(); | |||
5852 | if (ResTy.isNull()) { | |||
5853 | Diag(QuestionLoc, | |||
5854 | diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy | |||
5855 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5856 | return QualType(); | |||
5857 | } | |||
5858 | ||||
5859 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); | |||
5860 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); | |||
5861 | ||||
5862 | return ResTy; | |||
5863 | } | |||
5864 | ||||
5865 | // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer | |||
5866 | // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null | |||
5867 | // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer | |||
5868 | // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them | |||
5869 | // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite | |||
5870 | // pointer type. | |||
5871 | // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has | |||
5872 | // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; | |||
5873 | // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are | |||
5874 | // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification | |||
5875 | // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third | |||
5876 | // operand. The result is of the common type. | |||
5877 | QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); | |||
5878 | if (!Composite.isNull()) | |||
5879 | return Composite; | |||
5880 | ||||
5881 | // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. | |||
5882 | Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); | |||
5883 | if (!Composite.isNull()) | |||
5884 | return Composite; | |||
5885 | ||||
5886 | // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. | |||
5887 | if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) | |||
5888 | return QualType(); | |||
5889 | ||||
5890 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | |||
5891 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | |||
5892 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | |||
5893 | return QualType(); | |||
5894 | } | |||
5895 | ||||
5896 | static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo | |||
5897 | mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1, | |||
5898 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2, | |||
5899 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) { | |||
5900 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type; | |||
5901 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type; | |||
5902 | ||||
5903 | // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result. | |||
5904 | if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1; | |||
5905 | if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2; | |||
5906 | if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1; | |||
5907 | if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2; | |||
5908 | ||||
5909 | // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other. | |||
5910 | if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2; | |||
5911 | if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1; | |||
5912 | if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2; | |||
5913 | if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1; | |||
5914 | ||||
5915 | // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that | |||
5916 | // determines the result. | |||
5917 | if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr && | |||
5918 | !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) | |||
5919 | return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1; | |||
5920 | if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr && | |||
5921 | !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) | |||
5922 | return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2; | |||
5923 | // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're | |||
5924 | // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely, | |||
5925 | // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never | |||
5926 | // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite | |||
5927 | // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen. | |||
5928 | if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { | |||
5929 | assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&(static_cast <bool> (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && "computing composite pointer type of dependent types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && \"computing composite pointer type of dependent types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5930, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5930 | "computing composite pointer type of dependent types")(static_cast <bool> (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && "computing composite pointer type of dependent types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && \"computing composite pointer type of dependent types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5930, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5931 | return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); | |||
5932 | } | |||
5933 | ||||
5934 | // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to | |||
5935 | // update this function. | |||
5936 | switch (EST1) { | |||
5937 | case EST_None: | |||
5938 | case EST_DynamicNone: | |||
5939 | case EST_MSAny: | |||
5940 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: | |||
5941 | case EST_ComputedNoexcept: | |||
5942 | llvm_unreachable("handled above")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("handled above", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5942); | |||
5943 | ||||
5944 | case EST_Dynamic: { | |||
5945 | // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form | |||
5946 | // the union of the two lists. | |||
5947 | assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled")(static_cast <bool> (EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("EST2 == EST_Dynamic && \"other cases should already be handled\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5947, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5948 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found; | |||
5949 | for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions}) | |||
5950 | for (QualType E : Exceptions) | |||
5951 | if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second) | |||
5952 | ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E); | |||
5953 | ||||
5954 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic); | |||
5955 | Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; | |||
5956 | return Result; | |||
5957 | } | |||
5958 | ||||
5959 | case EST_Unevaluated: | |||
5960 | case EST_Uninstantiated: | |||
5961 | case EST_Unparsed: | |||
5962 | llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5962); | |||
5963 | } | |||
5964 | ||||
5965 | llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5965); | |||
5966 | } | |||
5967 | ||||
5968 | /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. | |||
5969 | /// | |||
5970 | /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 | |||
5971 | /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this | |||
5972 | /// type and returns it. | |||
5973 | /// It does not emit diagnostics. | |||
5974 | /// | |||
5975 | /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to | |||
5976 | /// be converted to the composite pointer type. | |||
5977 | /// | |||
5978 | /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type. | |||
5979 | QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, | |||
5980 | Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, | |||
5981 | bool ConvertArgs) { | |||
5982 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"This function assumes C++\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 5982, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5983 | ||||
5984 | // C++1z [expr]p14: | |||
5985 | // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1 | |||
5986 | // and T2 | |||
5987 | QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); | |||
5988 | ||||
5989 | // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or | |||
5990 | // std::nullptr_t is: | |||
5991 | bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() || | |||
5992 | T1->isNullPtrType(); | |||
5993 | bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() || | |||
5994 | T2->isNullPtrType(); | |||
5995 | if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike) | |||
5996 | return QualType(); | |||
5997 | ||||
5998 | // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t; | |||
5999 | // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this | |||
6000 | // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case. | |||
6001 | // | |||
6002 | // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively; | |||
6003 | if (T1IsPointerLike && | |||
6004 | E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | |||
6005 | if (ConvertArgs) | |||
6006 | E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType() | |||
6007 | ? CK_NullToMemberPointer | |||
6008 | : CK_NullToPointer).get(); | |||
6009 | return T1; | |||
6010 | } | |||
6011 | if (T2IsPointerLike && | |||
6012 | E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | |||
6013 | if (ConvertArgs) | |||
6014 | E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType() | |||
6015 | ? CK_NullToMemberPointer | |||
6016 | : CK_NullToPointer).get(); | |||
6017 | return T2; | |||
6018 | } | |||
6019 | ||||
6020 | // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. | |||
6021 | if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike) | |||
6022 | return QualType(); | |||
6023 | assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && \"nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6024, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
6024 | "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant")(static_cast <bool> (!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && \"nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6024, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6025 | ||||
6026 | // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is | |||
6027 | // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is | |||
6028 | // the union of cv1 and cv2; | |||
6029 | // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is | |||
6030 | // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same, | |||
6031 | // "pointer to function"; | |||
6032 | // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept | |||
6033 | // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also | |||
6034 | // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to; | |||
6035 | // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or | |||
6036 | // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified | |||
6037 | // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied | |||
6038 | // before checking the following rules. | |||
6039 | // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1 | |||
6040 | // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), | |||
6041 | // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1, | |||
6042 | // respectively; | |||
6043 | // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer | |||
6044 | // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or | |||
6045 | // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and | |||
6046 | // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively; | |||
6047 | // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and | |||
6048 | // T2; | |||
6049 | // | |||
6050 | // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing. | |||
6051 | // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try | |||
6052 | // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two | |||
6053 | // composite types are the same, we have succeeded. | |||
6054 | // FIXME: extended qualifiers? | |||
6055 | // | |||
6056 | // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer | |||
6057 | // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final | |||
6058 | // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally | |||
6059 | // exists. | |||
6060 | SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion; | |||
6061 | SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass; | |||
6062 | QualType Composite1 = T1; | |||
6063 | QualType Composite2 = T2; | |||
6064 | unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; | |||
6065 | while (true) { | |||
6066 | const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; | |||
6067 | if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && | |||
6068 | (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { | |||
6069 | Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); | |||
6070 | Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); | |||
6071 | ||||
6072 | // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track | |||
6073 | // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. | |||
6074 | if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) | |||
6075 | NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); | |||
6076 | ||||
6077 | QualifierUnion.push_back( | |||
6078 | Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); | |||
6079 | MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); | |||
6080 | continue; | |||
6081 | } | |||
6082 | ||||
6083 | const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; | |||
6084 | if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && | |||
6085 | (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { | |||
6086 | Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); | |||
6087 | Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); | |||
6088 | ||||
6089 | // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track | |||
6090 | // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. | |||
6091 | if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) | |||
6092 | NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); | |||
6093 | ||||
6094 | QualifierUnion.push_back( | |||
6095 | Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); | |||
6096 | MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), | |||
6097 | MemPtr2->getClass())); | |||
6098 | continue; | |||
6099 | } | |||
6100 | ||||
6101 | // FIXME: block pointer types? | |||
6102 | ||||
6103 | // Cannot unwrap any more types. | |||
6104 | break; | |||
6105 | } | |||
6106 | ||||
6107 | // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already | |||
6108 | // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than | |||
6109 | // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling | |||
6110 | // IsFunctionConversion. | |||
6111 | // | |||
6112 | // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we | |||
6113 | // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would | |||
6114 | // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on | |||
6115 | // the side(s) where we changed anything. | |||
6116 | if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) { | |||
6117 | if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | |||
6118 | if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | |||
6119 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo(); | |||
6120 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo(); | |||
6121 | ||||
6122 | // The result is noreturn if both operands are. | |||
6123 | bool Noreturn = | |||
6124 | EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn(); | |||
6125 | EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); | |||
6126 | EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); | |||
6127 | ||||
6128 | // The result is nothrow if both operands are. | |||
6129 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage; | |||
6130 | EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec = | |||
6131 | mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec, | |||
6132 | ExceptionTypeStorage); | |||
6133 | ||||
6134 | Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(), | |||
6135 | FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1); | |||
6136 | Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(), | |||
6137 | FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2); | |||
6138 | } | |||
6139 | } | |||
6140 | } | |||
6141 | ||||
6142 | if (NeedConstBefore) { | |||
6143 | // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier | |||
6144 | // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the | |||
6145 | // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. | |||
6146 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) | |||
6147 | if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) | |||
6148 | QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; | |||
6149 | } | |||
6150 | ||||
6151 | // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. | |||
6152 | auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); | |||
6153 | for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) { | |||
6154 | Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR); | |||
6155 | auto Classes = *MOC++; | |||
6156 | if (Classes.first && Classes.second) { | |||
6157 | // Rebuild member pointer type | |||
6158 | Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( | |||
6159 | Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first); | |||
6160 | Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( | |||
6161 | Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second); | |||
6162 | } else { | |||
6163 | // Rebuild pointer type | |||
6164 | Composite1 = | |||
6165 | Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); | |||
6166 | Composite2 = | |||
6167 | Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); | |||
6168 | } | |||
6169 | } | |||
6170 | ||||
6171 | struct Conversion { | |||
6172 | Sema &S; | |||
6173 | Expr *&E1, *&E2; | |||
6174 | QualType Composite; | |||
6175 | InitializedEntity Entity; | |||
6176 | InitializationKind Kind; | |||
6177 | InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC; | |||
6178 | bool Viable; | |||
6179 | ||||
6180 | Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, | |||
6181 | QualType Composite) | |||
6182 | : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite), | |||
6183 | Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)), | |||
6184 | Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())), | |||
6185 | E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2), | |||
6186 | Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {} | |||
6187 | ||||
6188 | bool perform() { | |||
6189 | ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1); | |||
6190 | if (E1Result.isInvalid()) | |||
6191 | return true; | |||
6192 | E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); | |||
6193 | ||||
6194 | ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2); | |||
6195 | if (E2Result.isInvalid()) | |||
6196 | return true; | |||
6197 | E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); | |||
6198 | ||||
6199 | return false; | |||
6200 | } | |||
6201 | }; | |||
6202 | ||||
6203 | // Try to convert to each composite pointer type. | |||
6204 | Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1); | |||
6205 | if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { | |||
6206 | if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform()) | |||
6207 | return QualType(); | |||
6208 | return C1.Composite; | |||
6209 | } | |||
6210 | Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2); | |||
6211 | ||||
6212 | if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) { | |||
6213 | // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or | |||
6214 | // neither is viable. | |||
6215 | // FIXME: How both be viable and different? | |||
6216 | return QualType(); | |||
6217 | } | |||
6218 | ||||
6219 | // Convert to the chosen type. | |||
6220 | if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform()) | |||
6221 | return QualType(); | |||
6222 | ||||
6223 | return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite; | |||
6224 | } | |||
6225 | ||||
6226 | ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { | |||
6227 | if (!E) | |||
6228 | return ExprError(); | |||
6229 | ||||
6230 | assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E ) && "Double-bound temporary?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && \"Double-bound temporary?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6230, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6231 | ||||
6232 | // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. | |||
6233 | if (!E->isRValue()) | |||
6234 | return E; | |||
6235 | ||||
6236 | // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, | |||
6237 | // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. | |||
6238 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | |||
6239 | E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { | |||
6240 | ||||
6241 | bool ReturnsRetained; | |||
6242 | ||||
6243 | // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the | |||
6244 | // called value. | |||
6245 | if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | |||
6246 | Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); | |||
6247 | QualType T = Callee->getType(); | |||
6248 | ||||
6249 | if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { | |||
6250 | // Handle pointer-to-members. | |||
6251 | if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) | |||
6252 | T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); | |||
6253 | else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) | |||
6254 | T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); | |||
6255 | } | |||
6256 | ||||
6257 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) | |||
6258 | T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | |||
6259 | else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | |||
6260 | T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | |||
6261 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | |||
6262 | T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); | |||
6263 | ||||
6264 | const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); | |||
6265 | assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?")(static_cast <bool> (FTy && "call to value not of function type?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FTy && \"call to value not of function type?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6265, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6266 | ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); | |||
6267 | ||||
6268 | // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable | |||
6269 | // type always produce a +1 object. | |||
6270 | } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { | |||
6271 | ReturnsRetained = true; | |||
6272 | ||||
6273 | // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; | |||
6274 | // we don't want any extra casts here. | |||
6275 | } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && | |||
6276 | isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { | |||
6277 | return E; | |||
6278 | ||||
6279 | // For message sends and property references, we try to find an | |||
6280 | // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in | |||
6281 | // cases where we don't have an actual method. | |||
6282 | } else { | |||
6283 | ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; | |||
6284 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { | |||
6285 | D = Send->getMethodDecl(); | |||
6286 | } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { | |||
6287 | D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); | |||
6288 | } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { | |||
6289 | // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element array | |||
6290 | // constant. | |||
6291 | if (ArrayLit->getNumElements() == 0 && | |||
6292 | Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections()) | |||
6293 | return E; | |||
6294 | ||||
6295 | D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); | |||
6296 | } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit | |||
6297 | = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { | |||
6298 | // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element dictionary | |||
6299 | // constant. | |||
6300 | if (DictLit->getNumElements() == 0 && | |||
6301 | Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections()) | |||
6302 | return E; | |||
6303 | ||||
6304 | D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); | |||
6305 | } | |||
6306 | ||||
6307 | ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); | |||
6308 | ||||
6309 | // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their | |||
6310 | // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually | |||
6311 | // return an object. | |||
6312 | if (!ReturnsRetained && | |||
6313 | D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) | |||
6314 | return E; | |||
6315 | } | |||
6316 | ||||
6317 | // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. | |||
6318 | if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) | |||
6319 | return E; | |||
6320 | ||||
6321 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | |||
6322 | ||||
6323 | CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject | |||
6324 | : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); | |||
6325 | return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, | |||
6326 | VK_RValue); | |||
6327 | } | |||
6328 | ||||
6329 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | |||
6330 | return E; | |||
6331 | ||||
6332 | // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with | |||
6333 | // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. | |||
6334 | const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); | |||
6335 | const RecordType *RT = nullptr; | |||
6336 | while (!RT) { | |||
6337 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | |||
6338 | case Type::Record: | |||
6339 | RT = cast<RecordType>(T); | |||
6340 | break; | |||
6341 | case Type::ConstantArray: | |||
6342 | case Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
6343 | case Type::VariableArray: | |||
6344 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
6345 | T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | |||
6346 | break; | |||
6347 | default: | |||
6348 | return E; | |||
6349 | } | |||
6350 | } | |||
6351 | ||||
6352 | // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're | |||
6353 | // not processing a decltype expression. | |||
6354 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | |||
6355 | if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) | |||
6356 | return E; | |||
6357 | ||||
6358 | bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; | |||
6359 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); | |||
6360 | ||||
6361 | if (Destructor) { | |||
6362 | MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); | |||
6363 | CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, | |||
6364 | PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) | |||
6365 | << E->getType()); | |||
6366 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) | |||
6367 | return ExprError(); | |||
6368 | ||||
6369 | // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. | |||
6370 | if (Destructor->isTrivial()) | |||
6371 | return E; | |||
6372 | ||||
6373 | // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. | |||
6374 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | |||
6375 | } | |||
6376 | ||||
6377 | CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); | |||
6378 | CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); | |||
6379 | ||||
6380 | if (IsDecltype) | |||
6381 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); | |||
6382 | ||||
6383 | return Bind; | |||
6384 | } | |||
6385 | ||||
6386 | ExprResult | |||
6387 | Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { | |||
6388 | if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) | |||
6389 | return ExprError(); | |||
6390 | ||||
6391 | return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); | |||
6392 | } | |||
6393 | ||||
6394 | Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { | |||
6395 | assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!")(static_cast <bool> (SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SubExpr && \"subexpression can't be null!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6395, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6396 | ||||
6397 | CleanupVarDeclMarking(); | |||
6398 | ||||
6399 | unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; | |||
6400 | assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup)(static_cast <bool> (ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6400, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6401 | assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||(static_cast <bool> (Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || ExprCleanupObjects .size() == FirstCleanup) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6402, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
6402 | ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup)(static_cast <bool> (Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || ExprCleanupObjects .size() == FirstCleanup) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6402, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6403 | if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) | |||
6404 | return SubExpr; | |||
6405 | ||||
6406 | auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, | |||
6407 | ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); | |||
6408 | ||||
6409 | auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( | |||
6410 | Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); | |||
6411 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | |||
6412 | ||||
6413 | return E; | |||
6414 | } | |||
6415 | ||||
6416 | Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { | |||
6417 | assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!")(static_cast <bool> (SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SubStmt && \"sub-statement can't be null!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6417, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6418 | ||||
6419 | CleanupVarDeclMarking(); | |||
6420 | ||||
6421 | if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) | |||
6422 | return SubStmt; | |||
6423 | ||||
6424 | // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into | |||
6425 | // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. | |||
6426 | // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or | |||
6427 | // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. | |||
6428 | CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create( | |||
6429 | Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation()); | |||
6430 | Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), | |||
6431 | SourceLocation()); | |||
6432 | return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); | |||
6433 | } | |||
6434 | ||||
6435 | /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, | |||
6436 | /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and | |||
6437 | /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the | |||
6438 | /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. | |||
6439 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { | |||
6440 | assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression")(static_cast <bool> (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && \"not in a decltype expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6440, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6441 | ||||
6442 | // C++11 [expr.call]p11: | |||
6443 | // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, | |||
6444 | // -- if the function call is either | |||
6445 | // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or | |||
6446 | // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a | |||
6447 | // decltype-specifier, | |||
6448 | // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. | |||
6449 | ||||
6450 | // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the | |||
6451 | // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. | |||
6452 | if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { | |||
6453 | ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); | |||
6454 | if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) | |||
6455 | return ExprError(); | |||
6456 | if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) | |||
6457 | return E; | |||
6458 | return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); | |||
6459 | } | |||
6460 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | |||
6461 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | |||
6462 | ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); | |||
6463 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | |||
6464 | return ExprError(); | |||
6465 | if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) | |||
6466 | return E; | |||
6467 | return new (Context) BinaryOperator( | |||
6468 | BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), | |||
6469 | BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getFPFeatures()); | |||
6470 | } | |||
6471 | } | |||
6472 | ||||
6473 | CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); | |||
6474 | CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) | |||
6475 | : nullptr; | |||
6476 | if (TopCall) | |||
6477 | E = TopCall; | |||
6478 | else | |||
6479 | TopBind = nullptr; | |||
6480 | ||||
6481 | // Disable the special decltype handling now. | |||
6482 | ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; | |||
6483 | ||||
6484 | // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a | |||
6485 | // decltype expression. | |||
6486 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | |||
6487 | return E; | |||
6488 | ||||
6489 | // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. | |||
6490 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); | |||
6491 | I != N; ++I) { | |||
6492 | CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; | |||
6493 | if (Call == TopCall) | |||
6494 | continue; | |||
6495 | ||||
6496 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), | |||
6497 | Call->getLocStart(), | |||
6498 | Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) | |||
6499 | return ExprError(); | |||
6500 | } | |||
6501 | ||||
6502 | // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible | |||
6503 | // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. | |||
6504 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); | |||
6505 | I != N; ++I) { | |||
6506 | CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = | |||
6507 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; | |||
6508 | if (Bind == TopBind) | |||
6509 | continue; | |||
6510 | ||||
6511 | CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); | |||
6512 | ||||
6513 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = | |||
6514 | Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
6515 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); | |||
6516 | Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); | |||
6517 | ||||
6518 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); | |||
6519 | CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, | |||
6520 | PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) | |||
6521 | << Bind->getType()); | |||
6522 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) | |||
6523 | return ExprError(); | |||
6524 | ||||
6525 | // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. | |||
6526 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | |||
6527 | } | |||
6528 | ||||
6529 | // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. | |||
6530 | return E; | |||
6531 | } | |||
6532 | ||||
6533 | /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. | |||
6534 | static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, | |||
6535 | ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { | |||
6536 | unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; | |||
6537 | // FIXME: Make this configurable? | |||
6538 | unsigned Limit = 9; | |||
6539 | if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { | |||
6540 | // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. | |||
6541 | SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; | |||
6542 | SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); | |||
6543 | } | |||
6544 | ||||
6545 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { | |||
6546 | if (I == SkipStart) { | |||
6547 | S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), | |||
6548 | diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) | |||
6549 | << SkipCount; | |||
6550 | I += SkipCount; | |||
6551 | } else { | |||
6552 | S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) | |||
6553 | << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); | |||
6554 | ++I; | |||
6555 | } | |||
6556 | } | |||
6557 | } | |||
6558 | ||||
6559 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, | |||
6560 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | |||
6561 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, | |||
6562 | ParsedType &ObjectType, | |||
6563 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { | |||
6564 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. | |||
6565 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); | |||
6566 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | |||
6567 | Base = Result.get(); | |||
6568 | ||||
6569 | Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | |||
6570 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | |||
6571 | Base = Result.get(); | |||
6572 | ||||
6573 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | |||
6574 | MayBePseudoDestructor = false; | |||
6575 | if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { | |||
6576 | // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, | |||
6577 | // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still | |||
6578 | // have enough information about that type to do something useful. | |||
6579 | if (OpKind == tok::arrow) | |||
6580 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) | |||
6581 | BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | |||
6582 | ||||
6583 | ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); | |||
6584 | MayBePseudoDestructor = true; | |||
6585 | return Base; | |||
6586 | } | |||
6587 | ||||
6588 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: | |||
6589 | // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value | |||
6590 | // returned, with the original second operand. | |||
6591 | if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { | |||
6592 | QualType StartingType = BaseType; | |||
6593 | bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; | |||
6594 | bool FirstIteration = true; | |||
6595 | FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | |||
6596 | // The set of types we've considered so far. | |||
6597 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; | |||
6598 | SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; | |||
6599 | CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); | |||
6600 | ||||
6601 | while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { | |||
6602 | if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { | |||
6603 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) | |||
6604 | << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); | |||
6605 | noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); | |||
6606 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) | |||
6607 | << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; | |||
6608 | return ExprError(); | |||
6609 | } | |||
6610 | ||||
6611 | Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( | |||
6612 | S, Base, OpLoc, | |||
6613 | // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, | |||
6614 | // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a | |||
6615 | // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here | |||
6616 | // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. | |||
6617 | (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | |||
6618 | ? nullptr | |||
6619 | : &NoArrowOperatorFound); | |||
6620 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | |||
6621 | if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { | |||
6622 | if (FirstIteration) { | |||
6623 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) | |||
6624 | << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() | |||
6625 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); | |||
6626 | OpKind = tok::period; | |||
6627 | break; | |||
6628 | } | |||
6629 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) | |||
6630 | << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); | |||
6631 | CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); | |||
6632 | if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { | |||
6633 | Diag(CD->getLocStart(), | |||
6634 | diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); | |||
6635 | } | |||
6636 | } | |||
6637 | return ExprError(); | |||
6638 | } | |||
6639 | Base = Result.get(); | |||
6640 | if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) | |||
6641 | OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); | |||
6642 | BaseType = Base->getType(); | |||
6643 | CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); | |||
6644 | if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { | |||
6645 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; | |||
6646 | noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); | |||
6647 | return ExprError(); | |||
6648 | } | |||
6649 | FirstIteration = false; | |||
6650 | } | |||
6651 | ||||
6652 | if (OpKind == tok::arrow && | |||
6653 | (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) | |||
6654 | BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); | |||
6655 | } | |||
6656 | ||||
6657 | // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, | |||
6658 | // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. | |||
6659 | if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | |||
6660 | BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); | |||
6661 | ||||
6662 | // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: | |||
6663 | // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar | |||
6664 | // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete | |||
6665 | // postfix-expression. | |||
6666 | // | |||
6667 | // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. | |||
6668 | // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor | |||
6669 | // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and | |||
6670 | // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor | |||
6671 | // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, | |||
6672 | // so just skip this check for ObjC types. | |||
6673 | if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { | |||
6674 | ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); | |||
6675 | MayBePseudoDestructor = true; | |||
6676 | return Base; | |||
6677 | } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { | |||
6678 | ObjectType = nullptr; | |||
6679 | MayBePseudoDestructor = true; | |||
6680 | return Base; | |||
6681 | } | |||
6682 | ||||
6683 | // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or | |||
6684 | // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: | |||
6685 | // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to | |||
6686 | // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside | |||
6687 | // the member function body. | |||
6688 | if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && | |||
6689 | !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && | |||
6690 | RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) | |||
6691 | return ExprError(); | |||
6692 | ||||
6693 | // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: | |||
6694 | // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an | |||
6695 | // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class | |||
6696 | // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked | |||
6697 | // up in the scope of class C. [...] | |||
6698 | ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); | |||
6699 | return Base; | |||
6700 | } | |||
6701 | ||||
6702 | static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, | |||
6703 | tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { | |||
6704 | if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { | |||
6705 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | |||
6706 | if (result.isInvalid()) return true; | |||
6707 | Base = result.get(); | |||
6708 | } | |||
6709 | ObjectType = Base->getType(); | |||
6710 | ||||
6711 | // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: | |||
6712 | // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The | |||
6713 | // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. | |||
6714 | // This scalar type is the object type. | |||
6715 | // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the | |||
6716 | // arrow operator. | |||
6717 | if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { | |||
6718 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
6719 | ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | |||
6720 | } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
6721 | // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. | |||
6722 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) | |||
6723 | << ObjectType << true | |||
6724 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); | |||
6725 | if (S.isSFINAEContext()) | |||
6726 | return true; | |||
6727 | ||||
6728 | OpKind = tok::period; | |||
6729 | } | |||
6730 | } | |||
6731 | ||||
6732 | return false; | |||
6733 | } | |||
6734 | ||||
6735 | /// \brief Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on | |||
6736 | /// pointer objects. | |||
6737 | static bool | |||
6738 | canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef, | |||
6739 | QualType DestructedType) { | |||
6740 | // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable. | |||
6741 | if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | |||
6742 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD)) | |||
6743 | return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); | |||
6744 | return false; | |||
6745 | } | |||
6746 | ||||
6747 | // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor. | |||
6748 | return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() || | |||
6749 | DestructedType->isVectorType(); | |||
6750 | } | |||
6751 | ||||
6752 | ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, | |||
6753 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | |||
6754 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, | |||
6755 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | |||
6756 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, | |||
6757 | SourceLocation CCLoc, | |||
6758 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, | |||
6759 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { | |||
6760 | TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); | |||
6761 | ||||
6762 | QualType ObjectType; | |||
6763 | if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) | |||
6764 | return ExprError(); | |||
6765 | ||||
6766 | if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && | |||
6767 | !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { | |||
6768 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) | |||
6769 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); | |||
6770 | else { | |||
6771 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) | |||
6772 | << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); | |||
6773 | return ExprError(); | |||
6774 | } | |||
6775 | } | |||
6776 | ||||
6777 | // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: | |||
6778 | // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type | |||
6779 | // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. | |||
6780 | if (DestructedTypeInfo) { | |||
6781 | QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); | |||
6782 | SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart | |||
6783 | = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); | |||
6784 | if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { | |||
6785 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { | |||
6786 | // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.: | |||
6787 | // Foo *foo; | |||
6788 | // foo.~Foo(); | |||
6789 | if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() && | |||
6790 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, | |||
6791 | ObjectType->getPointeeType())) { | |||
6792 | auto Diagnostic = | |||
6793 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) | |||
6794 | << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange(); | |||
6795 | ||||
6796 | // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid. | |||
6797 | if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects( | |||
6798 | *this, DestructedType)) | |||
6799 | Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->"); | |||
6800 | ||||
6801 | // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the | |||
6802 | // operator to '->'. | |||
6803 | ObjectType = DestructedType; | |||
6804 | OpKind = tok::arrow; | |||
6805 | } else { | |||
6806 | Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) | |||
6807 | << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() | |||
6808 | << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); | |||
6809 | ||||
6810 | // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. | |||
6811 | DestructedType = ObjectType; | |||
6812 | DestructedTypeInfo = | |||
6813 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart); | |||
6814 | Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); | |||
6815 | } | |||
6816 | } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != | |||
6817 | ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { | |||
6818 | ||||
6819 | if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { | |||
6820 | // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified | |||
6821 | // type. | |||
6822 | } else { | |||
6823 | Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) | |||
6824 | << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() | |||
6825 | << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); | |||
6826 | } | |||
6827 | ||||
6828 | // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. | |||
6829 | DestructedType = ObjectType; | |||
6830 | DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, | |||
6831 | DestructedTypeStart); | |||
6832 | Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); | |||
6833 | } | |||
6834 | } | |||
6835 | } | |||
6836 | ||||
6837 | // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: | |||
6838 | // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the | |||
6839 | // form | |||
6840 | // | |||
6841 | // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name | |||
6842 | // | |||
6843 | // shall designate the same scalar type. | |||
6844 | if (ScopeTypeInfo) { | |||
6845 | QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); | |||
6846 | if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && | |||
6847 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { | |||
6848 | ||||
6849 | Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), | |||
6850 | diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) | |||
6851 | << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() | |||
6852 | << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); | |||
6853 | ||||
6854 | ScopeType = QualType(); | |||
6855 | ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; | |||
6856 | } | |||
6857 | } | |||
6858 | ||||
6859 | Expr *Result | |||
6860 | = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, | |||
6861 | OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, | |||
6862 | SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), | |||
6863 | ScopeTypeInfo, | |||
6864 | CCLoc, | |||
6865 | TildeLoc, | |||
6866 | Destructed); | |||
6867 | ||||
6868 | return Result; | |||
6869 | } | |||
6870 | ||||
6871 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, | |||
6872 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | |||
6873 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, | |||
6874 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, | |||
6875 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, | |||
6876 | SourceLocation CCLoc, | |||
6877 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, | |||
6878 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { | |||
6879 | assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||(static_cast <bool> ((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_TemplateId || FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_Identifier) && "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId || FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) && \"Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6881, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
6880 | FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&(static_cast <bool> ((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_TemplateId || FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_Identifier) && "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId || FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) && \"Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6881, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
6881 | "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor")(static_cast <bool> ((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_TemplateId || FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_Identifier) && "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId || FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) && \"Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6881, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6882 | assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||(static_cast <bool> ((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_TemplateId || SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_Identifier) && "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId || SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) && \"Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6884, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
6883 | SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&(static_cast <bool> ((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_TemplateId || SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_Identifier) && "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId || SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) && \"Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6884, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
6884 | "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor")(static_cast <bool> ((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_TemplateId || SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind ::IK_Identifier) && "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId || SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) && \"Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 6884, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6885 | ||||
6886 | QualType ObjectType; | |||
6887 | if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) | |||
6888 | return ExprError(); | |||
6889 | ||||
6890 | // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only | |||
6891 | // record types and dependent types matter. | |||
6892 | ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; | |||
6893 | if (!SS.isSet()) { | |||
6894 | if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) | |||
6895 | ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); | |||
6896 | else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) | |||
6897 | ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); | |||
6898 | } | |||
6899 | ||||
6900 | // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a | |||
6901 | // type (with source-location information). | |||
6902 | QualType DestructedType; | |||
6903 | TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; | |||
6904 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; | |||
6905 | if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { | |||
6906 | ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, | |||
6907 | SecondTypeName.StartLocation, | |||
6908 | S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, | |||
6909 | /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); | |||
6910 | if (!T && | |||
6911 | ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || | |||
6912 | (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { | |||
6913 | // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we | |||
6914 | // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and | |||
6915 | // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at | |||
6916 | // template instantiation time. | |||
6917 | Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, | |||
6918 | SecondTypeName.StartLocation); | |||
6919 | } else if (!T) { | |||
6920 | Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, | |||
6921 | diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) | |||
6922 | << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; | |||
6923 | if (isSFINAEContext()) | |||
6924 | return ExprError(); | |||
6925 | ||||
6926 | // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. | |||
6927 | DestructedType = ObjectType; | |||
6928 | } else | |||
6929 | DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); | |||
6930 | } else { | |||
6931 | // Resolve the template-id to a type. | |||
6932 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; | |||
6933 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | |||
6934 | TemplateId->NumArgs); | |||
6935 | TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, | |||
6936 | TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, | |||
6937 | TemplateId->Template, | |||
6938 | TemplateId->Name, | |||
6939 | TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, | |||
6940 | TemplateId->LAngleLoc, | |||
6941 | TemplateArgsPtr, | |||
6942 | TemplateId->RAngleLoc, | |||
6943 | /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); | |||
6944 | if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { | |||
6945 | // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. | |||
6946 | DestructedType = ObjectType; | |||
6947 | } else | |||
6948 | DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); | |||
6949 | } | |||
6950 | ||||
6951 | // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source | |||
6952 | // information. | |||
6953 | if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { | |||
6954 | if (!DestructedTypeInfo) | |||
6955 | DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, | |||
6956 | SecondTypeName.StartLocation); | |||
6957 | Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); | |||
6958 | } | |||
6959 | ||||
6960 | // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. | |||
6961 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; | |||
6962 | QualType ScopeType; | |||
6963 | if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId || | |||
6964 | FirstTypeName.Identifier) { | |||
6965 | if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { | |||
6966 | ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, | |||
6967 | FirstTypeName.StartLocation, | |||
6968 | S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, | |||
6969 | /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); | |||
6970 | if (!T) { | |||
6971 | Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, | |||
6972 | diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) | |||
6973 | << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; | |||
6974 | ||||
6975 | if (isSFINAEContext()) | |||
6976 | return ExprError(); | |||
6977 | ||||
6978 | // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. | |||
6979 | ScopeType = QualType(); | |||
6980 | } else | |||
6981 | ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); | |||
6982 | } else { | |||
6983 | // Resolve the template-id to a type. | |||
6984 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; | |||
6985 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | |||
6986 | TemplateId->NumArgs); | |||
6987 | TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, | |||
6988 | TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, | |||
6989 | TemplateId->Template, | |||
6990 | TemplateId->Name, | |||
6991 | TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, | |||
6992 | TemplateId->LAngleLoc, | |||
6993 | TemplateArgsPtr, | |||
6994 | TemplateId->RAngleLoc, | |||
6995 | /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); | |||
6996 | if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { | |||
6997 | // Recover by dropping this type. | |||
6998 | ScopeType = QualType(); | |||
6999 | } else | |||
7000 | ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); | |||
7001 | } | |||
7002 | } | |||
7003 | ||||
7004 | if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) | |||
7005 | ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, | |||
7006 | FirstTypeName.StartLocation); | |||
7007 | ||||
7008 | ||||
7009 | return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, | |||
7010 | ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, | |||
7011 | Destructed); | |||
7012 | } | |||
7013 | ||||
7014 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, | |||
7015 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | |||
7016 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, | |||
7017 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, | |||
7018 | const DeclSpec& DS) { | |||
7019 | QualType ObjectType; | |||
7020 | if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) | |||
7021 | return ExprError(); | |||
7022 | ||||
7023 | QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), | |||
7024 | false); | |||
7025 | ||||
7026 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | |||
7027 | DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); | |||
7028 | DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | |||
7029 | TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); | |||
7030 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); | |||
7031 | ||||
7032 | return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), | |||
7033 | nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, | |||
7034 | Destructed); | |||
7035 | } | |||
7036 | ||||
7037 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | |||
7038 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, | |||
7039 | bool HadMultipleCandidates) { | |||
7040 | if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && | |||
7041 | Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { | |||
7042 | // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument | |||
7043 | // is a LambdaExpr. | |||
7044 | Expr *SubE = E; | |||
7045 | CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); | |||
7046 | if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) | |||
7047 | SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); | |||
7048 | SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); | |||
7049 | if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) | |||
7050 | SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); | |||
7051 | if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { | |||
7052 | // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we | |||
7053 | // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make | |||
7054 | // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal | |||
7055 | // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being | |||
7056 | // autoreleased. | |||
7057 | DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); | |||
7058 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext( | |||
7059 | ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); | |||
7060 | ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), | |||
7061 | E->getExprLoc(), | |||
7062 | Method, E); | |||
7063 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | |||
7064 | ||||
7065 | if (Exp.isInvalid()) | |||
7066 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); | |||
7067 | return Exp; | |||
7068 | } | |||
7069 | } | |||
7070 | ||||
7071 | ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | |||
7072 | FoundDecl, Method); | |||
7073 | if (Exp.isInvalid()) | |||
7074 | return true; | |||
7075 | ||||
7076 | MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( | |||
7077 | Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), | |||
7078 | Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); | |||
7079 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | |||
7080 | ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | |||
7081 | MarkMemberReferenced(ME); | |||
7082 | ||||
7083 | QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); | |||
7084 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); | |||
7085 | ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | |||
7086 | ||||
7087 | CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = | |||
7088 | new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, | |||
7089 | Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); | |||
7090 | ||||
7091 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE, | |||
7092 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | |||
7093 | return ExprError(); | |||
7094 | ||||
7095 | return CE; | |||
7096 | } | |||
7097 | ||||
7098 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, | |||
7099 | SourceLocation RParen) { | |||
7100 | // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- | |||
7101 | // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used | |||
7102 | // without arguments except in explicit contexts. | |||
7103 | ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); | |||
7104 | if (R.isInvalid()) | |||
7105 | return R; | |||
7106 | ||||
7107 | // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. | |||
7108 | Operand = R.get(); | |||
7109 | ||||
7110 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { | |||
7111 | // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression | |||
7112 | // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. | |||
7113 | Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); | |||
7114 | } | |||
7115 | ||||
7116 | CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); | |||
7117 | return new (Context) | |||
7118 | CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); | |||
7119 | } | |||
7120 | ||||
7121 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, | |||
7122 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { | |||
7123 | return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); | |||
7124 | } | |||
7125 | ||||
7126 | static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { | |||
7127 | // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, | |||
7128 | // according to [expr]p10: | |||
7129 | // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the | |||
7130 | // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has | |||
7131 | // one of the following forms: | |||
7132 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | |||
7133 | ||||
7134 | // - id-expression (5.1.1), | |||
7135 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | |||
7136 | return true; | |||
7137 | ||||
7138 | // - subscripting (5.2.1), | |||
7139 | if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) | |||
7140 | return true; | |||
7141 | ||||
7142 | // - class member access (5.2.5), | |||
7143 | if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) | |||
7144 | return true; | |||
7145 | ||||
7146 | // - indirection (5.3.1), | |||
7147 | if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) | |||
7148 | if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | |||
7149 | return true; | |||
7150 | ||||
7151 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | |||
7152 | // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), | |||
7153 | if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) | |||
7154 | return true; | |||
7155 | ||||
7156 | // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. | |||
7157 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) | |||
7158 | return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); | |||
7159 | } | |||
7160 | ||||
7161 | // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third | |||
7162 | // operands are one of the above, or | |||
7163 | if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) | |||
7164 | return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && | |||
7165 | IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); | |||
7166 | // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". | |||
7167 | if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = | |||
7168 | dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { | |||
7169 | if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) | |||
7170 | return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && | |||
7171 | IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); | |||
7172 | } | |||
7173 | ||||
7174 | // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. | |||
7175 | if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) | |||
7176 | return true; | |||
7177 | ||||
7178 | return false; | |||
7179 | } | |||
7180 | ||||
7181 | /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a | |||
7182 | /// context that ignores the result. | |||
7183 | ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { | |||
7184 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { | |||
7185 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | |||
7186 | if (result.isInvalid()) return E; | |||
7187 | E = result.get(); | |||
7188 | } | |||
7189 | ||||
7190 | // C99 6.3.2.1: | |||
7191 | // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have | |||
7192 | // array type is converted to the value stored in the | |||
7193 | // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). | |||
7194 | if (E->isRValue()) { | |||
7195 | // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) | |||
7196 | // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay | |||
7197 | // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for | |||
7198 | // some clients. | |||
7199 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) | |||
7200 | return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); | |||
7201 | ||||
7202 | return E; | |||
7203 | } | |||
7204 | ||||
7205 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | |||
7206 | // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; | |||
7207 | // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a | |||
7208 | // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue | |||
7209 | // conversion. | |||
7210 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && | |||
7211 | E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && | |||
7212 | IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { | |||
7213 | ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); | |||
7214 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | |||
7215 | return E; | |||
7216 | E = Res.get(); | |||
7217 | } | |||
7218 | ||||
7219 | // C++1z: | |||
7220 | // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the | |||
7221 | // temporary materialization conversion is applied. | |||
7222 | // | |||
7223 | // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for | |||
7224 | // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is | |||
7225 | // just clutter. | |||
7226 | // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this. | |||
7227 | // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this? | |||
7228 | return E; | |||
7229 | } | |||
7230 | ||||
7231 | // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. | |||
7232 | if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { | |||
7233 | if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { | |||
7234 | // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! | |||
7235 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); | |||
7236 | return E; | |||
7237 | } | |||
7238 | } | |||
7239 | ||||
7240 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); | |||
7241 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | |||
7242 | return E; | |||
7243 | E = Res.get(); | |||
7244 | ||||
7245 | if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) | |||
7246 | RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), | |||
7247 | diag::err_incomplete_type); | |||
7248 | return E; | |||
7249 | } | |||
7250 | ||||
7251 | // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used | |||
7252 | // in a constant expression, return true. | |||
7253 | // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then | |||
7254 | // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. | |||
7255 | // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether | |||
7256 | // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not | |||
7257 | // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can | |||
7258 | // never be a constant expression. | |||
7259 | // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and | |||
7260 | // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: | |||
7261 | // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new | |||
7262 | // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... | |||
7263 | static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, | |||
7264 | ASTContext &Context) { | |||
7265 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; | |||
7266 | const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; | |||
7267 | ||||
7268 | // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. | |||
7269 | if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; | |||
7270 | assert(DefVD)(static_cast <bool> (DefVD) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "DefVD", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7270, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7271 | if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; | |||
7272 | EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); | |||
7273 | ||||
7274 | Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); | |||
7275 | ||||
7276 | if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { | |||
7277 | // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts | |||
7278 | // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the | |||
7279 | // initializer is a potential constant expression. | |||
7280 | return false; | |||
7281 | } | |||
7282 | ||||
7283 | return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); | |||
7284 | } | |||
7285 | ||||
7286 | /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures | |||
7287 | /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to | |||
7288 | /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested | |||
7289 | /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any | |||
7290 | /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not | |||
7291 | /// need to be captured. | |||
7292 | ||||
7293 | static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( | |||
7294 | Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { | |||
7295 | ||||
7296 | assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext())(static_cast <bool> (!S.isUnevaluatedContext()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!S.isUnevaluatedContext()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7296, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7297 | assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext())(static_cast <bool> (S.CurContext->isDependentContext ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.CurContext->isDependentContext()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7297, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7298 | #ifndef NDEBUG | |||
7299 | DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; | |||
7300 | while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) | |||
7301 | DC = DC->getParent(); | |||
7302 | assert((static_cast <bool> (CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && \"The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7304, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
7303 | CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&(static_cast <bool> (CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && \"The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7304, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
7304 | "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext")(static_cast <bool> (CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && \"The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7304, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7305 | #endif // NDEBUG | |||
7306 | ||||
7307 | const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); | |||
7308 | ||||
7309 | // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested | |||
7310 | // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an | |||
7311 | // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. | |||
7312 | const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = | |||
7313 | CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); | |||
7314 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { | |||
7315 | Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; | |||
7316 | VarDecl *Var = nullptr; | |||
7317 | CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); | |||
7318 | // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full | |||
7319 | // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not | |||
7320 | // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. | |||
7321 | // For e.g.: | |||
7322 | // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. | |||
7323 | // int test() { | |||
7324 | // const int x = 10; | |||
7325 | // auto L = [=](auto a) { | |||
7326 | // (void) +x + a; | |||
7327 | // }; | |||
7328 | // } | |||
7329 | if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && | |||
7330 | !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) | |||
7331 | continue; | |||
7332 | ||||
7333 | // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and | |||
7334 | // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). | |||
7335 | if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = | |||
7336 | getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( | |||
7337 | S.FunctionScopes, Var, S)) { | |||
7338 | const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); | |||
7339 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, | |||
7340 | &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); | |||
7341 | } | |||
7342 | const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = | |||
7343 | VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); | |||
7344 | if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { | |||
7345 | // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable | |||
7346 | // can not be used in a constant expression - which means | |||
7347 | // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a | |||
7348 | // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. | |||
7349 | // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this | |||
7350 | // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. | |||
7351 | QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; | |||
7352 | SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); | |||
7353 | if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, | |||
7354 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), | |||
7355 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, | |||
7356 | DeclRefType, nullptr)) { | |||
7357 | // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need | |||
7358 | // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. | |||
7359 | S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, | |||
7360 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), | |||
7361 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, | |||
7362 | DeclRefType, nullptr); | |||
7363 | } | |||
7364 | } | |||
7365 | } | |||
7366 | ||||
7367 | // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. | |||
7368 | if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { | |||
7369 | // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture | |||
7370 | // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). | |||
7371 | if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = | |||
7372 | getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( | |||
7373 | S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { | |||
7374 | const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); | |||
7375 | S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, | |||
7376 | /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, | |||
7377 | &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); | |||
7378 | } | |||
7379 | } | |||
7380 | ||||
7381 | // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. | |||
7382 | CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); | |||
7383 | } | |||
7384 | ||||
7385 | static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, | |||
7386 | const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, | |||
7387 | const TypoCorrection &TC) { | |||
7388 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), | |||
7389 | Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); | |||
7390 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); | |||
7391 | CXXScopeSpec NewSS; | |||
7392 | ||||
7393 | // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. | |||
7394 | if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) | |||
7395 | NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); | |||
7396 | else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) | |||
7397 | NewSS = *SS; | |||
7398 | ||||
7399 | if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { | |||
7400 | R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); | |||
7401 | R.addDecl(ND); | |||
7402 | if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { | |||
7403 | // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. | |||
7404 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | |||
7405 | if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) | |||
7406 | Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
7407 | if (!Record) | |||
7408 | Record = | |||
7409 | dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); | |||
7410 | if (Record) | |||
7411 | R.setNamingClass(Record); | |||
7412 | ||||
7413 | // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit | |||
7414 | // member. | |||
7415 | bool MightBeImplicitMember; | |||
7416 | if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) | |||
7417 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; | |||
7418 | else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) | |||
7419 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; | |||
7420 | else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) | |||
7421 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; | |||
7422 | else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) | |||
7423 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; | |||
7424 | else | |||
7425 | MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || | |||
7426 | isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || | |||
7427 | isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); | |||
7428 | ||||
7429 | if (MightBeImplicitMember) | |||
7430 | return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( | |||
7431 | NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, | |||
7432 | /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); | |||
7433 | } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { | |||
7434 | return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), | |||
7435 | Ivar->getIdentifier()); | |||
7436 | } | |||
7437 | } | |||
7438 | ||||
7439 | return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, | |||
7440 | /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); | |||
7441 | } | |||
7442 | ||||
7443 | namespace { | |||
7444 | class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { | |||
7445 | llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; | |||
7446 | ||||
7447 | public: | |||
7448 | explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) | |||
7449 | : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} | |||
7450 | bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { | |||
7451 | TypoExprs.insert(TE); | |||
7452 | return true; | |||
7453 | } | |||
7454 | }; | |||
7455 | ||||
7456 | class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { | |||
7457 | typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; | |||
7458 | ||||
7459 | VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the | |||
7460 | // process of being initialized. | |||
7461 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; | |||
7462 | llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; | |||
7463 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; | |||
7464 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; | |||
7465 | ||||
7466 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. | |||
7467 | /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should | |||
7468 | /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest | |||
7469 | /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). | |||
7470 | void EmitAllDiagnostics() { | |||
7471 | for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) { | |||
7472 | auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); | |||
7473 | if (State.DiagHandler) { | |||
7474 | TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); | |||
7475 | ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; | |||
7476 | ||||
7477 | // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the | |||
7478 | // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right | |||
7479 | // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload | |||
7480 | // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that | |||
7481 | // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. | |||
7482 | if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( | |||
7483 | Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) | |||
7484 | TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); | |||
7485 | ||||
7486 | State.DiagHandler(TC); | |||
7487 | } | |||
7488 | SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); | |||
7489 | } | |||
7490 | } | |||
7491 | ||||
7492 | /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a | |||
7493 | /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against | |||
7494 | /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing | |||
7495 | /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second | |||
7496 | /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, | |||
7497 | /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a | |||
7498 | /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the | |||
7499 | /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations | |||
7500 | /// of corrections. | |||
7501 | bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { | |||
7502 | for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { | |||
7503 | auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); | |||
7504 | TransformCache.erase(TE); | |||
7505 | if (!State.Consumer->finished()) | |||
7506 | return true; | |||
7507 | State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); | |||
7508 | } | |||
7509 | return false; | |||
7510 | } | |||
7511 | ||||
7512 | NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { | |||
7513 | if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) | |||
7514 | E = OverloadResolution[OE]; | |||
7515 | ||||
7516 | if (!E) | |||
7517 | return nullptr; | |||
7518 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | |||
7519 | return DRE->getFoundDecl(); | |||
7520 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) | |||
7521 | return ME->getFoundDecl(); | |||
7522 | // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo | |||
7523 | // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could | |||
7524 | // contain multiple decls. | |||
7525 | return nullptr; | |||
7526 | } | |||
7527 | ||||
7528 | ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { | |||
7529 | Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); | |||
7530 | ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); | |||
7531 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) | |||
7532 | return ExprError(); | |||
7533 | ||||
7534 | return ExprFilter(Res.get()); | |||
7535 | } | |||
7536 | ||||
7537 | public: | |||
7538 | TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) | |||
7539 | : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} | |||
7540 | ||||
7541 | ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | |||
7542 | MultiExprArg Args, | |||
7543 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
7544 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { | |||
7545 | auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, | |||
7546 | RParenLoc, ExecConfig); | |||
7547 | if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { | |||
7548 | if (Result.isUsable()) { | |||
7549 | Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); | |||
7550 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) | |||
7551 | ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); | |||
7552 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) | |||
7553 | OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); | |||
7554 | } | |||
7555 | } | |||
7556 | return Result; | |||
7557 | } | |||
7558 | ||||
7559 | ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } | |||
7560 | ||||
7561 | ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } | |||
7562 | ||||
7563 | ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { | |||
7564 | ExprResult Res; | |||
7565 | while (true) { | |||
7566 | Res = TryTransform(E); | |||
7567 | ||||
7568 | // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs | |||
7569 | // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. | |||
7570 | if (!Res.isInvalid() || | |||
7571 | !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) | |||
7572 | break; | |||
7573 | } | |||
7574 | ||||
7575 | // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates | |||
7576 | // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. | |||
7577 | // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when | |||
7578 | // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. | |||
7579 | // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when | |||
7580 | // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will | |||
7581 | // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction | |||
7582 | // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. | |||
7583 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; | |||
7584 | while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { | |||
7585 | auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); | |||
7586 | auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; | |||
7587 | auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); | |||
7588 | State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); | |||
7589 | TransformCache.erase(TE); | |||
7590 | if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { | |||
7591 | State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); | |||
7592 | TransformCache.erase(TE); | |||
7593 | Res = ExprError(); | |||
7594 | break; | |||
7595 | } | |||
7596 | AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); | |||
7597 | State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); | |||
7598 | TransformCache[TE] = Cached; | |||
7599 | } | |||
7600 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; | |||
7601 | ||||
7602 | // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. | |||
7603 | if (!Res.isUsable()) | |||
7604 | FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); | |||
7605 | ||||
7606 | EmitAllDiagnostics(); | |||
7607 | ||||
7608 | return Res; | |||
7609 | } | |||
7610 | ||||
7611 | ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { | |||
7612 | // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the | |||
7613 | // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the | |||
7614 | // first one that was encountered. | |||
7615 | auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; | |||
7616 | if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { | |||
7617 | return CacheEntry; | |||
7618 | } | |||
7619 | ||||
7620 | auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); | |||
7621 | assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr")(static_cast <bool> (State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("State.Consumer && \"Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7621, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7622 | ||||
7623 | // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely | |||
7624 | // typo correction and return it. | |||
7625 | while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { | |||
7626 | if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) | |||
7627 | continue; | |||
7628 | // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's | |||
7629 | // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction. | |||
7630 | ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? | |||
7631 | State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : | |||
7632 | attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); | |||
7633 | if (!NE.isInvalid()) { | |||
7634 | // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same | |||
7635 | // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous | |||
7636 | // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. | |||
7637 | TypoCorrection Next; | |||
7638 | if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && | |||
7639 | Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { | |||
7640 | AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); | |||
7641 | } else { | |||
7642 | AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); | |||
7643 | } | |||
7644 | assert(!NE.isUnset() &&(static_cast <bool> (!NE.isUnset() && "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!NE.isUnset() && \"Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7645, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
7645 | "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult")(static_cast <bool> (!NE.isUnset() && "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!NE.isUnset() && \"Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7645, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7646 | return CacheEntry = NE; | |||
7647 | } | |||
7648 | } | |||
7649 | return CacheEntry = ExprError(); | |||
7650 | } | |||
7651 | }; | |||
7652 | } | |||
7653 | ||||
7654 | ExprResult | |||
7655 | Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, | |||
7656 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { | |||
7657 | // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos | |||
7658 | // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to | |||
7659 | // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. | |||
7660 | if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && | |||
7661 | (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || | |||
7662 | E->isInstantiationDependent())) { | |||
7663 | auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; | |||
7664 | assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr")(static_cast <bool> (TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TyposInContext < ~0U && \"Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7664, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7665 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; | |||
7666 | auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); | |||
7667 | auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); | |||
7668 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; | |||
7669 | TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); | |||
7670 | if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { | |||
7671 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; | |||
7672 | return Result; | |||
7673 | } | |||
7674 | assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?")(static_cast <bool> (TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TyposResolved == 0 && \"Corrected typo but got same Expr back?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7674, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7675 | } | |||
7676 | return E; | |||
7677 | } | |||
7678 | ||||
7679 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, | |||
7680 | bool DiscardedValue, | |||
7681 | bool IsConstexpr, | |||
7682 | bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { | |||
7683 | ExprResult FullExpr = FE; | |||
7684 | ||||
7685 | if (!FullExpr.get()) | |||
7686 | return ExprError(); | |||
7687 | ||||
7688 | // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not | |||
7689 | // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr | |||
7690 | // containing full-expression is done). | |||
7691 | // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { | |||
7692 | // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. | |||
7693 | // return a; | |||
7694 | // }() ...); | |||
7695 | // } | |||
7696 | // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope | |||
7697 | // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not | |||
7698 | // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a | |||
7699 | // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a | |||
7700 | // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a | |||
7701 | // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the | |||
7702 | // parser/instantiation has got to). | |||
7703 | if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && | |||
7704 | DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) | |||
7705 | return ExprError(); | |||
7706 | ||||
7707 | // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. | |||
7708 | if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && | |||
7709 | FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | |||
7710 | FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); | |||
7711 | if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) | |||
7712 | return ExprError(); | |||
7713 | } | |||
7714 | ||||
7715 | if (DiscardedValue) { | |||
7716 | FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); | |||
7717 | if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) | |||
7718 | return ExprError(); | |||
7719 | ||||
7720 | FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); | |||
7721 | if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) | |||
7722 | return ExprError(); | |||
7723 | } | |||
7724 | ||||
7725 | FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); | |||
7726 | if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) | |||
7727 | return ExprError(); | |||
7728 | ||||
7729 | CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); | |||
7730 | ||||
7731 | // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested | |||
7732 | // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, | |||
7733 | // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. | |||
7734 | // Consider the following code: | |||
7735 | // void f(int, int); | |||
7736 | // void f(const int&, double); | |||
7737 | // void foo() { | |||
7738 | // const int x = 10, y = 20; | |||
7739 | // auto L = [=](auto a) { | |||
7740 | // auto M = [=](auto b) { | |||
7741 | // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M | |||
7742 | // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms | |||
7743 | // }; | |||
7744 | // }; | |||
7745 | // } | |||
7746 | ||||
7747 | // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves | |||
7748 | // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: | |||
7749 | // void f() { | |||
7750 | // const int n = 0; | |||
7751 | // auto L = [&](auto a) { | |||
7752 | // +n + ({ 0; a; }); | |||
7753 | // }; | |||
7754 | // } | |||
7755 | // | |||
7756 | // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't | |||
7757 | // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), | |||
7758 | // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late | |||
7759 | // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. | |||
7760 | ||||
7761 | LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = | |||
7762 | getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true); | |||
7763 | // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer | |||
7764 | // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report | |||
7765 | // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. | |||
7766 | // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator | |||
7767 | // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture | |||
7768 | // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that | |||
7769 | // PR, a proper fix would entail : | |||
7770 | // "Alternative suggestion: | |||
7771 | // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope | |||
7772 | // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to | |||
7773 | // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's | |||
7774 | // constructor/destructor. | |||
7775 | // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to | |||
7776 | // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." | |||
7777 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | |||
7778 | while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) | |||
7779 | DC = DC->getParent(); | |||
7780 | const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC); | |||
7781 | if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && | |||
7782 | CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) | |||
7783 | CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, | |||
7784 | *this); | |||
7785 | return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); | |||
7786 | } | |||
7787 | ||||
7788 | StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { | |||
7789 | if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); | |||
7790 | ||||
7791 | return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); | |||
7792 | } | |||
7793 | ||||
7794 | Sema::IfExistsResult | |||
7795 | Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, | |||
7796 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, | |||
7797 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { | |||
7798 | DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); | |||
7799 | if (!TargetName) | |||
7800 | return IER_DoesNotExist; | |||
7801 | ||||
7802 | // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. | |||
7803 | if (TargetName.isDependentName()) | |||
7804 | return IER_Dependent; | |||
7805 | ||||
7806 | // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. | |||
7807 | LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, | |||
7808 | Sema::NotForRedeclaration); | |||
7809 | LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); | |||
7810 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | |||
7811 | ||||
7812 | switch (R.getResultKind()) { | |||
7813 | case LookupResult::Found: | |||
7814 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: | |||
7815 | case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: | |||
7816 | case LookupResult::Ambiguous: | |||
7817 | return IER_Exists; | |||
7818 | ||||
7819 | case LookupResult::NotFound: | |||
7820 | return IER_DoesNotExist; | |||
7821 | ||||
7822 | case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: | |||
7823 | return IER_Dependent; | |||
7824 | } | |||
7825 | ||||
7826 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid LookupResult Kind!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp" , 7826); | |||
7827 | } | |||
7828 | ||||
7829 | Sema::IfExistsResult | |||
7830 | Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, | |||
7831 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | |||
7832 | UnqualifiedId &Name) { | |||
7833 | DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); | |||
7834 | ||||
7835 | // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack. | |||
7836 | auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists; | |||
7837 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) || | |||
7838 | DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC)) | |||
7839 | return IER_Error; | |||
7840 | ||||
7841 | return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); | |||
7842 | } |
1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
4 | // |
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
7 | // |
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9 | // |
10 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
11 | // builds ASTs. |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
16 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
50 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
51 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
52 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
53 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
55 | #include <deque> |
56 | #include <memory> |
57 | #include <string> |
58 | #include <vector> |
59 | |
60 | namespace llvm { |
61 | class APSInt; |
62 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
63 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
64 | class SmallBitVector; |
65 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
66 | } |
67 | |
68 | namespace clang { |
69 | class ADLResult; |
70 | class ASTConsumer; |
71 | class ASTContext; |
72 | class ASTMutationListener; |
73 | class ASTReader; |
74 | class ASTWriter; |
75 | class ArrayType; |
76 | class AttributeList; |
77 | class BindingDecl; |
78 | class BlockDecl; |
79 | class CapturedDecl; |
80 | class CXXBasePath; |
81 | class CXXBasePaths; |
82 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
83 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
84 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
85 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
86 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
87 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
88 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
89 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
90 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
91 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
92 | class CXXTemporary; |
93 | class CXXTryStmt; |
94 | class CallExpr; |
95 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
96 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
97 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
98 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
99 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
100 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
101 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
102 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
103 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
104 | class Decl; |
105 | class DeclAccessPair; |
106 | class DeclContext; |
107 | class DeclRefExpr; |
108 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
109 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
110 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
111 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
112 | class Designation; |
113 | class EnableIfAttr; |
114 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
115 | class Expr; |
116 | class ExtVectorType; |
117 | class FormatAttr; |
118 | class FriendDecl; |
119 | class FunctionDecl; |
120 | class FunctionProtoType; |
121 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
122 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
123 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
124 | class InitListExpr; |
125 | class InitializationKind; |
126 | class InitializationSequence; |
127 | class InitializedEntity; |
128 | class IntegerLiteral; |
129 | class LabelStmt; |
130 | class LambdaExpr; |
131 | class LangOptions; |
132 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
133 | class LookupResult; |
134 | class MacroInfo; |
135 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
136 | class ModuleLoader; |
137 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
138 | class NamedDecl; |
139 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
140 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
141 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
142 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
143 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
144 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
145 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
146 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
147 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
148 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
149 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
150 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
151 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
152 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
153 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
154 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
155 | class OMPClause; |
156 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
157 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
158 | class OverloadExpr; |
159 | class ParenListExpr; |
160 | class ParmVarDecl; |
161 | class Preprocessor; |
162 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
163 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
164 | class QualType; |
165 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
166 | class Stmt; |
167 | class StringLiteral; |
168 | class SwitchStmt; |
169 | class TemplateArgument; |
170 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
171 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
172 | class TemplateDecl; |
173 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
174 | class TemplateParameterList; |
175 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
176 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
177 | class Token; |
178 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
179 | class TypedefDecl; |
180 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
181 | class TypeLoc; |
182 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
183 | class UnqualifiedId; |
184 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
185 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
186 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
187 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
188 | class UsingDecl; |
189 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
190 | class ValueDecl; |
191 | class VarDecl; |
192 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
193 | class VisibilityAttr; |
194 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
195 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
196 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
197 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
198 | |
199 | namespace sema { |
200 | class AccessedEntity; |
201 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
202 | class Capture; |
203 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
204 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
205 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
206 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
207 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
208 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
209 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
210 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
211 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
212 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | namespace threadSafety { |
216 | class BeforeSet; |
217 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
218 | } |
219 | |
220 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
221 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
222 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
223 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
224 | |
225 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
226 | /// file. |
227 | struct FileNullability { |
228 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
229 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
230 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
231 | |
232 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
233 | /// placing fix-its. |
234 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
235 | |
236 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
237 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
238 | |
239 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
240 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
241 | }; |
242 | |
243 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
244 | /// information in that file. |
245 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
246 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
247 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
248 | |
249 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
250 | struct { |
251 | FileID File; |
252 | FileNullability Nullability; |
253 | } Cache; |
254 | |
255 | public: |
256 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
257 | // Check the single-element cache. |
258 | if (file == Cache.File) |
259 | return Cache.Nullability; |
260 | |
261 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
262 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
263 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
264 | } |
265 | |
266 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
267 | Cache.File = file; |
268 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
269 | return Cache.Nullability; |
270 | } |
271 | }; |
272 | |
273 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
274 | class Sema { |
275 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
276 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
277 | |
278 | ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. |
279 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
280 | |
281 | ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
282 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
283 | |
284 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
285 | |
286 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
287 | |
288 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
289 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
290 | /// not have external linkage. |
291 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
292 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
293 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
294 | return true; |
295 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
296 | // of the new declaration here. |
297 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
298 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
299 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
300 | return true; |
301 | } |
302 | return false; |
303 | } |
304 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
305 | |
306 | public: |
307 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
308 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
309 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
310 | |
311 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
312 | FPOptions FPFeatures; |
313 | |
314 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
315 | Preprocessor &PP; |
316 | ASTContext &Context; |
317 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
318 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
319 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
320 | |
321 | /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
322 | bool CollectStats; |
323 | |
324 | /// \brief Code-completion consumer. |
325 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
326 | |
327 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
328 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
329 | |
330 | /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
331 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
332 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
333 | |
334 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
335 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
336 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
337 | |
338 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
339 | |
340 | /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
341 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
342 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
343 | |
344 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
345 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
346 | |
347 | /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
348 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
349 | |
350 | /// \brief pragma clang section kind |
351 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
352 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
353 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
354 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
355 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
356 | PCSK_Text = 4 |
357 | }; |
358 | |
359 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
360 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
361 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
362 | }; |
363 | |
364 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
365 | std::string SectionName; |
366 | bool Valid = false; |
367 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
368 | |
369 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
370 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
371 | StringLiteral* Name); |
372 | }; |
373 | |
374 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
375 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
376 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
377 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
378 | |
379 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
380 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
381 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
382 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
383 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
384 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
385 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
386 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
387 | }; |
388 | |
389 | template<typename ValueType> |
390 | struct PragmaStack { |
391 | struct Slot { |
392 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
393 | ValueType Value; |
394 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
395 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
396 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
397 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
398 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
399 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
400 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
401 | }; |
402 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
403 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
404 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
405 | ValueType Value); |
406 | |
407 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
408 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
409 | // |
410 | // struct S { |
411 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
412 | // void Method {} |
413 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
414 | // }; |
415 | // |
416 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
417 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
418 | // syntax. |
419 | // |
420 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
421 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
422 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
423 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
424 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
425 | } |
426 | |
427 | // Constructors. |
428 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
429 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
430 | |
431 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
432 | |
433 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
434 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
435 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
436 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
437 | }; |
438 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
439 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
440 | |
441 | /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
442 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
443 | /// |
444 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
445 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
446 | /// structors |
447 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
448 | /// objects |
449 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack; |
450 | // #pragma pack. |
451 | // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment. |
452 | static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U; |
453 | PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack; |
454 | // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include. |
455 | struct PackIncludeState { |
456 | unsigned CurrentValue; |
457 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
458 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
459 | }; |
460 | SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack; |
461 | // Segment #pragmas. |
462 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
463 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
464 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
465 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
466 | |
467 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
468 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
469 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
470 | public: |
471 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
472 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
473 | |
474 | private: |
475 | Sema &S; |
476 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
477 | bool ShouldAct; |
478 | }; |
479 | |
480 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
481 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
482 | |
483 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
484 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
485 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
486 | |
487 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
488 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
489 | |
490 | /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by |
491 | /// \#pragma clang attribute. |
492 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
493 | SourceLocation Loc; |
494 | AttributeList *Attribute; |
495 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
496 | bool IsUsed; |
497 | }; |
498 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
499 | |
500 | /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
501 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
502 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
503 | |
504 | /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
505 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
506 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
507 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
508 | |
509 | /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
510 | /// |
511 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
512 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
513 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
514 | |
515 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
516 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
517 | |
518 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
519 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The |
520 | /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. |
521 | SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
522 | |
523 | /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs |
524 | /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not |
525 | /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue |
526 | /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions |
527 | /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each |
528 | /// full expression. |
529 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; |
530 | |
531 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> PreallocatedFunctionScope; |
532 | |
533 | /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested |
534 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
535 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
536 | |
537 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
538 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
539 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
540 | |
541 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
542 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
543 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
544 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
545 | |
546 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
547 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
548 | |
549 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
550 | |
551 | /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
552 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
553 | |
554 | /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
555 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
556 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
557 | |
558 | /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
559 | /// |
560 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
561 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
562 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
563 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
564 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
565 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
566 | |
567 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
568 | |
569 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
570 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
571 | /// same list more than once. |
572 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
573 | |
574 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
575 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
576 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
577 | |
578 | /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
579 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
580 | |
581 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
582 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
583 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
584 | |
585 | /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
586 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
587 | |
588 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
589 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
590 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
591 | |
592 | /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
593 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
594 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
595 | |
596 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
597 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
598 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
599 | |
600 | /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
601 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
602 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
603 | |
604 | /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
605 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
606 | /// function. |
607 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
608 | DelayedExceptionSpecChecks; |
609 | |
610 | /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both |
611 | /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception |
612 | /// specifications, along with the function type containing their |
613 | /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications |
614 | /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to |
615 | /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and |
616 | /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. |
617 | SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> |
618 | DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
619 | |
620 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
621 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
622 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
623 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
624 | |
625 | /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
626 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
627 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
628 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
629 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
630 | void *OpaqueParser; |
631 | |
632 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
633 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
634 | void *P) { |
635 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
636 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
637 | OpaqueParser = P; |
638 | } |
639 | |
640 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
641 | |
642 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
643 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
644 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
645 | }; |
646 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
647 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
648 | |
649 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
650 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
651 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
652 | /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
653 | /// diagnostics should go. |
654 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
655 | |
656 | public: |
657 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
658 | |
659 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
660 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
661 | |
662 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
663 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
664 | |
665 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
666 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
667 | return CurPool; |
668 | } |
669 | |
670 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
671 | /// collected in this pool. |
672 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
673 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
674 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
675 | CurPool = &pool; |
676 | return state; |
677 | } |
678 | |
679 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
680 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
681 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
682 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
683 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
684 | } |
685 | |
686 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
687 | /// not delayed. |
688 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
689 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
690 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
691 | CurPool = nullptr; |
692 | return state; |
693 | } |
694 | |
695 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
696 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
697 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
698 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
699 | } |
700 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
701 | |
702 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
703 | class ContextRAII { |
704 | private: |
705 | Sema &S; |
706 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
707 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
708 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
709 | |
710 | public: |
711 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
712 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
713 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
714 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) |
715 | { |
716 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
717 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
718 | if (NewThisContext) |
719 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
720 | } |
721 | |
722 | void pop() { |
723 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
724 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
725 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
726 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
727 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
728 | } |
729 | |
730 | ~ContextRAII() { |
731 | pop(); |
732 | } |
733 | }; |
734 | |
735 | /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
736 | /// a function body. |
737 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
738 | Sema &S; |
739 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
740 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
741 | |
742 | public: |
743 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
744 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
745 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
746 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
747 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
748 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
749 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
750 | else |
751 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 751, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
752 | } |
753 | |
754 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
755 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 755, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
756 | |
757 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
758 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
759 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
760 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
761 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
762 | |
763 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
764 | } |
765 | |
766 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
767 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
768 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
769 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
770 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
771 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
772 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
773 | } |
774 | }; |
775 | |
776 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
777 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
778 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
779 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
780 | |
781 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
782 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
783 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
784 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
785 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
786 | |
787 | |
788 | /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
789 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
790 | |
791 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
792 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
793 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
794 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
795 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
796 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
797 | |
798 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
799 | |
800 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
801 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
802 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
803 | Scope *TUScope; |
804 | |
805 | /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
806 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
807 | |
808 | /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
809 | /// standard library. |
810 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
811 | |
812 | /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
813 | /// standard library. |
814 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
815 | |
816 | /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
817 | /// of the standard library resides. |
818 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
819 | |
820 | /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
821 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
822 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
823 | |
824 | /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
825 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
826 | |
827 | /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
828 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
829 | |
830 | /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
831 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
832 | |
833 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
834 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
835 | |
836 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
837 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
838 | |
839 | /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
840 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
841 | |
842 | /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
843 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
844 | |
845 | /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
846 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
847 | |
848 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
849 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
850 | |
851 | /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
852 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
853 | |
854 | /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
855 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
856 | |
857 | /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
858 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
859 | |
860 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
861 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
862 | |
863 | /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
864 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
865 | |
866 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
867 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
868 | |
869 | /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
870 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
871 | |
872 | /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. |
873 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
874 | |
875 | /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
876 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
877 | |
878 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
879 | /// have been declared. |
880 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
881 | |
882 | /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract |
883 | /// references to fields. This is really a |
884 | bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; |
885 | |
886 | /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
887 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
888 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
889 | /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
890 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
891 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
892 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
893 | /// run time. |
894 | Unevaluated, |
895 | |
896 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
897 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
898 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
899 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
900 | UnevaluatedList, |
901 | |
902 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
903 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
904 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
905 | DiscardedStatement, |
906 | |
907 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
908 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
909 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
910 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
911 | |
912 | /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
913 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
914 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
915 | ConstantEvaluated, |
916 | |
917 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
918 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
919 | /// expression at run time. |
920 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
921 | |
922 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
923 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
924 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
925 | /// |
926 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
927 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
928 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
929 | /// until the default argument is used. |
930 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
931 | }; |
932 | |
933 | /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested |
934 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
935 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
936 | /// \brief The expression evaluation context. |
937 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
938 | |
939 | /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
940 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
941 | |
942 | /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. |
943 | bool IsDecltype; |
944 | |
945 | /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
946 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
947 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
948 | |
949 | /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
950 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
951 | unsigned NumTypos; |
952 | |
953 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
954 | |
955 | /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
956 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
957 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
958 | |
959 | /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
960 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
961 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
962 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
963 | |
964 | /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions |
965 | /// and block literals within this context. |
966 | /// |
967 | /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts |
968 | /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. |
969 | std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; |
970 | |
971 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
972 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
973 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
974 | |
975 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
976 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
977 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
978 | |
979 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
980 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
981 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
982 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
983 | bool IsDecltype) |
984 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
985 | IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), |
986 | NumTypos(0), |
987 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } |
988 | |
989 | /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently |
990 | /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. |
991 | MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); |
992 | |
993 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
994 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
995 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
996 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
997 | } |
998 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
999 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
1000 | } |
1001 | }; |
1002 | |
1003 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
1004 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
1005 | |
1006 | /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
1007 | /// block literal. |
1008 | /// |
1009 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
1010 | /// block literal. |
1011 | /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl |
1012 | /// associated with the context, if relevant. |
1013 | MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
1014 | const DeclContext *DC, |
1015 | Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); |
1016 | |
1017 | |
1018 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
1019 | /// function. |
1020 | /// |
1021 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
1022 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
1023 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1024 | public: |
1025 | enum Kind { |
1026 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
1027 | Ambiguous, |
1028 | Success |
1029 | }; |
1030 | |
1031 | private: |
1032 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
1033 | |
1034 | public: |
1035 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
1036 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
1037 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
1038 | |
1039 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
1040 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
1041 | |
1042 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
1043 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
1044 | }; |
1045 | |
1046 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
1047 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
1048 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1049 | public: |
1050 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
1051 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
1052 | {} |
1053 | }; |
1054 | |
1055 | /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
1056 | /// for C++ records. |
1057 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
1058 | |
1059 | /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
1060 | /// attribute. |
1061 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
1062 | |
1063 | /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
1064 | /// |
1065 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
1066 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
1067 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
1068 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
1069 | /// checks. |
1070 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
1071 | |
1072 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
1073 | |
1074 | /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
1075 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
1076 | |
1077 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
1078 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
1079 | |
1080 | /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
1081 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
1082 | /// |
1083 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
1084 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
1085 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
1086 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
1087 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
1088 | |
1089 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
1090 | // argument locations. |
1091 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
1092 | |
1093 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
1094 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
1095 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
1096 | |
1097 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
1098 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
1099 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
1100 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
1101 | |
1102 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
1103 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
1104 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
1105 | |
1106 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
1107 | /// the end of translation unit. |
1108 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
1109 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
1110 | |
1111 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
1112 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
1113 | |
1114 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
1115 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
1116 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
1117 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
1118 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
1119 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
1120 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
1121 | |
1122 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
1123 | /// of -Wselector. |
1124 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
1125 | |
1126 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
1127 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
1128 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
1129 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
1130 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
1131 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
1132 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
1133 | CXXDestructor, |
1134 | CXXInvalid |
1135 | }; |
1136 | |
1137 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
1138 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
1139 | |
1140 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
1141 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
1142 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
1143 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
1144 | |
1145 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
1146 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
1147 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
1148 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
1149 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
1150 | |
1151 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
1152 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
1153 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
1154 | |
1155 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
1156 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
1157 | |
1158 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
1159 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
1160 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
1161 | |
1162 | /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
1163 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
1164 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
1165 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
1166 | |
1167 | /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound |
1168 | /// statements. |
1169 | class FPContractStateRAII { |
1170 | public: |
1171 | FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {} |
1172 | ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; } |
1173 | |
1174 | private: |
1175 | Sema& S; |
1176 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
1177 | }; |
1178 | |
1179 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
1180 | |
1181 | public: |
1182 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
1183 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
1184 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
1185 | ~Sema(); |
1186 | |
1187 | /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
1188 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
1189 | void Initialize(); |
1190 | |
1191 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
1192 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
1193 | FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } |
1194 | |
1195 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
1196 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
1197 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
1198 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
1199 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
1200 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
1201 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
1202 | |
1203 | ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
1204 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
1205 | /// |
1206 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
1207 | /// |
1208 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
1209 | |
1210 | void PrintStats() const; |
1211 | |
1212 | /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
1213 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
1214 | /// |
1215 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
1216 | /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is |
1217 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
1218 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
1219 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
1220 | /// well. |
1221 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
1222 | Sema &SemaRef; |
1223 | unsigned DiagID; |
1224 | |
1225 | public: |
1226 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1227 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
1228 | |
1229 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
1230 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
1231 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
1232 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
1233 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op |
1234 | // in that case anwyay. |
1235 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default; |
1236 | |
1237 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { |
1238 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
1239 | if (!isActive()) return; |
1240 | |
1241 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying |
1242 | // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it |
1243 | // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
1244 | // |
1245 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
1246 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
1247 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
1248 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
1249 | // eliminate that code. |
1250 | FlushCounts(); |
1251 | Clear(); |
1252 | |
1253 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
1254 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
1255 | } |
1256 | |
1257 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
1258 | template<typename T> |
1259 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( |
1260 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1261 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
1262 | BaseDiag << Value; |
1263 | return Diag; |
1264 | } |
1265 | }; |
1266 | |
1267 | /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. |
1268 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { |
1269 | DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); |
1270 | return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); |
1271 | } |
1272 | |
1273 | /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. |
1274 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); |
1275 | |
1276 | /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. |
1277 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
1278 | |
1279 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
1280 | |
1281 | /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
1282 | std::string |
1283 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1284 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1285 | |
1286 | /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
1287 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
1288 | |
1289 | /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
1290 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
1291 | |
1292 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
1293 | |
1294 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
1295 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
1296 | |
1297 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
1298 | |
1299 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
1300 | |
1301 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
1302 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
1303 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
1304 | |
1305 | /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
1306 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
1307 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
1308 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
1309 | |
1310 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
1311 | RecordDecl *RD, |
1312 | CapturedRegionKind K); |
1313 | void |
1314 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
1315 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
1316 | const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr); |
1317 | |
1318 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
1319 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
1320 | } |
1321 | |
1322 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
1323 | |
1324 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
1325 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
1326 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
1327 | |
1328 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
1329 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
1330 | |
1331 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
1332 | |
1333 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
1334 | |
1335 | /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. |
1336 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
1337 | |
1338 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
1339 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
1340 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
1341 | /// lambda scopes. |
1342 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
1343 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
1344 | |
1345 | /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
1346 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
1347 | |
1348 | /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
1349 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
1350 | |
1351 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
1352 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
1353 | |
1354 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
1355 | |
1356 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1357 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
1358 | // |
1359 | |
1360 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
1361 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1362 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
1363 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1364 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
1365 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1366 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
1367 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1368 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
1369 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
1370 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
1371 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
1372 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1373 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1374 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1375 | |
1376 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1377 | |
1378 | /// \brief Build a function type. |
1379 | /// |
1380 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
1381 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
1382 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
1383 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
1384 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
1385 | /// |
1386 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
1387 | /// |
1388 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
1389 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
1390 | /// function parameters. |
1391 | /// |
1392 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
1393 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
1394 | /// type that will have function type. |
1395 | /// |
1396 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
1397 | /// type, if known. |
1398 | /// |
1399 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
1400 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
1401 | /// |
1402 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
1403 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
1404 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
1405 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
1406 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
1407 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
1408 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
1409 | |
1410 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
1411 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1412 | DeclarationName Entity); |
1413 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
1414 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1415 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
1416 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1417 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
1418 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1419 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
1420 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1421 | |
1422 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
1423 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
1424 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, |
1425 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); |
1426 | |
1427 | /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
1428 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
1429 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
1430 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
1431 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
1432 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
1433 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); |
1434 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
1435 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
1436 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
1437 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
1438 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
1439 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
1440 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
1441 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1442 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1443 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1444 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1445 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
1446 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1447 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1448 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
1449 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
1450 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1451 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1452 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
1453 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
1454 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
1455 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
1456 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1457 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1458 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
1459 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
1460 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
1461 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
1462 | |
1463 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1464 | |
1465 | /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
1466 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
1467 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
1468 | |
1469 | /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
1470 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
1471 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1472 | |
1473 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
1474 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1475 | }; |
1476 | |
1477 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
1478 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
1479 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
1480 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
1481 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
1482 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
1483 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
1484 | return II; |
1485 | } |
1486 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
1487 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
1488 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
1489 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
1490 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
1491 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
1492 | |
1493 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
1494 | unsigned DiagID; |
1495 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
1496 | |
1497 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
1498 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
1499 | llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
1500 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
1501 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
1502 | (void)Dummy; |
1503 | } |
1504 | |
1505 | public: |
1506 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
1507 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
1508 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1508, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1509 | } |
1510 | |
1511 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
1512 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
1513 | emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
1514 | DB << T; |
1515 | } |
1516 | }; |
1517 | |
1518 | private: |
1519 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1520 | TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
1521 | |
1522 | struct ModuleScope { |
1523 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
1524 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
1525 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
1526 | }; |
1527 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
1528 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
1529 | |
1530 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
1531 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
1532 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
1533 | } |
1534 | |
1535 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
1536 | |
1537 | public: |
1538 | /// \brief Get the module owning an entity. |
1539 | Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); } |
1540 | |
1541 | /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
1542 | /// visible at the specified location. |
1543 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
1544 | |
1545 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); } |
1546 | |
1547 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
1548 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1549 | return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
1550 | } |
1551 | |
1552 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
1553 | bool |
1554 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
1555 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
1556 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
1557 | } |
1558 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
1559 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
1560 | |
1561 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
1562 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
1563 | |
1564 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
1565 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
1566 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
1567 | |
1568 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
1569 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
1570 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
1571 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
1572 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1573 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
1574 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
1575 | } |
1576 | |
1577 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
1578 | bool |
1579 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
1580 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1581 | |
1582 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
1583 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
1584 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
1585 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
1586 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1587 | |
1588 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
1589 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
1590 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
1591 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1592 | |
1593 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
1594 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
1595 | /// an extension warning. |
1596 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
1597 | const NamedDecl *B); |
1598 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
1599 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
1600 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
1601 | |
1602 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
1603 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr); |
1604 | } |
1605 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1606 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1607 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1608 | unsigned DiagID); |
1609 | |
1610 | template <typename... Ts> |
1611 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1612 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1613 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1614 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1615 | } |
1616 | |
1617 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
1618 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1619 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
1620 | |
1621 | template <typename... Ts> |
1622 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
1623 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1624 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); |
1625 | } |
1626 | |
1627 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1628 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1629 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
1630 | |
1631 | template <typename... Ts> |
1632 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1633 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1634 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1635 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1636 | } |
1637 | |
1638 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
1639 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); |
1640 | |
1641 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1642 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
1643 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
1644 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
1645 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
1646 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
1647 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
1648 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1649 | |
1650 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1651 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
1652 | // |
1653 | |
1654 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
1655 | SkipBodyInfo() |
1656 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
1657 | New(nullptr) {} |
1658 | bool ShouldSkip; |
1659 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
1660 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
1661 | NamedDecl *New; |
1662 | }; |
1663 | |
1664 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
1665 | |
1666 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
1667 | |
1668 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
1669 | |
1670 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1671 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
1672 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
1673 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
1674 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
1675 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
1676 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
1677 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
1678 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
1679 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
1680 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
1681 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
1682 | Scope *S, |
1683 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
1684 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
1685 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
1686 | |
1687 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
1688 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
1689 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
1690 | /// scope during instantiation. |
1691 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
1692 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1693 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
1694 | |
1695 | /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
1696 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
1697 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
1698 | NC_Unknown, |
1699 | NC_Error, |
1700 | NC_Keyword, |
1701 | NC_Type, |
1702 | NC_Expression, |
1703 | NC_NestedNameSpecifier, |
1704 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
1705 | NC_VarTemplate, |
1706 | NC_FunctionTemplate |
1707 | }; |
1708 | |
1709 | class NameClassification { |
1710 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
1711 | ExprResult Expr; |
1712 | TemplateName Template; |
1713 | ParsedType Type; |
1714 | |
1715 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
1716 | |
1717 | public: |
1718 | NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} |
1719 | |
1720 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
1721 | |
1722 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
1723 | |
1724 | static NameClassification Error() { |
1725 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
1726 | } |
1727 | |
1728 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
1729 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
1730 | } |
1731 | |
1732 | static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { |
1733 | return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); |
1734 | } |
1735 | |
1736 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1737 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
1738 | Result.Template = Name; |
1739 | return Result; |
1740 | } |
1741 | |
1742 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1743 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
1744 | Result.Template = Name; |
1745 | return Result; |
1746 | } |
1747 | |
1748 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1749 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
1750 | Result.Template = Name; |
1751 | return Result; |
1752 | } |
1753 | |
1754 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
1755 | |
1756 | ParsedType getType() const { |
1757 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1757, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1758 | return Type; |
1759 | } |
1760 | |
1761 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
1762 | assert(Kind == NC_Expression)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Expression) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Expression", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1762, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1763 | return Expr; |
1764 | } |
1765 | |
1766 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
1767 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1768 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1769 | return Template; |
1770 | } |
1771 | |
1772 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
1773 | switch (Kind) { |
1774 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
1775 | return TNK_Type_template; |
1776 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
1777 | return TNK_Function_template; |
1778 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
1779 | return TNK_Var_template; |
1780 | default: |
1781 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1781); |
1782 | } |
1783 | } |
1784 | }; |
1785 | |
1786 | /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
1787 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
1788 | /// |
1789 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
1790 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
1791 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
1792 | /// |
1793 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
1794 | /// |
1795 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
1796 | /// |
1797 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
1798 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
1799 | /// |
1800 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
1801 | /// |
1802 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
1803 | /// disambiguate the name. |
1804 | /// |
1805 | /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary |
1806 | /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an |
1807 | /// expression. |
1808 | /// |
1809 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
1810 | NameClassification |
1811 | ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
1812 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, |
1813 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
1814 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr); |
1815 | |
1816 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
1817 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
1818 | ClassTemplate, |
1819 | FunctionTemplate, |
1820 | VarTemplate, |
1821 | AliasTemplate, |
1822 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
1823 | DependentTemplate |
1824 | }; |
1825 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
1826 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
1827 | |
1828 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
1829 | /// template-name. |
1830 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E) { |
1831 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
1832 | return false; |
1833 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
1834 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1835 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
1836 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1837 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
1838 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
1839 | return false; |
1840 | } |
1841 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
1842 | SourceLocation Less, |
1843 | SourceLocation Greater); |
1844 | |
1845 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1846 | |
1847 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1848 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
1849 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
1850 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
1851 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
1852 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
1853 | bool IsTemplateId); |
1854 | void |
1855 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
1856 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
1857 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1858 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1859 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1860 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1861 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
1862 | |
1863 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
1864 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
1865 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1866 | const LookupResult &R); |
1867 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
1868 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
1869 | const LookupResult &R); |
1870 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
1871 | |
1872 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
1873 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
1874 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1875 | |
1876 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
1877 | |
1878 | private: |
1879 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
1880 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
1881 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
1882 | |
1883 | public: |
1884 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
1885 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
1886 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
1887 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
1888 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
1889 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1890 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1891 | LookupResult &Previous); |
1892 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1893 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
1894 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
1895 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1896 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1897 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1898 | bool &AddToScope, |
1899 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
1900 | NamedDecl * |
1901 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1902 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
1903 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
1904 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
1905 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
1906 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
1907 | Expr *Init); |
1908 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
1909 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
1910 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
1911 | |
1912 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1913 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1914 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1915 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1916 | bool &AddToScope); |
1917 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1918 | |
1919 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
1920 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); |
1921 | |
1922 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1923 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1924 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1925 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1926 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1927 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
1928 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
1929 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
1930 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
1931 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
1932 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
1933 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
1934 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1935 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
1936 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1937 | QualType T); |
1938 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1939 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
1940 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
1941 | StorageClass SC); |
1942 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1943 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1944 | Expr *defarg); |
1945 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1946 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1947 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
1948 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1949 | bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
1950 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1951 | |
1952 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
1953 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
1954 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
1955 | |
1956 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
1957 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
1958 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
1959 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
1960 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
1961 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
1962 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
1963 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
1964 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
1965 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
1966 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1967 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1968 | |
1969 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
1970 | /// documentation comments. |
1971 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
1972 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1973 | |
1974 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1975 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
1976 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
1977 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
1978 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1979 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1980 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1981 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1982 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
1983 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1984 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
1985 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
1986 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
1987 | } |
1988 | |
1989 | /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
1990 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
1991 | /// code for that function. |
1992 | /// |
1993 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
1994 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
1995 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
1996 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
1997 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
1998 | |
1999 | /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
2000 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
2001 | /// code for that function. |
2002 | /// |
2003 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
2004 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
2005 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
2006 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
2007 | |
2008 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
2009 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
2010 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
2011 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
2012 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
2013 | |
2014 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
2015 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
2016 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2017 | |
2018 | /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
2019 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
2020 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
2021 | |
2022 | /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
2023 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
2024 | /// specified threshold. |
2025 | void |
2026 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2027 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
2028 | |
2029 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
2030 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
2031 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
2032 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2033 | |
2034 | /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
2035 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, |
2036 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
2037 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
2038 | |
2039 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
2040 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
2041 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
2042 | Partition, ///< 'module partition X;' |
2043 | }; |
2044 | |
2045 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
2046 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
2047 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2048 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
2049 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2050 | |
2051 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
2052 | /// |
2053 | /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. |
2054 | /// |
2055 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
2056 | /// |
2057 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
2058 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
2059 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2060 | |
2061 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
2062 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
2063 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2064 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2065 | |
2066 | /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule. |
2067 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2068 | /// \brief The parser has left a submodule. |
2069 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2070 | |
2071 | /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
2072 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
2073 | /// |
2074 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
2075 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
2076 | /// has forgotten to import. |
2077 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
2078 | Module *Mod); |
2079 | |
2080 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
2081 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
2082 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
2083 | Declaration, |
2084 | Definition, |
2085 | DefaultArgument, |
2086 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
2087 | PartialSpecialization |
2088 | }; |
2089 | |
2090 | /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
2091 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
2092 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2093 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
2094 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2095 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
2096 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
2097 | |
2098 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2099 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2100 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
2101 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
2102 | |
2103 | /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
2104 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
2105 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
2106 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
2107 | |
2108 | /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a |
2109 | /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible, |
2110 | /// and diagnose if not. |
2111 | void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, |
2112 | NamedDecl *Spec); |
2113 | |
2114 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2115 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
2116 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
2117 | } |
2118 | |
2119 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2120 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2121 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
2122 | |
2123 | /// Scope actions. |
2124 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
2125 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
2126 | |
2127 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2128 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2129 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2130 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
2131 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
2132 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2133 | |
2134 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2135 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2136 | RecordDecl *Record, |
2137 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
2138 | |
2139 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2140 | RecordDecl *Record); |
2141 | |
2142 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
2143 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
2144 | enum NonTagKind { |
2145 | NTK_NonStruct, |
2146 | NTK_NonClass, |
2147 | NTK_NonUnion, |
2148 | NTK_NonEnum, |
2149 | NTK_Typedef, |
2150 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
2151 | NTK_Template, |
2152 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
2153 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
2154 | }; |
2155 | |
2156 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
2157 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
2158 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
2159 | |
2160 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
2161 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
2162 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
2163 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
2164 | |
2165 | enum TagUseKind { |
2166 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
2167 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
2168 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
2169 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
2170 | }; |
2171 | |
2172 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
2173 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2174 | SourceLocation NameLoc, AttributeList *Attr, |
2175 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
2176 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
2177 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
2178 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
2179 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
2180 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2181 | |
2182 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
2183 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2184 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2185 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2186 | AttributeList *Attr, |
2187 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
2188 | |
2189 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
2190 | unsigned TagSpec, |
2191 | TagUseKind TUK, |
2192 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2193 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2194 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2195 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2196 | |
2197 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2198 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
2199 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
2200 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2201 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
2202 | |
2203 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2204 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2205 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2206 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
2207 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
2208 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2209 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2210 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2211 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2212 | AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); |
2213 | |
2214 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
2215 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2216 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
2217 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2218 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2219 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
2220 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
2221 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
2222 | |
2223 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
2224 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
2225 | |
2226 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
2227 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
2228 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2229 | |
2230 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
2231 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
2232 | }; |
2233 | |
2234 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
2235 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2236 | bool Diagnose = false); |
2237 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2238 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2239 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
2240 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2241 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2242 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
2243 | |
2244 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
2245 | void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
2246 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, |
2247 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
2248 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
2249 | |
2250 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
2251 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
2252 | /// struct, or union). |
2253 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2254 | |
2255 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
2256 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
2257 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
2258 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
2259 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
2260 | |
2261 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
2262 | |
2263 | /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
2264 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
2265 | |
2266 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
2267 | |
2268 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
2269 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
2270 | /// member declarations. |
2271 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2272 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
2273 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
2274 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2275 | |
2276 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
2277 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
2278 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2279 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
2280 | |
2281 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
2282 | |
2283 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
2284 | |
2285 | /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
2286 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
2287 | /// |
2288 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
2289 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2290 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2291 | |
2292 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
2293 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
2294 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2295 | |
2296 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
2297 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
2298 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2299 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2300 | Expr *val); |
2301 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
2302 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
2303 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
2304 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
2305 | |
2306 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
2307 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
2308 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
2309 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
2310 | |
2311 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
2312 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2313 | AttributeList *Attrs, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2314 | Expr *Val); |
2315 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
2316 | Decl *EnumDecl, |
2317 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, |
2318 | Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); |
2319 | |
2320 | DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); |
2321 | |
2322 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
2323 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2324 | void PopDeclContext(); |
2325 | |
2326 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
2327 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
2328 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2329 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
2330 | |
2331 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
2332 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
2333 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
2334 | |
2335 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
2336 | |
2337 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
2338 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
2339 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2340 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
2341 | |
2342 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
2343 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
2344 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2345 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
2346 | |
2347 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
2348 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
2349 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2350 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
2353 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
2354 | |
2355 | /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the |
2356 | /// top level scope. |
2357 | /// |
2358 | /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. |
2359 | /// |
2360 | /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. |
2361 | void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); |
2362 | |
2363 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
2364 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
2365 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
2366 | /// |
2367 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
2368 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
2369 | /// directly within it. |
2370 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
2371 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
2372 | |
2373 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
2374 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
2375 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2376 | |
2377 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
2378 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
2379 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2380 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
2381 | |
2382 | /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
2383 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
2384 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
2385 | /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
2386 | AMK_None, |
2387 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
2388 | /// an exact match. |
2389 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
2390 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
2391 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
2392 | AMK_Override, |
2393 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
2394 | /// a protocol requirement. |
2395 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
2396 | }; |
2397 | |
2398 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
2399 | AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2400 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, |
2401 | bool Implicit, |
2402 | VersionTuple Introduced, |
2403 | VersionTuple Deprecated, |
2404 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, |
2405 | bool IsUnavailable, |
2406 | StringRef Message, |
2407 | bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
2408 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, |
2409 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2410 | TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2411 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2412 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2413 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2414 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2415 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2416 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2417 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid); |
2418 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2419 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2420 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2421 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2422 | MSInheritanceAttr * |
2423 | mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
2424 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, |
2425 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
2426 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2427 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
2428 | int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2429 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, |
2430 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2431 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2432 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2433 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2434 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2435 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2436 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2437 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2438 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2439 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2440 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2441 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2442 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2443 | |
2444 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
2445 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
2446 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
2447 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
2448 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
2449 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2450 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
2451 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2452 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
2453 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
2454 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2455 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
2456 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
2457 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
2458 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
2459 | |
2460 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
2461 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
2462 | enum AssignmentAction { |
2463 | AA_Assigning, |
2464 | AA_Passing, |
2465 | AA_Returning, |
2466 | AA_Converting, |
2467 | AA_Initializing, |
2468 | AA_Sending, |
2469 | AA_Casting, |
2470 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
2471 | }; |
2472 | |
2473 | /// C++ Overloading. |
2474 | enum OverloadKind { |
2475 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
2476 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
2477 | Ovl_Overload, |
2478 | |
2479 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
2480 | /// an existing declaration. |
2481 | Ovl_Match, |
2482 | |
2483 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
2484 | /// non-function. |
2485 | Ovl_NonFunction |
2486 | }; |
2487 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
2488 | FunctionDecl *New, |
2489 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
2490 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
2491 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
2492 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
2493 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true); |
2494 | |
2495 | /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current |
2496 | /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. |
2497 | /// |
2498 | /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside |
2499 | /// an available function, false otherwise. |
2500 | bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2501 | |
2502 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
2503 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2504 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2505 | bool AllowExplicit, |
2506 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2507 | bool CStyle, |
2508 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
2509 | |
2510 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2511 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2512 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2513 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2514 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2515 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2516 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2517 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2518 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2519 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2520 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2521 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
2522 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
2523 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
2524 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
2525 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
2526 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2527 | |
2528 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
2529 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
2530 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2531 | CastKind &Kind, |
2532 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
2533 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
2534 | bool Diagnose = true); |
2535 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2536 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2537 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2538 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2539 | CastKind &Kind, |
2540 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
2541 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
2542 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2543 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
2544 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2545 | QualType &ResultTy); |
2546 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
2547 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
2548 | |
2549 | ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2550 | const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, |
2551 | QualType ResultType, |
2552 | Expr *Value, |
2553 | bool AllowNRVO = true); |
2554 | |
2555 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2556 | ExprResult Init); |
2557 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2558 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2559 | ExprResult Init, |
2560 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
2561 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
2562 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
2563 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2564 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2565 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
2566 | |
2567 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
2568 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
2569 | |
2570 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
2571 | enum CCEKind { |
2572 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
2573 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
2574 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
2575 | CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. |
2576 | CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement. |
2577 | }; |
2578 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2579 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2580 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2581 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2582 | |
2583 | /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
2584 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
2585 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2586 | public: |
2587 | bool Suppress; |
2588 | bool SuppressConversion; |
2589 | |
2590 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
2591 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
2592 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
2593 | |
2594 | /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
2595 | /// for this conversion. |
2596 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
2597 | |
2598 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2599 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2600 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2601 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2602 | |
2603 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
2604 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2605 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2606 | |
2607 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
2608 | /// is explicit. |
2609 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
2610 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2611 | |
2612 | /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
2613 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2614 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2615 | |
2616 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
2617 | /// functions. |
2618 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2619 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2620 | |
2621 | /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
2622 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2623 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2624 | |
2625 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
2626 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
2627 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
2628 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2629 | |
2630 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
2631 | }; |
2632 | |
2633 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2634 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
2635 | |
2636 | public: |
2637 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
2638 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
2639 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
2640 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
2641 | |
2642 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
2643 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
2644 | |
2645 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2646 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2647 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
2648 | } |
2649 | |
2650 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2651 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2652 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2653 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2654 | }; |
2655 | |
2656 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
2657 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
2658 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
2659 | |
2660 | |
2661 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
2662 | OS_Array, |
2663 | OS_Dictionary, |
2664 | OS_Error |
2665 | }; |
2666 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
2667 | |
2668 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
2669 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
2670 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
2671 | LK_Array, |
2672 | LK_Dictionary, |
2673 | LK_Numeric, |
2674 | LK_Boxed, |
2675 | LK_String, |
2676 | LK_Block, |
2677 | LK_None |
2678 | }; |
2679 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
2680 | |
2681 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
2682 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2683 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2684 | NamedDecl *Member); |
2685 | |
2686 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
2687 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
2688 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
2689 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
2690 | |
2691 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, |
2692 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2693 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2694 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2695 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2696 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2697 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
2698 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2699 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
2700 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2701 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2702 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
2703 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2704 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2705 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
2706 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2707 | QualType ObjectType, |
2708 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2709 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2710 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2711 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false); |
2712 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
2713 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2714 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
2715 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2716 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2717 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2718 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2719 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2720 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2721 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
2722 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2723 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2724 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2725 | QualType ObjectType, |
2726 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2727 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2728 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2729 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2730 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2731 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2732 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2733 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2734 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2735 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2736 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2737 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2738 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2739 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
2740 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2741 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2742 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, |
2743 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2744 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, |
2745 | QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
2746 | Expr::Classification |
2747 | ObjectClassification = {}); |
2748 | void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2749 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2750 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2751 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2752 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2753 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2754 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2755 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2756 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2757 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2758 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2759 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2760 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2761 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2762 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2763 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2764 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2765 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
2766 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2767 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2768 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2769 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2770 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2771 | SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); |
2772 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2773 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2774 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
2775 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
2776 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2777 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2778 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2779 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
2780 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2781 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2782 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2783 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2784 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2785 | |
2786 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
2787 | void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
2788 | QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2789 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2790 | |
2791 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
2792 | // the expression Expr |
2793 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2794 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2795 | |
2796 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
2797 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
2798 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2799 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
2800 | |
2801 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
2802 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
2803 | /// |
2804 | /// \param AllowTopLevelCond Whether to allow the result to be the |
2805 | /// complete top-level condition. |
2806 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> |
2807 | findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond, bool AllowTopLevelCond); |
2808 | |
2809 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2810 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2811 | /// |
2812 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
2813 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
2814 | /// |
2815 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2816 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2817 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
2818 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
2819 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2820 | |
2821 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2822 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2823 | /// |
2824 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
2825 | /// of a function. |
2826 | /// |
2827 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2828 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
2829 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2830 | |
2831 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
2832 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
2833 | /// |
2834 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
2835 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2836 | bool Complain = false, |
2837 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
2838 | |
2839 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
2840 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
2841 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
2842 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
2843 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
2844 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
2845 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
2846 | |
2847 | FunctionDecl * |
2848 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
2849 | QualType TargetType, |
2850 | bool Complain, |
2851 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
2852 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
2853 | |
2854 | FunctionDecl * |
2855 | resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, |
2856 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
2857 | |
2858 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate( |
2859 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
2860 | |
2861 | FunctionDecl * |
2862 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
2863 | bool Complain = false, |
2864 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
2865 | |
2866 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
2867 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
2868 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
2869 | bool Complain = false, |
2870 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
2871 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
2872 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
2873 | |
2874 | |
2875 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
2876 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2877 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2878 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
2879 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2880 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2881 | |
2882 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2883 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2884 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2885 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2886 | |
2887 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
2888 | // range-based for loop. |
2889 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
2890 | FRS_Success, |
2891 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
2892 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
2893 | }; |
2894 | |
2895 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
2896 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
2897 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2898 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
2899 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2900 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
2901 | |
2902 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
2903 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2904 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2905 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2906 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2907 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
2908 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
2909 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
2910 | |
2911 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2912 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2913 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2914 | ExprResult *Result); |
2915 | |
2916 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2917 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2918 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2919 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
2920 | |
2921 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2922 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2923 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2924 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
2925 | bool RequiresADL = true); |
2926 | |
2927 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
2928 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
2929 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
2930 | |
2931 | ExprResult |
2932 | BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
2933 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2934 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2935 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2936 | ExprResult |
2937 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2938 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2939 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2940 | |
2941 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
2942 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2943 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
2944 | |
2945 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
2946 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
2947 | /// that best represents the call. |
2948 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
2949 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
2950 | |
2951 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
2952 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2953 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
2954 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2955 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
2956 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
2957 | |
2958 | /// \name Name lookup |
2959 | /// |
2960 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
2961 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
2962 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
2963 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
2964 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
2965 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
2966 | /// |
2967 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
2968 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
2969 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
2970 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
2971 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
2972 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
2973 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
2974 | /// |
2975 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
2976 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
2977 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
2978 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
2979 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
2980 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
2981 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
2982 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
2983 | //@{ |
2984 | |
2985 | /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
2986 | enum LookupNameKind { |
2987 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
2988 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
2989 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
2990 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
2991 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
2992 | /// structs, and unions. |
2993 | LookupTagName, |
2994 | /// Label name lookup. |
2995 | LookupLabel, |
2996 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
2997 | /// class/struct/union members. |
2998 | LookupMemberName, |
2999 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
3000 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
3001 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
3002 | LookupOperatorName, |
3003 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
3004 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
3005 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
3006 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
3007 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
3008 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
3009 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
3010 | LookupNamespaceName, |
3011 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
3012 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
3013 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
3014 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
3015 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
3016 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
3017 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
3018 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
3019 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
3020 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
3021 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
3022 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
3023 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
3024 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
3025 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
3026 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
3027 | /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
3028 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
3029 | /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. |
3030 | LookupAnyName |
3031 | }; |
3032 | |
3033 | /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
3034 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
3035 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
3036 | /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
3037 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
3038 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
3039 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
3040 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
3041 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
3042 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
3043 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
3044 | /// may also be found. |
3045 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
3046 | }; |
3047 | |
3048 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
3049 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
3050 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
3051 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
3052 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
3053 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
3054 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
3055 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
3056 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
3057 | } |
3058 | |
3059 | /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
3060 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
3061 | /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. |
3062 | LOLR_Error, |
3063 | /// \brief The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
3064 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
3065 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
3066 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
3067 | LOLR_Cooked, |
3068 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
3069 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
3070 | LOLR_Raw, |
3071 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3072 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
3073 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
3074 | LOLR_Template, |
3075 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3076 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
3077 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
3078 | LOLR_StringTemplate |
3079 | }; |
3080 | |
3081 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
3082 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
3083 | bool ConstArg, |
3084 | bool VolatileArg, |
3085 | bool RValueThis, |
3086 | bool ConstThis, |
3087 | bool VolatileThis); |
3088 | |
3089 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
3090 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
3091 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
3092 | |
3093 | private: |
3094 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
3095 | |
3096 | struct TypoExprState { |
3097 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
3098 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
3099 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
3100 | TypoExprState(); |
3101 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3102 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3103 | }; |
3104 | |
3105 | /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
3106 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
3107 | |
3108 | /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
3109 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
3110 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3111 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC); |
3112 | |
3113 | // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
3114 | // |
3115 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
3116 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
3117 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
3118 | |
3119 | /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
3120 | /// source. |
3121 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
3122 | |
3123 | /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
3124 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
3125 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
3126 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
3127 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3128 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3129 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3130 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3131 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
3132 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
3133 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
3134 | |
3135 | public: |
3136 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
3137 | |
3138 | /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
3139 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
3140 | |
3141 | /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
3142 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
3143 | /// |
3144 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
3145 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
3146 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
3147 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3148 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
3149 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3150 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3151 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
3152 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
3153 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3154 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
3155 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3156 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
3157 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3158 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
3159 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
3160 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3161 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3162 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3163 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3164 | |
3165 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
3166 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
3167 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
3168 | |
3169 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
3170 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
3171 | |
3172 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3173 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3174 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3175 | unsigned Quals); |
3176 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3177 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3178 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3179 | unsigned Quals); |
3180 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3181 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3182 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3183 | |
3184 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); |
3185 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, |
3186 | ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
3187 | bool AllowRaw, |
3188 | bool AllowTemplate, |
3189 | bool AllowStringTemplate, |
3190 | bool DiagnoseMissing); |
3191 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
3192 | |
3193 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
3194 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
3195 | |
3196 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3197 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3198 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3199 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3200 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3201 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3202 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3203 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
3204 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3205 | |
3206 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
3207 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
3208 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
3209 | }; |
3210 | |
3211 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3212 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
3213 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3214 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3215 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3216 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3217 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3218 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
3219 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
3220 | |
3221 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3222 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3223 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3224 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3225 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3226 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3227 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3228 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3229 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
3230 | |
3231 | /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
3232 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
3233 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
3234 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
3235 | /// |
3236 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
3237 | /// |
3238 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
3239 | /// initializer. |
3240 | /// |
3241 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
3242 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
3243 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
3244 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
3245 | ExprResult |
3246 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3247 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3248 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
3249 | |
3250 | ExprResult |
3251 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, |
3252 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3253 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter); |
3254 | } |
3255 | |
3256 | ExprResult |
3257 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3258 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3259 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
3260 | return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter); |
3261 | } |
3262 | |
3263 | ExprResult |
3264 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, |
3265 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3266 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter); |
3267 | } |
3268 | |
3269 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3270 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3271 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3272 | |
3273 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3274 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3275 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
3276 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3277 | |
3278 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
3279 | |
3280 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
3281 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3282 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
3283 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
3284 | |
3285 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
3286 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
3287 | |
3288 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
3289 | |
3290 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
3291 | //@} |
3292 | |
3293 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
3294 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3295 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
3296 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
3297 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
3298 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3299 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
3300 | Scope *S); |
3301 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3302 | |
3303 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
3304 | |
3305 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
3306 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3307 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
3308 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
3309 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3310 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, |
3311 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
3312 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
3313 | const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3314 | |
3315 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
3316 | |
3317 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
3318 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
3319 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
3320 | /// type as valid. |
3321 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
3322 | |
3323 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); |
3324 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
3325 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
3326 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const AttributeList &CurrAttr); |
3327 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const AttributeList &CurrAttr); |
3328 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, |
3329 | unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, |
3330 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
3331 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3332 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3333 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
3334 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
3335 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
3336 | |
3337 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
3338 | |
3339 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
3340 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
3341 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
3342 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
3343 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3344 | |
3345 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
3346 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
3347 | // one that came from a typedef. |
3348 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T); |
3349 | |
3350 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
3351 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
3352 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
3353 | |
3354 | /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given |
3355 | /// type. |
3356 | /// |
3357 | /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be |
3358 | /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately. |
3359 | /// |
3360 | /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add. |
3361 | /// |
3362 | /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier. |
3363 | /// |
3364 | /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was |
3365 | /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C |
3366 | /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an |
3367 | /// underscored type specifier. |
3368 | /// |
3369 | /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an |
3370 | /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer). |
3371 | /// |
3372 | /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise. |
3373 | bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability, |
3374 | SourceLocation nullabilityLoc, |
3375 | bool isContextSensitive, |
3376 | bool allowArrayTypes); |
3377 | |
3378 | /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3379 | StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, |
3380 | SourceRange Range); |
3381 | |
3382 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3383 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3384 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3385 | |
3386 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3387 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
3388 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3389 | |
3390 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
3391 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
3392 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3393 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3394 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3395 | |
3396 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
3397 | |
3398 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
3399 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
3400 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
3401 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
3402 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3403 | |
3404 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
3405 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
3406 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3407 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3408 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
3409 | |
3410 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
3411 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
3412 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3413 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3414 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
3415 | |
3416 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
3417 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
3418 | |
3419 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
3420 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
3421 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
3422 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
3423 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3424 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3425 | |
3426 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
3427 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
3428 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
3429 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
3430 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
3431 | |
3432 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
3433 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
3434 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
3435 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
3436 | |
3437 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
3438 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
3439 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
3440 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3441 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
3442 | |
3443 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
3444 | /// class extensions. |
3445 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
3446 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3447 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3448 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3449 | Selector GetterSel, |
3450 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3451 | Selector SetterSel, |
3452 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3453 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3454 | unsigned &Attributes, |
3455 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3456 | QualType T, |
3457 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3458 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
3459 | |
3460 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
3461 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
3462 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
3463 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3464 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3465 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3466 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3467 | Selector GetterSel, |
3468 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3469 | Selector SetterSel, |
3470 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3471 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3472 | const unsigned Attributes, |
3473 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3474 | QualType T, |
3475 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3476 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
3477 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
3478 | |
3479 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
3480 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
3481 | /// setter or getter. |
3482 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3483 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
3484 | |
3485 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
3486 | |
3487 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
3488 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
3489 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
3490 | |
3491 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
3492 | |
3493 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
3494 | MMS_loose, |
3495 | MMS_strict |
3496 | }; |
3497 | |
3498 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
3499 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
3500 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3501 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
3502 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
3503 | |
3504 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
3505 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
3506 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
3507 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
3508 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
3509 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
3510 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3511 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3512 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
3513 | bool ImmediateClass, |
3514 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
3515 | |
3516 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
3517 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
3518 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
3519 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
3520 | |
3521 | /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
3522 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
3523 | |
3524 | private: |
3525 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
3526 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
3527 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
3528 | |
3529 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
3530 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
3531 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3532 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3533 | bool instance); |
3534 | |
3535 | public: |
3536 | /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
3537 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
3538 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
3539 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
3540 | /// returns true. |
3541 | bool |
3542 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
3543 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
3544 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
3545 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
3546 | |
3547 | bool |
3548 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
3549 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3550 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3551 | |
3552 | void |
3553 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
3554 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3555 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
3556 | |
3557 | private: |
3558 | /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
3559 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
3560 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
3561 | bool IsInstance, |
3562 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3563 | |
3564 | |
3565 | /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
3566 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
3567 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
3568 | if (RecordFailure) |
3569 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
3570 | return TypoCorrection(); |
3571 | } |
3572 | |
3573 | public: |
3574 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
3575 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
3576 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
3577 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
3578 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3579 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
3583 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3584 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
3585 | } |
3586 | |
3587 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
3588 | /// pool. |
3589 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
3590 | |
3591 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3592 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3593 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3594 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3595 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3596 | /*instance*/true); |
3597 | } |
3598 | |
3599 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3600 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3601 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3602 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3603 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3604 | /*instance*/false); |
3605 | } |
3606 | |
3607 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
3608 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
3609 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
3610 | /// implementation. |
3611 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
3612 | |
3613 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
3614 | /// initialization. |
3615 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
3616 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
3617 | |
3618 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3619 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
3620 | public: |
3621 | class FullExprArg { |
3622 | public: |
3623 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
3624 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
3625 | |
3626 | ExprResult release() { |
3627 | return E; |
3628 | } |
3629 | |
3630 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
3631 | |
3632 | Expr *operator->() { |
3633 | return E; |
3634 | } |
3635 | |
3636 | private: |
3637 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
3638 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
3639 | friend class Sema; |
3640 | |
3641 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
3642 | |
3643 | Expr *E; |
3644 | }; |
3645 | |
3646 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3647 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
3648 | } |
3649 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
3650 | return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get()); |
3651 | } |
3652 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3653 | ExprResult FE = |
3654 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
3655 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
3656 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
3657 | } |
3658 | |
3659 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); |
3660 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
3661 | |
3662 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
3663 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
3664 | |
3665 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
3666 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3667 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
3668 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
3669 | |
3670 | /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
3671 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
3672 | public: |
3673 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
3674 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
3675 | } |
3676 | |
3677 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
3678 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3679 | } |
3680 | |
3681 | private: |
3682 | Sema &S; |
3683 | }; |
3684 | |
3685 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
3686 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
3687 | Sema &S; |
3688 | bool Active; |
3689 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
3690 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
3691 | if (Active) |
3692 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
3693 | } |
3694 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
3695 | }; |
3696 | |
3697 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
3698 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3699 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3700 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
3701 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
3702 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, |
3703 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, |
3704 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
3705 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3706 | |
3707 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
3708 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3709 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
3710 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
3711 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3712 | |
3713 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, |
3714 | ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, |
3715 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
3716 | |
3717 | class ConditionResult; |
3718 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3719 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3720 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3721 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3722 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3723 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3724 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3725 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3726 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3727 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3728 | ConditionResult Cond); |
3729 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3730 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
3731 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond, |
3732 | Stmt *Body); |
3733 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
3734 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
3735 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
3736 | |
3737 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3738 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3739 | Stmt *First, |
3740 | ConditionResult Second, |
3741 | FullExprArg Third, |
3742 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3743 | Stmt *Body); |
3744 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
3745 | Expr *collection); |
3746 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
3747 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
3748 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3749 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
3750 | |
3751 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
3752 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
3753 | BFRK_Build, |
3754 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
3755 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
3756 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
3757 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
3758 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
3759 | BFRK_Check |
3760 | }; |
3761 | |
3762 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3763 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3764 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
3765 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
3766 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3767 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3768 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3769 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3770 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3771 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
3772 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
3773 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
3774 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3775 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3776 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
3777 | |
3778 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3779 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
3780 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
3781 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3782 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
3783 | Expr *DestExp); |
3784 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3785 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3786 | |
3787 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3788 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
3789 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
3790 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3791 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
3792 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params); |
3793 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
3794 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
3795 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
3796 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3797 | unsigned NumParams); |
3798 | |
3799 | enum CopyElisionSemanticsKind { |
3800 | CES_Strict = 0, |
3801 | CES_AllowParameters = 1, |
3802 | CES_AllowDifferentTypes = 2, |
3803 | CES_Default = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes), |
3804 | }; |
3805 | |
3806 | VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, |
3807 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
3808 | bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, |
3809 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
3810 | |
3811 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
3812 | Scope *CurScope); |
3813 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3814 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3815 | |
3816 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
3817 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
3818 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
3819 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
3820 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
3821 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3822 | |
3823 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
3824 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
3825 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3826 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
3827 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
3828 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
3829 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
3830 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3831 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
3832 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3833 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
3834 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
3835 | StringRef AsmString, |
3836 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
3837 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
3838 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
3839 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
3840 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3841 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
3842 | SourceLocation Location, |
3843 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
3844 | |
3845 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
3846 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3847 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3848 | bool Invalid = false); |
3849 | |
3850 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3851 | |
3852 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
3853 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
3854 | |
3855 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3856 | |
3857 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
3858 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
3859 | |
3860 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
3861 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
3862 | Scope *CurScope); |
3863 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
3864 | Expr *operand); |
3865 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3866 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
3867 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
3868 | |
3869 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3870 | |
3871 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3872 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3873 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3874 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
3875 | |
3876 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3877 | |
3878 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
3879 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
3880 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3881 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
3882 | |
3883 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
3884 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3885 | Stmt *Handler); |
3886 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
3887 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
3888 | Stmt *Block); |
3889 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3890 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3891 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
3892 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
3893 | |
3894 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
3895 | |
3896 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
3897 | |
3898 | /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
3899 | /// of it. |
3900 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
3901 | |
3902 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
3903 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
3904 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
3905 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
3906 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
3907 | |
3908 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
3909 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
3910 | /// |
3911 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
3912 | /// if (condition); |
3913 | /// do_stuff(); |
3914 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
3915 | const Stmt *Body, |
3916 | unsigned DiagID); |
3917 | |
3918 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
3919 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
3920 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
3921 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
3922 | |
3923 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
3924 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
3925 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
3926 | |
3927 | /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
3928 | /// _Nonnull one. |
3929 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
3930 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3931 | |
3932 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
3933 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
3934 | |
3935 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
3936 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
3937 | } |
3938 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
3939 | |
3940 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
3941 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
3942 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
3943 | } |
3944 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
3945 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
3946 | } |
3947 | |
3948 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
3949 | |
3950 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
3951 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
3952 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
3953 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3954 | |
3955 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
3956 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
3957 | |
3958 | /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
3959 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
3960 | |
3961 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3962 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
3963 | |
3964 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
3965 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
3966 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
3967 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
3968 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3969 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3970 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
3971 | std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
3972 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
3973 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
3974 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3975 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3976 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
3977 | |
3978 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3979 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
3980 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3981 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
3982 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3983 | ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
3984 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3985 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
3986 | |
3987 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
3988 | |
3989 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
3990 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
3991 | |
3992 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
3993 | |
3994 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
3995 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
3996 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
3997 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
3998 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
3999 | // named expressions. |
4000 | // |
4001 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
4002 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
4003 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
4004 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
4005 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
4006 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
4007 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
4008 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
4009 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
4010 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
4011 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
4012 | |
4013 | void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); |
4014 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
4015 | |
4016 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
4017 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
4018 | }; |
4019 | |
4020 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4021 | /// |
4022 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
4023 | /// |
4024 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
4025 | /// |
4026 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
4027 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
4028 | /// |
4029 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
4030 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
4031 | /// |
4032 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
4033 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
4034 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
4035 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
4036 | /// |
4037 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
4038 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
4039 | /// variable can be captured. |
4040 | /// |
4041 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
4042 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
4043 | /// captured. |
4044 | /// |
4045 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
4046 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
4047 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
4048 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
4049 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
4050 | /// |
4051 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
4052 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
4053 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
4054 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
4055 | QualType &CaptureType, |
4056 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
4057 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
4058 | |
4059 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4060 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
4061 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
4062 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4063 | |
4064 | /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured. |
4065 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4066 | |
4067 | /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
4068 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
4069 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4070 | |
4071 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
4072 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
4073 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
4074 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
4075 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
4076 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
4077 | |
4078 | /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
4079 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
4080 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
4081 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
4082 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
4083 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
4084 | |
4085 | /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
4086 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
4087 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
4088 | |
4089 | /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
4090 | /// evaluation context. |
4091 | /// |
4092 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
4093 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
4094 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
4095 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
4096 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
4097 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
4098 | |
4099 | // Primary Expressions. |
4100 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
4101 | |
4102 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
4103 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4104 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
4105 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr, |
4106 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
4107 | |
4108 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4109 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
4110 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4111 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
4112 | |
4113 | bool |
4114 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
4115 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
4116 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4117 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
4118 | |
4119 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
4120 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
4121 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
4122 | |
4123 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4124 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4125 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4126 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
4127 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4128 | |
4129 | ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, |
4130 | ExprValueKind VK, |
4131 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4132 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
4133 | ExprResult |
4134 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
4135 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4136 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
4137 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4138 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4139 | ExprResult |
4140 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
4141 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4142 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
4143 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
4144 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
4145 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
4146 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4147 | |
4148 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4149 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4150 | LookupResult &R, |
4151 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4152 | const Scope *S); |
4153 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4154 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4155 | LookupResult &R, |
4156 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4157 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
4158 | const Scope *S); |
4159 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4160 | const LookupResult &R, |
4161 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
4162 | |
4163 | ExprResult |
4164 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4165 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4166 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
4167 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
4168 | |
4169 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4170 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4171 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4172 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4173 | |
4174 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4175 | LookupResult &R, |
4176 | bool NeedsADL, |
4177 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4178 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
4179 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
4180 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4181 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4182 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4183 | |
4184 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
4185 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
4186 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4187 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
4188 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4189 | |
4190 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
4191 | PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); |
4192 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4193 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
4194 | |
4195 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
4196 | |
4197 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4198 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
4199 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4200 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
4201 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
4202 | SourceLocation R, |
4203 | MultiExprArg Val); |
4204 | |
4205 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
4206 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
4207 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
4208 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4209 | |
4210 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4211 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4212 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4213 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4214 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
4215 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
4216 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4217 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4218 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4219 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4220 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
4221 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
4222 | |
4223 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
4224 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4225 | Expr *InputExpr); |
4226 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4227 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
4228 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4229 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
4230 | |
4231 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
4232 | |
4233 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4234 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4235 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4236 | SourceRange R); |
4237 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4238 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4239 | ExprResult |
4240 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4241 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4242 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
4243 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
4244 | |
4245 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
4246 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
4247 | |
4248 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4249 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4250 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
4251 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4252 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
4253 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4254 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
4255 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4256 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4257 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4258 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
4259 | |
4260 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4261 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4262 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4263 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4264 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
4265 | Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4266 | Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc); |
4267 | |
4268 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
4269 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
4270 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
4271 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
4272 | // defines a custom operator->). |
4273 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
4274 | Scope *S; |
4275 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
4276 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
4277 | }; |
4278 | |
4279 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
4280 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
4281 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4282 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4283 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4284 | const Scope *S, |
4285 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4286 | |
4287 | ExprResult |
4288 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4289 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4290 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4291 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
4292 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4293 | const Scope *S, |
4294 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
4295 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4296 | |
4297 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
4298 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4299 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
4300 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
4301 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
4302 | |
4303 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
4304 | |
4305 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
4306 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4307 | const LookupResult &R); |
4308 | |
4309 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
4310 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4311 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4312 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4313 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
4314 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4315 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4316 | |
4317 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
4318 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4319 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
4320 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4321 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4322 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
4323 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
4324 | |
4325 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
4326 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
4327 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
4328 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
4329 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4330 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4331 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
4332 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4333 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
4334 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
4335 | |
4336 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
4337 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
4338 | /// locations. |
4339 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4340 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4341 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
4342 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4343 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
4344 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4345 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, |
4346 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4347 | Expr *Config = nullptr, |
4348 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4349 | |
4350 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
4351 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
4352 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
4353 | |
4354 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4355 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
4356 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
4357 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4358 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4359 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4360 | Expr *Op); |
4361 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
4362 | |
4363 | /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
4364 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4365 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
4366 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
4367 | |
4368 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
4369 | |
4370 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4371 | ParsedType Ty, |
4372 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4373 | Expr *InitExpr); |
4374 | |
4375 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4376 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4377 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4378 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
4379 | |
4380 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4381 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
4382 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
4383 | |
4384 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
4385 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4386 | bool GNUSyntax, |
4387 | ExprResult Init); |
4388 | |
4389 | private: |
4390 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4391 | |
4392 | public: |
4393 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
4394 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4395 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4396 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4397 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4398 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4399 | |
4400 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
4401 | |
4402 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
4403 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
4404 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
4405 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4406 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4407 | |
4408 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
4409 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
4410 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4411 | |
4412 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
4413 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
4414 | SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" |
4415 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
4416 | |
4417 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
4418 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
4419 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
4420 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
4421 | union { |
4422 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
4423 | Expr *E; |
4424 | } U; |
4425 | }; |
4426 | |
4427 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
4428 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4429 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4430 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4431 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4432 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
4433 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4434 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
4435 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
4436 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4437 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4438 | |
4439 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
4440 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4441 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
4442 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4443 | |
4444 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
4445 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
4446 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4447 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
4448 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4449 | |
4450 | // __null |
4451 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
4452 | |
4453 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
4454 | |
4455 | /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
4456 | enum IfExistsResult { |
4457 | /// \brief The symbol exists. |
4458 | IER_Exists, |
4459 | |
4460 | /// \brief The symbol does not exist. |
4461 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
4462 | |
4463 | /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
4464 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
4465 | IER_Dependent, |
4466 | |
4467 | /// \brief An error occurred. |
4468 | IER_Error |
4469 | }; |
4470 | |
4471 | IfExistsResult |
4472 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4473 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
4474 | |
4475 | IfExistsResult |
4476 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4477 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4478 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
4479 | |
4480 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4481 | bool IsIfExists, |
4482 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
4483 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4484 | Stmt *Nested); |
4485 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4486 | bool IsIfExists, |
4487 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4488 | Stmt *Nested); |
4489 | |
4490 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
4491 | |
4492 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
4493 | /// started. |
4494 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4495 | |
4496 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
4497 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
4498 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
4499 | Scope *CurScope); |
4500 | |
4501 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
4502 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
4503 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4504 | |
4505 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
4506 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
4507 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4508 | Scope *CurScope); |
4509 | |
4510 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
4511 | |
4512 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
4513 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4514 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4515 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4516 | |
4517 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
4518 | |
4519 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
4520 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4521 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4522 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4523 | |
4524 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
4525 | |
4526 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
4527 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
4528 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4529 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4530 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
4531 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
4532 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4533 | UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl); |
4534 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
4535 | |
4536 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
4537 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
4538 | |
4539 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
4540 | |
4541 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
4542 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
4543 | |
4544 | /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
4545 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
4546 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
4547 | |
4548 | /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
4549 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
4550 | /// |
4551 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
4552 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
4553 | |
4554 | /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
4555 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
4556 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
4557 | |
4558 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, |
4559 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4560 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, |
4561 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4562 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4563 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
4564 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4565 | |
4566 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
4567 | |
4568 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
4569 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4570 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
4571 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
4572 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4573 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4574 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
4575 | |
4576 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
4577 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, |
4578 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
4579 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
4580 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, |
4581 | NamedDecl *Target, |
4582 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
4583 | |
4584 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4585 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4586 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4587 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4588 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
4589 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4590 | bool HasTypename, |
4591 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4592 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4593 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
4594 | |
4595 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
4596 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4597 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4598 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4599 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4600 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4601 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4602 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4603 | bool IsInstantiation); |
4604 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
4605 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
4606 | |
4607 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
4608 | |
4609 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
4610 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
4611 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
4612 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
4613 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
4614 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
4615 | |
4616 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4617 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4618 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4619 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4620 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4621 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4622 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4623 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4624 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4625 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4626 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
4627 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4628 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4629 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4630 | TypeResult Type, |
4631 | Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
4632 | |
4633 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
4634 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
4635 | /// |
4636 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
4637 | ExprResult |
4638 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4639 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4640 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4641 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4642 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4643 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4644 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4645 | |
4646 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
4647 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
4648 | ExprResult |
4649 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4650 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4651 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4652 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4653 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4654 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4655 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4656 | |
4657 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
4658 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
4659 | ExprResult |
4660 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4661 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4662 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4663 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
4664 | bool IsListInitialization, |
4665 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
4666 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
4667 | |
4668 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
4669 | |
4670 | |
4671 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
4672 | /// Return true on error. |
4673 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
4674 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4675 | |
4676 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
4677 | /// the default expr if needed. |
4678 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4679 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
4680 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4681 | |
4682 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
4683 | /// constructed variable. |
4684 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
4685 | |
4686 | /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
4687 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
4688 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
4689 | // Pointer to allow copying |
4690 | Sema *Self; |
4691 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
4692 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
4693 | // throw() comes next. |
4694 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
4695 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
4696 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
4697 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
4698 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
4699 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
4700 | |
4701 | void ClearExceptions() { |
4702 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
4703 | Exceptions.clear(); |
4704 | } |
4705 | |
4706 | public: |
4707 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
4708 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
4709 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
4710 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
4711 | } |
4712 | |
4713 | /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. |
4714 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4715 | assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4716 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4717 | return ComputedEST; |
4718 | } |
4719 | |
4720 | /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4721 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
4722 | |
4723 | /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4724 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
4725 | |
4726 | /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
4727 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4728 | |
4729 | /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
4730 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E); |
4731 | |
4732 | /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
4733 | /// computed exception specification. |
4734 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
4735 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
4736 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4737 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4738 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
4739 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
4740 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
4741 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
4742 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
4743 | ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept; |
4744 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
4745 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
4746 | } |
4747 | return ESI; |
4748 | } |
4749 | }; |
4750 | |
4751 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4752 | /// copy constructor of a class will have. |
4753 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4754 | ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4755 | CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4756 | |
4757 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4758 | /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter |
4759 | /// will be const. |
4760 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4761 | ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4762 | |
4763 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled |
4764 | /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the |
4765 | /// parameter will be const. |
4766 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4767 | ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4768 | |
4769 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4770 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4771 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4772 | ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4773 | |
4774 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4775 | /// assignment operator of a class will have. |
4776 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4777 | ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4778 | |
4779 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4780 | /// destructor of a class will have. |
4781 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4782 | ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4783 | |
4784 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting |
4785 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4786 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4787 | ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4788 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
4789 | |
4790 | /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
4791 | /// special member function. |
4792 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4793 | |
4794 | /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the |
4795 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
4796 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
4797 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4798 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4799 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4800 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
4801 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
4802 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
4803 | |
4804 | /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
4805 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
4806 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
4807 | |
4808 | /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
4809 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
4810 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
4811 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
4812 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4813 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
4814 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4815 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4816 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
4817 | |
4818 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
4819 | |
4820 | /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
4821 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
4822 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
4823 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
4824 | bool Diagnose = false); |
4825 | |
4826 | /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
4827 | /// |
4828 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4829 | /// default constructor will be added. |
4830 | /// |
4831 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
4832 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
4833 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4834 | |
4835 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4836 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
4837 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4838 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4839 | |
4840 | /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
4841 | /// |
4842 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4843 | /// destructor will be added. |
4844 | /// |
4845 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
4846 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4847 | |
4848 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4849 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
4850 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4851 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4852 | |
4853 | /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
4854 | /// |
4855 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
4856 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
4857 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
4858 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4859 | |
4860 | /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
4861 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
4862 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4863 | |
4864 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
4865 | /// |
4866 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4867 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
4868 | /// |
4869 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
4870 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4871 | |
4872 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4873 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
4874 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4875 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4876 | |
4877 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
4878 | /// |
4879 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4880 | /// move constructor will be added. |
4881 | /// |
4882 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
4883 | /// declared. |
4884 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4885 | |
4886 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4887 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
4888 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4889 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4890 | |
4891 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
4892 | /// |
4893 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4894 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
4895 | /// |
4896 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4897 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4898 | |
4899 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4900 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4901 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4902 | |
4903 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
4904 | /// |
4905 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4906 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
4907 | /// |
4908 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
4909 | /// wasn't declared. |
4910 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4911 | |
4912 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
4913 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4914 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4915 | |
4916 | /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
4917 | /// class. |
4918 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4919 | |
4920 | /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
4921 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
4922 | |
4923 | /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
4924 | /// special member function. |
4925 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4926 | |
4927 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
4928 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
4929 | /// |
4930 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4931 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4932 | |
4933 | /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
4934 | /// member function. |
4935 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4936 | |
4937 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
4938 | /// static member function. |
4939 | /// |
4940 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4941 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4942 | |
4943 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
4944 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
4945 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
4946 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
4947 | |
4948 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
4949 | MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
4950 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4951 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, |
4952 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
4953 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
4954 | |
4955 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4956 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4957 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
4958 | |
4959 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
4960 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4961 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4962 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
4963 | bool EnteringContext); |
4964 | |
4965 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
4966 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
4967 | |
4968 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
4969 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
4970 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
4971 | |
4972 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. |
4973 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4974 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4975 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
4976 | Declarator &D, |
4977 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
4978 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4979 | Expr *E, |
4980 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4981 | |
4982 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4983 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4984 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4985 | Expr *E, |
4986 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
4987 | SourceRange Parens); |
4988 | |
4989 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
4990 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
4991 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
4992 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4993 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
4994 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
4995 | Expr *Operand, |
4996 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4997 | |
4998 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
4999 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5000 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5001 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5002 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5003 | |
5004 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5005 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5006 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
5007 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5008 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5009 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5010 | Expr *Operand, |
5011 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5012 | |
5013 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
5014 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5015 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5016 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5017 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5018 | |
5019 | /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
5020 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5021 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
5022 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5023 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5024 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5025 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
5026 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5027 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5028 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5029 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
5030 | |
5031 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
5032 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
5033 | |
5034 | /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
5035 | /// |
5036 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
5037 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
5038 | |
5039 | /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
5040 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
5041 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
5042 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
5043 | |
5044 | /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
5045 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
5046 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
5047 | Sema &S; |
5048 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
5049 | bool Enabled; |
5050 | |
5051 | public: |
5052 | /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
5053 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
5054 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
5055 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
5056 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, |
5057 | bool Enabled = true); |
5058 | |
5059 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
5060 | }; |
5061 | |
5062 | /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
5063 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
5064 | /// |
5065 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
5066 | /// |
5067 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
5068 | /// capture list. |
5069 | /// |
5070 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
5071 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
5072 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
5073 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
5074 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
5075 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
5076 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
5077 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
5078 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
5079 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
5080 | bool ByCopy = false); |
5081 | |
5082 | /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
5083 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
5084 | /// being defined. |
5085 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
5086 | |
5087 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
5088 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5089 | |
5090 | |
5091 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
5092 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5093 | |
5094 | ExprResult |
5095 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
5096 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
5097 | |
5098 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
5099 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
5100 | |
5101 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
5102 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
5103 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
5104 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
5105 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
5106 | |
5107 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
5108 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
5109 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
5110 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
5111 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
5112 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
5113 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5114 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
5115 | bool ListInitialization); |
5116 | |
5117 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
5118 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5119 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5120 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5121 | bool ListInitialization); |
5122 | |
5123 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
5124 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
5125 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5126 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5127 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5128 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
5129 | Expr *Initializer); |
5130 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
5131 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5132 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5133 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5134 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
5135 | QualType AllocType, |
5136 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
5137 | Expr *ArraySize, |
5138 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
5139 | Expr *Initializer); |
5140 | |
5141 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
5142 | SourceRange R); |
5143 | |
5144 | /// \brief The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
5145 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
5146 | /// \brief Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
5147 | AFS_Global, |
5148 | /// \brief Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
5149 | /// allocated class. |
5150 | AFS_Class, |
5151 | /// \brief Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
5152 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
5153 | AFS_Both |
5154 | }; |
5155 | |
5156 | /// \brief Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
5157 | /// for the allocation. |
5158 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
5159 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
5160 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
5161 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
5162 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
5163 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
5164 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
5165 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5166 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
5167 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
5168 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
5169 | |
5170 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
5171 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
5172 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5173 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5174 | bool CanProvideSize, |
5175 | bool Overaligned, |
5176 | DeclarationName Name); |
5177 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5178 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5179 | |
5180 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
5181 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5182 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
5183 | Expr *Operand); |
5184 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
5185 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
5186 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
5187 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
5188 | |
5189 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
5190 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
5191 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
5192 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5193 | |
5194 | /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
5195 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5196 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
5197 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5198 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5199 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
5200 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5201 | |
5202 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
5203 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5204 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5205 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5206 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
5207 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5208 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5209 | |
5210 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5211 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5212 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
5213 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5214 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5215 | |
5216 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
5217 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5218 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5219 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5220 | Expr *Queried, |
5221 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5222 | |
5223 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5224 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5225 | Expr *Queried, |
5226 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5227 | |
5228 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
5229 | Expr *Base, |
5230 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5231 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5232 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
5233 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
5234 | |
5235 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
5236 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5237 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5238 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5239 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
5240 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5241 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5242 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
5243 | |
5244 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5245 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5246 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5247 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5248 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
5249 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5250 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5251 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
5252 | |
5253 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5254 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5255 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5256 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5257 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
5258 | |
5259 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
5260 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
5261 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
5262 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
5263 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
5264 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
5265 | |
5266 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
5267 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
5268 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
5269 | |
5270 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { |
5271 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() |
5272 | : SourceLocation()); |
5273 | } |
5274 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
5275 | bool DiscardedValue = false, |
5276 | bool IsConstexpr = false, |
5277 | bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false); |
5278 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
5279 | |
5280 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
5281 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
5282 | |
5283 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
5284 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5285 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
5286 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5287 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5288 | |
5289 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
5290 | /// |
5291 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5292 | /// |
5293 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5294 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5295 | /// |
5296 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5297 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5298 | |
5299 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
5300 | /// |
5301 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
5302 | /// |
5303 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
5304 | /// |
5305 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5306 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5307 | /// |
5308 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5309 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
5310 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5311 | |
5312 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
5313 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
5314 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5315 | |
5316 | /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
5317 | /// |
5318 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
5319 | /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
5320 | /// a member access expression. |
5321 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
5322 | |
5323 | /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'. |
5324 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
5325 | |
5326 | /// \brief The location of the identifier. |
5327 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
5328 | |
5329 | /// \brief The location of the '::'. |
5330 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
5331 | |
5332 | /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case. |
5333 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5334 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
5335 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
5336 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5337 | } |
5338 | |
5339 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5340 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
5341 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
5342 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5343 | } |
5344 | }; |
5345 | |
5346 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5347 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
5348 | |
5349 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5350 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5351 | bool EnteringContext, |
5352 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5353 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
5354 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
5355 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5356 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5357 | |
5358 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
5359 | /// |
5360 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5361 | /// |
5362 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
5363 | /// nested-name-spec. |
5364 | /// |
5365 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
5366 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
5367 | /// |
5368 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5369 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5370 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5371 | /// including this new type). |
5372 | /// |
5373 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
5374 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
5375 | /// |
5376 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
5377 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
5378 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
5379 | /// |
5380 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
5381 | /// |
5382 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5383 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5384 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5385 | bool EnteringContext, |
5386 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5387 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
5388 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5389 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5390 | |
5391 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
5392 | |
5393 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5394 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5395 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
5396 | |
5397 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5398 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5399 | bool EnteringContext); |
5400 | |
5401 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
5402 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
5403 | /// |
5404 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5405 | /// |
5406 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5407 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5408 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5409 | /// including this new type). |
5410 | /// |
5411 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
5412 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
5413 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
5414 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
5415 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
5416 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
5417 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5418 | /// |
5419 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
5420 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5421 | /// |
5422 | /// |
5423 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5424 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5425 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5426 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5427 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
5428 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
5429 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
5430 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
5431 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
5432 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5433 | bool EnteringContext); |
5434 | |
5435 | /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
5436 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
5437 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5438 | /// |
5439 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
5440 | /// |
5441 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
5442 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
5443 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5444 | |
5445 | /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
5446 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
5447 | /// |
5448 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
5449 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
5450 | /// |
5451 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
5452 | /// |
5453 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
5454 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
5455 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
5456 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
5457 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5458 | |
5459 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5460 | |
5461 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
5462 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
5463 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
5464 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
5465 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
5466 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
5467 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5468 | |
5469 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
5470 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
5471 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
5472 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
5473 | /// defining scope. |
5474 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5475 | |
5476 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
5477 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5478 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
5479 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
5480 | /// class X. |
5481 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5482 | |
5483 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
5484 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5485 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5486 | |
5487 | /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. |
5488 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5489 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
5490 | bool KnownDependent, |
5491 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
5492 | |
5493 | /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
5494 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5495 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5496 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
5497 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5498 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
5499 | bool IsConstexprSpecified); |
5500 | |
5501 | /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
5502 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
5503 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
5504 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5505 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
5506 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
5507 | bool ExplicitParams, |
5508 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
5509 | bool Mutable); |
5510 | |
5511 | /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
5512 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
5513 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
5514 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5515 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5516 | LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
5517 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5518 | Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
5519 | } |
5520 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, |
5521 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5522 | bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init); |
5523 | |
5524 | /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
5525 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
5526 | /// |
5527 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
5528 | /// variables appropriately. |
5529 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
5530 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
5531 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5532 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
5533 | |
5534 | /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. |
5535 | FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
5536 | |
5537 | /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
5538 | /// given lambda. |
5539 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5540 | |
5541 | /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
5542 | void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
5543 | |
5544 | /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
5545 | /// statements present in the body. |
5546 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
5547 | |
5548 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
5549 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
5550 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
5551 | /// lambda. |
5552 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
5553 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
5554 | |
5555 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
5556 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
5557 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
5558 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
5559 | |
5560 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
5561 | /// was successfully completed. |
5562 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
5563 | Scope *CurScope); |
5564 | |
5565 | /// \brief Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
5566 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From); |
5567 | |
5568 | /// \brief Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. |
5569 | void DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(const sema::Capture &From); |
5570 | |
5571 | /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
5572 | /// lambda body. |
5573 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5574 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5575 | |
5576 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
5577 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
5578 | QualType |
5579 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType); |
5580 | |
5581 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5582 | /// function pointer. |
5583 | /// |
5584 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5585 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5586 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5587 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5588 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
5589 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5590 | |
5591 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5592 | /// block pointer. |
5593 | /// |
5594 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5595 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5596 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5597 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5598 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
5599 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5600 | |
5601 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5602 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
5603 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
5604 | Expr *Src); |
5605 | |
5606 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
5607 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
5608 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
5609 | |
5610 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
5611 | |
5612 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5613 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
5614 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
5615 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
5616 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
5617 | bool Value); |
5618 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
5619 | |
5620 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5621 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
5622 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
5623 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
5624 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
5625 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
5626 | |
5627 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
5628 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
5629 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
5630 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
5631 | |
5632 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
5633 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
5634 | |
5635 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5636 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
5637 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5638 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5639 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
5640 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
5641 | |
5642 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5643 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
5644 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5645 | ParsedType Ty, |
5646 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5647 | |
5648 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
5649 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
5650 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5651 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
5652 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5653 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5654 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
5655 | |
5656 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
5657 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
5658 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5659 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
5660 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5661 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
5662 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5663 | |
5664 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5665 | // C++ Declarations |
5666 | // |
5667 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5668 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
5669 | Expr *LangStr, |
5670 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
5671 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5672 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
5673 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5674 | |
5675 | |
5676 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5677 | // C++ Classes |
5678 | // |
5679 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
5680 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
5681 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
5682 | |
5683 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, |
5684 | SourceLocation ASLoc, |
5685 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5686 | AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr); |
5687 | |
5688 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5689 | Declarator &D, |
5690 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
5691 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
5692 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
5693 | |
5694 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
5695 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
5696 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
5697 | Expr *Init); |
5698 | |
5699 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5700 | Scope *S, |
5701 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5702 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5703 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5704 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5705 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5706 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5707 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5708 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5709 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5710 | |
5711 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5712 | Scope *S, |
5713 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5714 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5715 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5716 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5717 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5718 | Expr *InitList, |
5719 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5720 | |
5721 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5722 | Scope *S, |
5723 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5724 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5725 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5726 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5727 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5728 | Expr *Init, |
5729 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5730 | |
5731 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
5732 | Expr *Init, |
5733 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
5734 | |
5735 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
5736 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
5737 | Expr *Init, |
5738 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
5739 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5740 | |
5741 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5742 | Expr *Init, |
5743 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5744 | |
5745 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
5746 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
5747 | |
5748 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
5749 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
5750 | |
5751 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
5752 | |
5753 | |
5754 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
5755 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
5756 | /// referenced. |
5757 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5758 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5759 | |
5760 | /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5761 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
5762 | /// first use occurred. |
5763 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
5764 | |
5765 | /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
5766 | /// materialized. |
5767 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
5768 | |
5769 | /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5770 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
5771 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
5772 | /// by code generation). |
5773 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
5774 | |
5775 | /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
5776 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
5777 | |
5778 | /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
5779 | /// given location. |
5780 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5781 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
5782 | |
5783 | /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
5784 | /// in the given class as needed. |
5785 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
5786 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5787 | |
5788 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
5789 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
5790 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5791 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5792 | |
5793 | /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
5794 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
5795 | /// vtables. |
5796 | /// |
5797 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
5798 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
5799 | |
5800 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5801 | |
5802 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
5803 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5804 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
5805 | bool AnyErrors); |
5806 | |
5807 | /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
5808 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
5809 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
5810 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
5811 | |
5812 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
5813 | |
5814 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
5815 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
5816 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
5817 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
5818 | |
5819 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5820 | |
5821 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
5822 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
5823 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
5824 | |
5825 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5826 | Decl *TagDecl, |
5827 | SourceLocation LBrac, |
5828 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
5829 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
5830 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
5831 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D); |
5832 | |
5833 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5834 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); |
5835 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5836 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5837 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
5838 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5839 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5840 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
5841 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
5842 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
5843 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
5844 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
5845 | |
5846 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5847 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5848 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
5849 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5850 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5851 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5852 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
5853 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5854 | bool Failed); |
5855 | |
5856 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
5857 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
5858 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
5859 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
5860 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5861 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
5862 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5863 | |
5864 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5865 | StorageClass& SC); |
5866 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5867 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5868 | StorageClass& SC); |
5869 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5870 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5871 | StorageClass& SC); |
5872 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
5873 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5874 | StorageClass &SC); |
5875 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
5876 | |
5877 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5878 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
5879 | const FunctionProtoType *T); |
5880 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
5881 | |
5882 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5883 | // C++ Derived Classes |
5884 | // |
5885 | |
5886 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
5887 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5888 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5889 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5890 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5891 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5892 | |
5893 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
5894 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5895 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
5896 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5897 | ParsedType basetype, |
5898 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
5899 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5900 | |
5901 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5902 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5903 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
5904 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5905 | |
5906 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
5907 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5908 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5909 | |
5910 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
5911 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
5912 | |
5913 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5914 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5915 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
5916 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5917 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5918 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
5919 | unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, |
5920 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5921 | DeclarationName Name, |
5922 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
5923 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5924 | |
5925 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5926 | |
5927 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5928 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5929 | |
5930 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
5931 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
5932 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5933 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5934 | |
5935 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
5936 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
5937 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5938 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5939 | |
5940 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
5941 | |
5942 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
5943 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5944 | |
5945 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
5946 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
5947 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5948 | |
5949 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
5950 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
5951 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
5952 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5953 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5954 | |
5955 | |
5956 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5957 | // C++ Access Control |
5958 | // |
5959 | |
5960 | enum AccessResult { |
5961 | AR_accessible, |
5962 | AR_inaccessible, |
5963 | AR_dependent, |
5964 | AR_delayed |
5965 | }; |
5966 | |
5967 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
5968 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
5969 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
5970 | |
5971 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
5972 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5973 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
5974 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5975 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
5976 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
5977 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5978 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5979 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5980 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5981 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5982 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5983 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5984 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
5985 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5986 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5987 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5988 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5989 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
5990 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5991 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
5992 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
5993 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
5994 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
5995 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
5996 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5997 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
5998 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5999 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
6000 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
6001 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6002 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
6003 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6004 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
6005 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
6006 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
6007 | unsigned DiagID, |
6008 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
6009 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
6010 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
6011 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); |
6012 | bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, |
6013 | AccessSpecifier access, |
6014 | QualType objectType); |
6015 | |
6016 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
6017 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6018 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
6019 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6020 | |
6021 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
6022 | |
6023 | /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
6024 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
6025 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
6026 | |
6027 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
6028 | AbstractNone = -1, |
6029 | AbstractReturnType, |
6030 | AbstractParamType, |
6031 | AbstractVariableType, |
6032 | AbstractFieldType, |
6033 | AbstractIvarType, |
6034 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
6035 | AbstractArrayType |
6036 | }; |
6037 | |
6038 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
6039 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
6040 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
6041 | template <typename... Ts> |
6042 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
6043 | const Ts &...Args) { |
6044 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
6045 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
6046 | } |
6047 | |
6048 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6049 | |
6050 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6051 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
6052 | // |
6053 | |
6054 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6055 | |
6056 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6057 | |
6058 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6059 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
6060 | // |
6061 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6062 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6063 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6064 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6065 | |
6066 | void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6067 | QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6068 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6069 | |
6070 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
6071 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6072 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
6073 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
6074 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
6075 | bool EnteringContext, |
6076 | TemplateTy &Template, |
6077 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6078 | |
6079 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
6080 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
6081 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
6082 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6083 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
6084 | |
6085 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6086 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
6087 | Scope *S, |
6088 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
6089 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
6090 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
6091 | |
6092 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
6093 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
6094 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
6095 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
6096 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
6097 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
6098 | bool Complain = true); |
6099 | |
6100 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
6101 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
6102 | |
6103 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
6104 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6105 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
6106 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6107 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6108 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
6109 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6110 | ParsedType DefaultArg); |
6111 | |
6112 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
6113 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6114 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
6115 | |
6116 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
6117 | unsigned Depth, |
6118 | unsigned Position, |
6119 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6120 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
6121 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
6122 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
6123 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6124 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6125 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6126 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6127 | unsigned Depth, |
6128 | unsigned Position, |
6129 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6130 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
6131 | |
6132 | TemplateParameterList * |
6133 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
6134 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
6135 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6136 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6137 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
6138 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6139 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
6140 | |
6141 | /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
6142 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
6143 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
6144 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
6145 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
6146 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
6147 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
6148 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
6149 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
6150 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
6151 | }; |
6152 | |
6153 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
6154 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
6155 | TemplateParamListContext TPC); |
6156 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
6157 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
6158 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
6159 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
6160 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid); |
6161 | |
6162 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6163 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6164 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6165 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6166 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6167 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
6168 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6169 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
6170 | unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
6171 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
6172 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6173 | |
6174 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6175 | QualType NTTPType, |
6176 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6177 | |
6178 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
6179 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
6180 | |
6181 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
6182 | |
6183 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
6184 | |
6185 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
6186 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6187 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6188 | |
6189 | TypeResult |
6190 | ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6191 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6192 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6193 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6194 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6195 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6196 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
6197 | bool IsClassName = false); |
6198 | |
6199 | /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
6200 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
6201 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
6202 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
6203 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
6204 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6205 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6206 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
6207 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6208 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6209 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
6210 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6211 | |
6212 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
6213 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
6214 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6215 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
6216 | |
6217 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6218 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6219 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6220 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6221 | |
6222 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6223 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6224 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6225 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6226 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6227 | |
6228 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6229 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6230 | LookupResult &R, |
6231 | bool RequiresADL, |
6232 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6233 | |
6234 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6235 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6236 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6237 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6238 | |
6239 | TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName( |
6240 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6241 | UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6242 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
6243 | |
6244 | DeclResult |
6245 | ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6246 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6247 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6248 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, |
6249 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6250 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6251 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6252 | |
6253 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
6254 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
6255 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
6256 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
6257 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6258 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6259 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6260 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6261 | |
6262 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
6263 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6264 | Declarator &D); |
6265 | |
6266 | bool |
6267 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
6268 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
6269 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
6270 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
6271 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
6272 | bool &SuppressNew); |
6273 | |
6274 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6275 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6276 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6277 | |
6278 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6279 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6280 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6281 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6282 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6283 | |
6284 | DeclResult |
6285 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6286 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6287 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6288 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6289 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6290 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6291 | TemplateTy Template, |
6292 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6293 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6294 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6295 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6296 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6297 | |
6298 | DeclResult |
6299 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6300 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6301 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6302 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6303 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6304 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6305 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
6306 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6307 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6308 | |
6309 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6310 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6311 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6312 | Declarator &D); |
6313 | |
6314 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
6315 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6316 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6317 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6318 | Decl *Param, |
6319 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
6320 | &Converted, |
6321 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
6322 | |
6323 | /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template |
6324 | /// argument is being checked. |
6325 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
6326 | /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was |
6327 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
6328 | CTAK_Specified, |
6329 | |
6330 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument |
6331 | /// deduction. |
6332 | CTAK_Deduced, |
6333 | |
6334 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
6335 | /// via template argument deduction. |
6336 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
6337 | }; |
6338 | |
6339 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
6340 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6341 | NamedDecl *Template, |
6342 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6343 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6344 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
6345 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6346 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6347 | |
6348 | /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
6349 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
6350 | /// |
6351 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
6352 | /// provided. |
6353 | /// |
6354 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
6355 | /// |
6356 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
6357 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
6358 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
6359 | /// arguments. |
6360 | /// |
6361 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
6362 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
6363 | /// set of template arguments. |
6364 | /// |
6365 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
6366 | /// arguments. |
6367 | /// |
6368 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
6369 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
6370 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
6371 | /// |
6372 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6373 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6374 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6375 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
6376 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
6377 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6378 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true); |
6379 | |
6380 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6381 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6382 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
6383 | |
6384 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6385 | TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
6386 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
6387 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
6388 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
6389 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6390 | bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6391 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); |
6392 | |
6393 | ExprResult |
6394 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6395 | QualType ParamType, |
6396 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6397 | ExprResult |
6398 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6399 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6400 | |
6401 | /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
6402 | /// for equality. |
6403 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
6404 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
6405 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
6406 | /// |
6407 | /// \code |
6408 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6409 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6410 | /// \endcode |
6411 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
6412 | |
6413 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
6414 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
6415 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
6416 | /// |
6417 | /// \code |
6418 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
6419 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
6420 | /// \endcode |
6421 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
6422 | |
6423 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
6424 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
6425 | /// template parameter. |
6426 | /// |
6427 | /// \code |
6428 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
6429 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
6430 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
6431 | /// \endcode |
6432 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
6433 | }; |
6434 | |
6435 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
6436 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
6437 | bool Complain, |
6438 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
6439 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
6440 | = SourceLocation()); |
6441 | |
6442 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
6443 | |
6444 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6445 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
6446 | /// |
6447 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6448 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6449 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6450 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
6451 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
6452 | TypeResult |
6453 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6454 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6455 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
6456 | |
6457 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6458 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
6459 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
6460 | /// |
6461 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6462 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6463 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6464 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
6465 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
6466 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
6467 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
6468 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
6469 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
6470 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
6471 | TypeResult |
6472 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6473 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6474 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6475 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
6476 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6477 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6478 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6479 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6480 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6481 | |
6482 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
6483 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
6484 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
6485 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6486 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
6487 | |
6488 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6489 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6490 | DeclarationName Name); |
6491 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6492 | |
6493 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
6494 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
6495 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
6496 | |
6497 | std::string |
6498 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6499 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
6500 | |
6501 | std::string |
6502 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6503 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
6504 | unsigned NumArgs); |
6505 | |
6506 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6507 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
6508 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6509 | |
6510 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
6511 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
6512 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
6513 | |
6514 | /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
6515 | /// being diagnosed. |
6516 | /// |
6517 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
6518 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
6519 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
6520 | /// \brief An arbitrary expression. |
6521 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
6522 | |
6523 | /// \brief The base type of a class type. |
6524 | UPPC_BaseType, |
6525 | |
6526 | /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
6527 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
6528 | |
6529 | /// \brief The type of a data member. |
6530 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
6531 | |
6532 | /// \brief The size of a bit-field. |
6533 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
6534 | |
6535 | /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. |
6536 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
6537 | |
6538 | /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
6539 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
6540 | |
6541 | /// \brief The enumerator value. |
6542 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
6543 | |
6544 | /// \brief A using declaration. |
6545 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
6546 | |
6547 | /// \brief A friend declaration. |
6548 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
6549 | |
6550 | /// \brief A declaration qualifier. |
6551 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
6552 | |
6553 | /// \brief An initializer. |
6554 | UPPC_Initializer, |
6555 | |
6556 | /// \brief A default argument. |
6557 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
6558 | |
6559 | /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. |
6560 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
6561 | |
6562 | /// \brief The type of an exception. |
6563 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
6564 | |
6565 | /// \brief Partial specialization. |
6566 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
6567 | |
6568 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. |
6569 | UPPC_IfExists, |
6570 | |
6571 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
6572 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
6573 | |
6574 | /// \brief Lambda expression. |
6575 | UPPC_Lambda, |
6576 | |
6577 | /// \brief Block expression, |
6578 | UPPC_Block |
6579 | }; |
6580 | |
6581 | /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
6582 | /// |
6583 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
6584 | /// |
6585 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
6586 | /// parameter packs. |
6587 | /// |
6588 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
6589 | /// |
6590 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6591 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
6592 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
6593 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
6594 | |
6595 | /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6596 | /// diagnose the error. |
6597 | /// |
6598 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
6599 | /// |
6600 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
6601 | /// packs. |
6602 | /// |
6603 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6604 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6605 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6606 | |
6607 | /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
6608 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6609 | /// |
6610 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
6611 | /// parameter packs. |
6612 | /// |
6613 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6614 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
6615 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
6616 | |
6617 | /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
6618 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
6619 | /// |
6620 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
6621 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6622 | /// |
6623 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6624 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6625 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6626 | |
6627 | /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6628 | /// diagnose the error. |
6629 | /// |
6630 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
6631 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
6632 | /// |
6633 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6634 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6635 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6636 | |
6637 | /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6638 | /// diagnose the error. |
6639 | /// |
6640 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
6641 | /// |
6642 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
6643 | /// parameter packs. |
6644 | /// |
6645 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6646 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
6647 | TemplateName Template, |
6648 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6649 | |
6650 | /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
6651 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6652 | /// |
6653 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
6654 | /// parameter packs. |
6655 | /// |
6656 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6657 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6658 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6659 | |
6660 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6661 | /// template argument. |
6662 | /// |
6663 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6664 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6665 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
6666 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6667 | |
6668 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6669 | /// template argument. |
6670 | /// |
6671 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6672 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6673 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6674 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6675 | |
6676 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6677 | /// type. |
6678 | /// |
6679 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
6680 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6681 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
6682 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6683 | |
6684 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6685 | /// type. |
6686 | /// |
6687 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
6688 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6689 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
6690 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6691 | |
6692 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6693 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6694 | /// |
6695 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
6696 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6697 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
6698 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6699 | |
6700 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6701 | /// name. |
6702 | /// |
6703 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
6704 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6705 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6706 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6707 | |
6708 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
6709 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
6710 | /// |
6711 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
6712 | /// may already be invalid. |
6713 | /// |
6714 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6715 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
6716 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6717 | |
6718 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
6719 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6720 | /// |
6721 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6722 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6723 | /// |
6724 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6725 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6726 | |
6727 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6728 | /// expansion. |
6729 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
6730 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6731 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6732 | |
6733 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6734 | /// expansion. |
6735 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
6736 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6737 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6738 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6739 | |
6740 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6741 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6742 | /// |
6743 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6744 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6745 | /// |
6746 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6747 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6748 | |
6749 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6750 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6751 | /// |
6752 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6753 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6754 | /// |
6755 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6756 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6757 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6758 | |
6759 | /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
6760 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
6761 | /// transforming the pattern. |
6762 | /// |
6763 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
6764 | /// pack expansion. |
6765 | /// |
6766 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
6767 | /// the pack expansion. |
6768 | /// |
6769 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
6770 | /// pattern. |
6771 | /// |
6772 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
6773 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
6774 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
6775 | /// |
6776 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
6777 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
6778 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
6779 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
6780 | /// |
6781 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
6782 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
6783 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
6784 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
6785 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
6786 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
6787 | /// set this value in other cases. |
6788 | /// |
6789 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
6790 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
6791 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
6792 | /// must be set. |
6793 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6794 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6795 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
6796 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6797 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
6798 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
6799 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
6800 | |
6801 | /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
6802 | /// type. |
6803 | /// |
6804 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
6805 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
6806 | /// |
6807 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
6808 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
6809 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6810 | |
6811 | /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
6812 | /// parameter packs. |
6813 | /// |
6814 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
6815 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
6816 | /// |
6817 | /// \code |
6818 | /// void f(T...); |
6819 | /// \endcode |
6820 | /// |
6821 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
6822 | /// a variadic function. |
6823 | /// |
6824 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
6825 | /// false otherwise. |
6826 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
6827 | |
6828 | /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
6829 | /// |
6830 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
6831 | /// |
6832 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
6833 | /// |
6834 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
6835 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
6836 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
6837 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
6838 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
6839 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
6840 | |
6841 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
6842 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
6843 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
6844 | /// |
6845 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
6846 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
6847 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
6848 | |
6849 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6850 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
6851 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6852 | |
6853 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
6854 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
6855 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
6856 | /// types. |
6857 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
6858 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
6859 | |
6860 | /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
6861 | /// |
6862 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
6863 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
6864 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
6865 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
6866 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
6867 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
6868 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
6869 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
6870 | /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. |
6871 | TDK_Success = 0, |
6872 | /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
6873 | TDK_Invalid, |
6874 | /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
6875 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
6876 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
6877 | /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
6878 | /// for every template parameter. |
6879 | TDK_Incomplete, |
6880 | /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
6881 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
6882 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
6883 | /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
6884 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
6885 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
6886 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
6887 | TDK_Underqualified, |
6888 | /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
6889 | /// resulted in an error. |
6890 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
6891 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
6892 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
6893 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
6894 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
6895 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
6896 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
6897 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
6898 | /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
6899 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
6900 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
6901 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6902 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
6903 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
6904 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6905 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
6906 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
6907 | /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
6908 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
6909 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
6910 | /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
6911 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
6912 | /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
6913 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
6914 | /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
6915 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
6916 | }; |
6917 | |
6918 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6919 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6920 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6921 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6922 | |
6923 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6924 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6925 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6926 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6927 | |
6928 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
6929 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6930 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6931 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6932 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
6933 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6934 | |
6935 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
6936 | // deduction for a call. |
6937 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
6938 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
6939 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
6940 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
6941 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
6942 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
6943 | |
6944 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
6945 | bool DecomposedParam; |
6946 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
6947 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
6948 | }; |
6949 | |
6950 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
6951 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6952 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6953 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6954 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6955 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
6956 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
6957 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
6958 | |
6959 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
6960 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6961 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6962 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6963 | bool PartialOverloading, |
6964 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
6965 | |
6966 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6967 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6968 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6969 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
6970 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6971 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6972 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6973 | |
6974 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6975 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6976 | QualType ToType, |
6977 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
6978 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6979 | |
6980 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6981 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6982 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6983 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6984 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6985 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6986 | |
6987 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
6988 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6989 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
6990 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
6991 | QualType Replacement); |
6992 | /// \brief Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
6993 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
6994 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6995 | |
6996 | /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
6997 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
6998 | DAR_Succeeded, |
6999 | DAR_Failed, |
7000 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
7001 | }; |
7002 | |
7003 | DeduceAutoResult |
7004 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
7005 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
7006 | DeduceAutoResult |
7007 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
7008 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
7009 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
7010 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
7011 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7012 | |
7013 | /// \brief Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
7014 | /// not already done so. |
7015 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7016 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7017 | |
7018 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
7019 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7020 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
7021 | |
7022 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
7023 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
7024 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
7025 | Expr *Init); |
7026 | |
7027 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
7028 | |
7029 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
7030 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
7031 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
7032 | |
7033 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, |
7034 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, |
7035 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7036 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, |
7037 | unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
7038 | unsigned NumCallArguments2); |
7039 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
7040 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
7041 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
7042 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7043 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
7044 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
7045 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
7046 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
7047 | |
7048 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
7049 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7050 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7051 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
7052 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7053 | |
7054 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7055 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7056 | |
7057 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7058 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7059 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
7060 | |
7061 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7062 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7063 | |
7064 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
7065 | TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
7066 | |
7067 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7068 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
7069 | unsigned Depth, |
7070 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
7071 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
7072 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7073 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
7074 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
7075 | } |
7076 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
7077 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7078 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
7079 | |
7080 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7081 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
7082 | // |
7083 | |
7084 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
7085 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
7086 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
7087 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
7088 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
7089 | |
7090 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
7091 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
7092 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
7093 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
7094 | /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
7095 | enum SynthesisKind { |
7096 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
7097 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
7098 | TemplateInstantiation, |
7099 | |
7100 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
7101 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
7102 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
7103 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
7104 | /// specified. |
7105 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
7106 | |
7107 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
7108 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
7109 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
7110 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
7111 | |
7112 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
7113 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
7114 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7115 | |
7116 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
7117 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
7118 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
7119 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
7120 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
7121 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7122 | |
7123 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
7124 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
7125 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
7126 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7127 | |
7128 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
7129 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
7130 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
7131 | |
7132 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
7133 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
7134 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
7135 | |
7136 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
7137 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
7138 | |
7139 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
7140 | /// member). |
7141 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
7142 | |
7143 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
7144 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
7145 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
7146 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
7147 | Memoization |
7148 | } Kind; |
7149 | |
7150 | /// \brief Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
7151 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7152 | |
7153 | /// \brief The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
7154 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
7155 | |
7156 | /// \brief The entity that is being synthesized. |
7157 | Decl *Entity; |
7158 | |
7159 | /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
7160 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
7161 | /// arguments. |
7162 | NamedDecl *Template; |
7163 | |
7164 | /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
7165 | /// are not part of the entity. |
7166 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
7167 | |
7168 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
7169 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
7170 | union { |
7171 | /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
7172 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
7173 | |
7174 | /// \brief The special member being declared or defined. |
7175 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
7176 | }; |
7177 | |
7178 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
7179 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)(static_cast <bool> (Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7179, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7180 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
7181 | } |
7182 | |
7183 | /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the |
7184 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
7185 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
7186 | |
7187 | /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause |
7188 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
7189 | /// template instantiation. |
7190 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
7191 | |
7192 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
7193 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Entity(nullptr), Template(nullptr), |
7194 | TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
7195 | |
7196 | /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
7197 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
7198 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
7199 | }; |
7200 | |
7201 | /// \brief List of active code synthesis contexts. |
7202 | /// |
7203 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
7204 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
7205 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
7206 | |
7207 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
7208 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
7209 | |
7210 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
7211 | /// by some template instantiation. |
7212 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
7213 | |
7214 | /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
7215 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
7216 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
7217 | |
7218 | /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
7219 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
7220 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
7221 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
7222 | |
7223 | /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
7224 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
7225 | /// template defined within it. |
7226 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
7227 | |
7228 | /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
7229 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
7230 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
7231 | |
7232 | /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
7233 | /// template instantiation. |
7234 | /// |
7235 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
7236 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
7237 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7238 | |
7239 | /// \brief The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
7240 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
7241 | /// instantiation depth. |
7242 | /// |
7243 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
7244 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
7245 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
7246 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
7247 | |
7248 | /// \brief The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
7249 | /// error or warning was produced. |
7250 | /// |
7251 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
7252 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
7253 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
7254 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
7255 | |
7256 | /// \brief The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
7257 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
7258 | /// |
7259 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
7260 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
7261 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
7262 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
7263 | |
7264 | /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
7265 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
7266 | /// |
7267 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
7268 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
7269 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
7270 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
7271 | |
7272 | /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
7273 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
7274 | /// |
7275 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
7276 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
7277 | Sema &Self; |
7278 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7279 | |
7280 | public: |
7281 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
7282 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
7283 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
7284 | } |
7285 | |
7286 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
7287 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7288 | } |
7289 | }; |
7290 | |
7291 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
7292 | |
7293 | /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
7294 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
7295 | /// deduction. |
7296 | /// |
7297 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
7298 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
7299 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
7300 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
7301 | |
7302 | /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template |
7303 | /// instantiation. |
7304 | /// |
7305 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
7306 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
7307 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
7308 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
7309 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
7310 | /// |
7311 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
7312 | /// the stack. |
7313 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
7314 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
7315 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
7316 | /// or a member thereof. |
7317 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7318 | Decl *Entity, |
7319 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7320 | |
7321 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
7322 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
7323 | /// of a function template. |
7324 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7325 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
7326 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7327 | |
7328 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
7329 | /// template-id. |
7330 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7331 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
7332 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7333 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7334 | |
7335 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
7336 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
7337 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7338 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7339 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7340 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7341 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7342 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7343 | |
7344 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7345 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
7346 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7347 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7348 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7349 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7350 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7351 | |
7352 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7353 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
7354 | /// specialization. |
7355 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7356 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7357 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7358 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7359 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7360 | |
7361 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7362 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
7363 | /// specialization. |
7364 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7365 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7366 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7367 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7368 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7369 | |
7370 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
7371 | /// parameter. |
7372 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7373 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
7374 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7375 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7376 | |
7377 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7378 | /// non-type parameter. |
7379 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7380 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7381 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7382 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7383 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7384 | |
7385 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7386 | /// template template parameter. |
7387 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7388 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7389 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7390 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7391 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7392 | |
7393 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument |
7394 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
7395 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7396 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7397 | NamedDecl *Param, |
7398 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7399 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7400 | |
7401 | |
7402 | /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
7403 | void Clear(); |
7404 | |
7405 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
7406 | |
7407 | /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
7408 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
7409 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
7410 | |
7411 | /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
7412 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
7413 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
7414 | |
7415 | private: |
7416 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7417 | bool Invalid; |
7418 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
7419 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7420 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7421 | |
7422 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
7423 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7424 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
7425 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
7426 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
7427 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
7428 | |
7429 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7430 | |
7431 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
7432 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7433 | }; |
7434 | |
7435 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
7436 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
7437 | |
7438 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
7439 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
7440 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
7441 | } |
7442 | |
7443 | void PrintContextStack() { |
7444 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
7445 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
7446 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7447 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
7448 | } |
7449 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
7450 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7451 | } |
7452 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7453 | |
7454 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7455 | |
7456 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
7457 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
7458 | /// errors. |
7459 | /// |
7460 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
7461 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
7462 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
7463 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
7464 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
7465 | |
7466 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
7467 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
7468 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
7469 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7470, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7470 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7470, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7471 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
7472 | } |
7473 | |
7474 | /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
7475 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
7476 | /// deduction. |
7477 | class SFINAETrap { |
7478 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7479 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7480 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7481 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7482 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
7483 | |
7484 | public: |
7485 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
7486 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
7487 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
7488 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
7489 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
7490 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7491 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
7492 | { |
7493 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
7494 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
7495 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7496 | } |
7497 | |
7498 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
7499 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7500 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
7501 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7502 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7503 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7504 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
7505 | } |
7506 | |
7507 | /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
7508 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
7509 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7510 | } |
7511 | }; |
7512 | |
7513 | /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
7514 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
7515 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
7516 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
7517 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
7518 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7519 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
7520 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
7521 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7522 | public: |
7523 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
7524 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
7525 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
7526 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
7527 | } |
7528 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
7529 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7530 | } |
7531 | }; |
7532 | |
7533 | /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local |
7534 | /// variables. |
7535 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
7536 | |
7537 | /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
7538 | /// disabled. |
7539 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
7540 | |
7541 | /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
7542 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
7543 | |
7544 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
7545 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
7546 | |
7547 | /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
7548 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
7549 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
7550 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
7551 | |
7552 | /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
7553 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
7554 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
7555 | |
7556 | /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
7557 | /// |
7558 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
7559 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
7560 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
7561 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
7562 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
7563 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
7564 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
7565 | |
7566 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7567 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
7568 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
7569 | |
7570 | /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed |
7571 | /// eagerly. |
7572 | SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations; |
7573 | |
7574 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7575 | public: |
7576 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
7577 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
7578 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7579 | |
7580 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
7581 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
7582 | } |
7583 | |
7584 | void perform() { |
7585 | if (Enabled) { |
7586 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
7587 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
7588 | } |
7589 | } |
7590 | |
7591 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7592 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7593 | |
7594 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
7595 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7596, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7596 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7596, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7597 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
7598 | |
7599 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
7600 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7601, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7601 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7601, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7602 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
7603 | } |
7604 | |
7605 | private: |
7606 | Sema &S; |
7607 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
7608 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
7609 | bool Enabled; |
7610 | }; |
7611 | |
7612 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7613 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
7614 | /// |
7615 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
7616 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
7617 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
7618 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
7619 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7620 | |
7621 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7622 | public: |
7623 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
7624 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7625 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7626 | } |
7627 | |
7628 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
7629 | |
7630 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7631 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7632 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7633 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7634 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7635 | } |
7636 | |
7637 | private: |
7638 | Sema &S; |
7639 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
7640 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7641 | }; |
7642 | |
7643 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
7644 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
7645 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
7646 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
7647 | |
7648 | public: |
7649 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
7650 | /// |
7651 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
7652 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)(static_cast <bool> (Infos.size() <= index) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Infos.size() <= index", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7652, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7653 | Infos.resize(index); |
7654 | Infos.push_back(info); |
7655 | |
7656 | if (!HasInteresting) |
7657 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
7658 | } |
7659 | |
7660 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
7661 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
7662 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
7663 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
7664 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
7665 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
7666 | return Infos.data(); |
7667 | } |
7668 | }; |
7669 | |
7670 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
7671 | |
7672 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7673 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7674 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
7675 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
7676 | |
7677 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
7678 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7679 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7680 | |
7681 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
7682 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7683 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7684 | |
7685 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7686 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7687 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7688 | DeclarationName Entity, |
7689 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
7690 | unsigned ThisTypeQuals); |
7691 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
7692 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7693 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
7694 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
7695 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
7696 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7697 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
7698 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7699 | int indexAdjustment, |
7700 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
7701 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
7702 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
7703 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
7704 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7705 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
7706 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
7707 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
7708 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
7709 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7710 | |
7711 | /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
7712 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
7713 | /// |
7714 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
7715 | /// |
7716 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
7717 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
7718 | /// |
7719 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
7720 | /// |
7721 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
7722 | /// |
7723 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7724 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
7725 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7726 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
7727 | |
7728 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
7729 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7730 | |
7731 | TemplateParameterList * |
7732 | SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner, |
7733 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7734 | |
7735 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
7736 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7737 | |
7738 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
7739 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7740 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
7741 | |
7742 | bool |
7743 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7744 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7745 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7746 | |
7747 | bool |
7748 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7749 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7750 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7751 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7752 | bool Complain = true); |
7753 | |
7754 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7755 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
7756 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7757 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7758 | |
7759 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
7760 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
7761 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7762 | |
7763 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
7764 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
7765 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
7766 | Decl *NewDecl; |
7767 | |
7768 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
7769 | Decl *D) |
7770 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
7771 | { } |
7772 | }; |
7773 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
7774 | |
7775 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7776 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7777 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7778 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7779 | |
7780 | void |
7781 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7782 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7783 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7784 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7785 | |
7786 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
7787 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
7788 | |
7789 | bool |
7790 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7791 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7792 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7793 | bool Complain = true); |
7794 | |
7795 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7796 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7797 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7798 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7799 | |
7800 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
7801 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7802 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7803 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7804 | |
7805 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
7806 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
7807 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7808 | |
7809 | DeclarationNameInfo |
7810 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7811 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7812 | TemplateName |
7813 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
7814 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7815 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7816 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
7817 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
7818 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7819 | |
7820 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7821 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
7822 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
7823 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
7824 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7825 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7826 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
7827 | bool Recursive = false, |
7828 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7829 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7830 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
7831 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
7832 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
7833 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
7834 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
7835 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, |
7836 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7837 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
7838 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
7839 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
7840 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7841 | void |
7842 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7843 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7844 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
7845 | DeclContext *Owner, |
7846 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
7847 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); |
7848 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
7849 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7850 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7851 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7852 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
7853 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7854 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7855 | |
7856 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
7857 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
7858 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7859 | |
7860 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
7861 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7862 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
7863 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
7864 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7865 | |
7866 | // Objective-C declarations. |
7867 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
7868 | OCK_None = -1, |
7869 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
7870 | OCK_Protocol, |
7871 | OCK_Category, |
7872 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
7873 | OCK_Implementation, |
7874 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
7875 | }; |
7876 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
7877 | |
7878 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
7879 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
7880 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
7881 | unsigned index, |
7882 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
7883 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
7884 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
7885 | ParsedType typeBound); |
7886 | |
7887 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7888 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
7889 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
7890 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
7891 | |
7892 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7893 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7894 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7895 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7896 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7897 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7898 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7899 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7900 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
7901 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7902 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7903 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7904 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7905 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7906 | |
7907 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7908 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7909 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
7910 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7911 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7912 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7913 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7914 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7915 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
7916 | |
7917 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
7918 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
7919 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7920 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
7921 | |
7922 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
7923 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
7924 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
7925 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
7926 | |
7927 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
7928 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
7929 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
7930 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
7931 | |
7932 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
7933 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, |
7934 | IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7935 | Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7936 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7937 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7938 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7939 | |
7940 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7941 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7942 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7943 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7944 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, |
7945 | SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
7946 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7947 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7948 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7949 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7950 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7951 | |
7952 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( |
7953 | SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
7954 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7955 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
7956 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); |
7957 | |
7958 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
7959 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7960 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7961 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
7962 | SourceLocation CatLoc); |
7963 | |
7964 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
7965 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
7966 | |
7967 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
7968 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
7969 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
7970 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
7971 | unsigned NumElts); |
7972 | |
7973 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
7974 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
7975 | AttributeList *attrList); |
7976 | |
7977 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
7978 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
7979 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
7980 | |
7981 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
7982 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7983 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
7984 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
7985 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
7986 | |
7987 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
7988 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
7989 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
7990 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
7991 | Scope *S, |
7992 | ParsedType baseType, |
7993 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7994 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
7995 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
7996 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
7997 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
7998 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
7999 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8000 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
8001 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
8002 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
8003 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
8004 | |
8005 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
8006 | /// base type was specified. |
8007 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
8008 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
8009 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
8010 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
8011 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
8012 | |
8013 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
8014 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
8015 | Scope *S, |
8016 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8017 | ParsedType BaseType, |
8018 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8019 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
8020 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8021 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8022 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
8023 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8024 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
8025 | |
8026 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
8027 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
8028 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8029 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8030 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8031 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8032 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8033 | |
8034 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
8035 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
8036 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8037 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8038 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
8039 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8040 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8041 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8042 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8043 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8044 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8045 | |
8046 | /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to |
8047 | /// the given type. |
8048 | bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc); |
8049 | |
8050 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
8051 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
8052 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
8053 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
8054 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8055 | unsigned &Attributes, |
8056 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
8057 | |
8058 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
8059 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
8060 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
8061 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
8062 | |
8063 | |
8064 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
8065 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
8066 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8067 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
8068 | |
8069 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
8070 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
8071 | |
8072 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
8073 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
8074 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
8075 | |
8076 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8077 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8078 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
8079 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
8080 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8081 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
8082 | |
8083 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
8084 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8085 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
8086 | bool ImplKind, |
8087 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
8088 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
8089 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
8090 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
8091 | |
8092 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
8093 | OSMK_None, |
8094 | OSMK_Alloc, |
8095 | OSMK_New, |
8096 | OSMK_Copy, |
8097 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
8098 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
8099 | }; |
8100 | |
8101 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
8102 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
8103 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
8104 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
8105 | // in this case. |
8106 | ParsedType Type; |
8107 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
8108 | |
8109 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
8110 | AttributeList *ArgAttrs; |
8111 | }; |
8112 | |
8113 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
8114 | Scope *S, |
8115 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
8116 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
8117 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, |
8118 | ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
8119 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
8120 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
8121 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
8122 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, |
8123 | DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
8124 | AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8125 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
8126 | |
8127 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
8128 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8129 | bool IsInstance); |
8130 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
8131 | bool IsInstance); |
8132 | |
8133 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
8134 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
8135 | |
8136 | ExprResult |
8137 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8138 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
8139 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8140 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
8141 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
8142 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
8143 | bool Super); |
8144 | |
8145 | ExprResult |
8146 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
8147 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
8148 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
8149 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
8150 | |
8151 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
8152 | |
8153 | /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
8154 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
8155 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
8156 | /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. |
8157 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
8158 | /// \brief The message is an instance message. |
8159 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
8160 | /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
8161 | /// name. |
8162 | ObjCClassMessage |
8163 | }; |
8164 | |
8165 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
8166 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8167 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
8168 | bool IsSuper, |
8169 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
8170 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
8171 | |
8172 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8173 | Selector Sel, |
8174 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8175 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8176 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8177 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8178 | |
8179 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
8180 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8181 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8182 | Selector Sel, |
8183 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8184 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8185 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8186 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8187 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8188 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8189 | |
8190 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
8191 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
8192 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8193 | Selector Sel, |
8194 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8195 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8196 | |
8197 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
8198 | ParsedType Receiver, |
8199 | Selector Sel, |
8200 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8201 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8202 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8203 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8204 | |
8205 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
8206 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8207 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8208 | Selector Sel, |
8209 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8210 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8211 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8212 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8213 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8214 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8215 | |
8216 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
8217 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8218 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8219 | Selector Sel, |
8220 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8221 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8222 | |
8223 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
8224 | Expr *Receiver, |
8225 | Selector Sel, |
8226 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8227 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8228 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8229 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8230 | |
8231 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8232 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8233 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8234 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
8235 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8236 | |
8237 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
8238 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8239 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8240 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8241 | ParsedType Type, |
8242 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
8243 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8244 | |
8245 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8246 | |
8247 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8248 | |
8249 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
8250 | CastKind &Kind); |
8251 | |
8252 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
8253 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8254 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
8255 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
8256 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
8257 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
8258 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
8259 | |
8260 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
8261 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8262 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
8263 | |
8264 | bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
8265 | bool Diagnose = true); |
8266 | |
8267 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
8268 | |
8269 | /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
8270 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
8271 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
8272 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
8273 | |
8274 | /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
8275 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
8276 | RTC_Compatible, |
8277 | RTC_Incompatible, |
8278 | RTC_Unknown |
8279 | }; |
8280 | |
8281 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
8282 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
8283 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
8284 | |
8285 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
8286 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
8287 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
8288 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
8289 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
8290 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
8291 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
8292 | }; |
8293 | |
8294 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
8295 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8296 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
8297 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
8298 | |
8299 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
8300 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
8301 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8302 | |
8303 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
8304 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8305 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
8306 | |
8307 | enum class PragmaPackDiagnoseKind { |
8308 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
8309 | ChangedStateAtExit |
8310 | }; |
8311 | |
8312 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaPack(PragmaPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
8313 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
8314 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaPack(); |
8315 | |
8316 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
8317 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
8318 | |
8319 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
8320 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
8321 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
8322 | StringRef Arg); |
8323 | |
8324 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
8325 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
8326 | /// representation]). |
8327 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
8328 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
8329 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8330 | |
8331 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
8332 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8333 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8334 | MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value); |
8335 | |
8336 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
8337 | PSK_DataSeg, |
8338 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
8339 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
8340 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
8341 | }; |
8342 | |
8343 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8344 | int SectionFlags, |
8345 | DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl); |
8346 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8347 | int SectionFlags, |
8348 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
8349 | |
8350 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
8351 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8352 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8353 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
8354 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
8355 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
8356 | |
8357 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
8358 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8359 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8360 | |
8361 | /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
8362 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8363 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8364 | |
8365 | /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
8366 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
8367 | |
8368 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
8369 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
8370 | StringRef Value); |
8371 | |
8372 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
8373 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
8374 | Scope *curScope, |
8375 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8376 | |
8377 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
8378 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
8379 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8380 | |
8381 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
8382 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8383 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
8384 | |
8385 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
8386 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8387 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8388 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
8389 | |
8390 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
8391 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
8392 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8393 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8394 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8395 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8396 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8397 | |
8398 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
8399 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8400 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8401 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8402 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8403 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8404 | |
8405 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
8406 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
8407 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
8408 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC); |
8409 | |
8410 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
8411 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
8412 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8413 | |
8414 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
8415 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8416 | |
8417 | /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. |
8418 | void FreePackedContext(); |
8419 | |
8420 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
8421 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
8422 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
8423 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8424 | |
8425 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
8426 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
8427 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
8428 | |
8429 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
8430 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
8431 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8432 | |
8433 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
8434 | void FreeVisContext(); |
8435 | |
8436 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
8437 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
8438 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
8439 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
8440 | |
8441 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute push'. |
8442 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePush(AttributeList &Attribute, |
8443 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8444 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
8445 | |
8446 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
8447 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8448 | |
8449 | /// \brief Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
8450 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
8451 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8452 | |
8453 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
8454 | |
8455 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
8456 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8457 | |
8458 | /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
8459 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
8460 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
8461 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
8462 | } |
8463 | |
8464 | /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
8465 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
8466 | /// with attribute optnone. |
8467 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
8468 | |
8469 | /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
8470 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
8471 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
8472 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
8473 | |
8474 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
8475 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8476 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8477 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8478 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8479 | |
8480 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
8481 | /// declaration. |
8482 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE, |
8483 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8484 | |
8485 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
8486 | /// declaration. |
8487 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr, |
8488 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8489 | |
8490 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
8491 | /// declaration. |
8492 | void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8493 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8494 | |
8495 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
8496 | /// declaration. |
8497 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads, |
8498 | Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8499 | |
8500 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
8501 | void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8502 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false); |
8503 | |
8504 | void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8505 | ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8506 | |
8507 | void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8508 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed, |
8509 | bool isTemplateInstantiation); |
8510 | |
8511 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
8512 | |
8513 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8514 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
8515 | // |
8516 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
8517 | StringRef Keyword); |
8518 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8519 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8520 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8521 | |
8522 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8523 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8524 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8525 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
8526 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8527 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8528 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8529 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
8530 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
8531 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
8532 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
8533 | |
8534 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8535 | // OpenCL extensions. |
8536 | // |
8537 | private: |
8538 | std::string CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8539 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type. |
8540 | llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap; |
8541 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration. |
8542 | llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap; |
8543 | public: |
8544 | llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const { |
8545 | return CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8546 | } |
8547 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) { |
8548 | CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext; |
8549 | } |
8550 | |
8551 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these |
8552 | /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing. |
8553 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8554 | void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8555 | |
8556 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be |
8557 | /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do |
8558 | /// nothing. |
8559 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8560 | void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8561 | |
8562 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used |
8563 | /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is |
8564 | /// empty, do nothing. |
8565 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T); |
8566 | |
8567 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which |
8568 | /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current |
8569 | /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing. |
8570 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD); |
8571 | |
8572 | bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD); |
8573 | |
8574 | /// \brief Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS |
8575 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8576 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8577 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8578 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T); |
8579 | |
8580 | /// \brief Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E |
8581 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8582 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8583 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8584 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E); |
8585 | |
8586 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8587 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8588 | // |
8589 | private: |
8590 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
8591 | /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region. |
8592 | bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false; |
8593 | /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
8594 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8595 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8596 | ExprResult |
8597 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
8598 | bool StrictlyPositive = true); |
8599 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
8600 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
8601 | |
8602 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
8603 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
8604 | unsigned Level) const; |
8605 | |
8606 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8607 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
8608 | |
8609 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8610 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
8611 | |
8612 | /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension |
8613 | /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled. |
8614 | /// \param D type or declaration to be checked. |
8615 | /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message. |
8616 | /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message. |
8617 | /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration. |
8618 | /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions. |
8619 | /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for |
8620 | /// declaration. |
8621 | /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled. |
8622 | template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT> |
8623 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo, |
8624 | MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0, |
8625 | SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange()); |
8626 | |
8627 | public: |
8628 | /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
8629 | /// reference. |
8630 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8631 | /// is performed. |
8632 | bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8633 | |
8634 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
8635 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
8636 | /// constructs. |
8637 | VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D); |
8638 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
8639 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
8640 | |
8641 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
8642 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8643 | /// is performed. |
8644 | bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8645 | |
8646 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
8647 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
8648 | /// \p D. |
8649 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8650 | |
8651 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
8652 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8653 | /// is performed. |
8654 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8655 | |
8656 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8657 | Expr *Op); |
8658 | /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
8659 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
8660 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
8661 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8662 | /// \brief Start analysis of clauses. |
8663 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
8664 | /// \brief End analysis of clauses. |
8665 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
8666 | /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
8667 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
8668 | |
8669 | /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
8670 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
8671 | /// private by default. |
8672 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
8673 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
8674 | |
8675 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8676 | /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
8677 | /// threadprivate'. |
8678 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, |
8679 | CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8680 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); |
8681 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
8682 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
8683 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8684 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8685 | /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
8686 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( |
8687 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8688 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8689 | /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
8690 | /// reduction' construct. |
8691 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
8692 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
8693 | /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8694 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
8695 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
8696 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
8697 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
8698 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8699 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8700 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8701 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
8702 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8703 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
8704 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8705 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8706 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
8707 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
8708 | /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8709 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
8710 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
8711 | |
8712 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8713 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc); |
8714 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'. |
8715 | void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(); |
8716 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8717 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8718 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
8719 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
8720 | NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls); |
8721 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
8722 | void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
8723 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
8724 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
8725 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
8726 | return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext; |
8727 | } |
8728 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
8729 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
8730 | /// Return true if (un)supported features for the current target should be |
8731 | /// diagnosed if OpenMP (offloading) is enabled. |
8732 | bool shouldDiagnoseTargetSupportFromOpenMP() const { |
8733 | return !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || |
8734 | isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective(); |
8735 | } |
8736 | |
8737 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
8738 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
8739 | |
8740 | /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
8741 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
8742 | /// \brief End of OpenMP region. |
8743 | /// |
8744 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
8745 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
8746 | /// |
8747 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
8748 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
8749 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
8750 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8751 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8752 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8753 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
8754 | /// of the associated statement. |
8755 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8756 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8757 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8758 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8759 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
8760 | /// of the associated statement. |
8761 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective( |
8762 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8763 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8764 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8765 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
8766 | /// of the associated statement. |
8767 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective( |
8768 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8769 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8770 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8771 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
8772 | /// of the associated statement. |
8773 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective( |
8774 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8775 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8776 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8777 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
8778 | /// of the associated statement. |
8779 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8780 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8781 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8782 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
8783 | /// associated statement. |
8784 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8785 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8786 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
8787 | /// associated statement. |
8788 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8789 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8790 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8791 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
8792 | /// associated statement. |
8793 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8794 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8795 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
8796 | /// associated statement. |
8797 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8798 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8799 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8800 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8801 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
8802 | /// of the associated statement. |
8803 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
8804 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8805 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8806 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8807 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
8808 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8809 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
8810 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8811 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8812 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8813 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
8814 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8815 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8816 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8817 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8818 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8819 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
8820 | /// associated statement. |
8821 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8822 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8823 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8824 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
8825 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8826 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8827 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
8828 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8829 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8830 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
8831 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8832 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8833 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
8834 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8835 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8836 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8837 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
8838 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8839 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8840 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8841 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
8842 | /// associated statement. |
8843 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8844 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8845 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8846 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
8847 | /// associated statement. |
8848 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8849 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8850 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8851 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
8852 | /// associated statement. |
8853 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8854 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8855 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8856 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
8857 | /// the associated statement. |
8858 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8859 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8860 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8861 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
8862 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8863 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8864 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8865 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8866 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8867 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
8868 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8869 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8870 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8871 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8872 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8873 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
8874 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8875 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8876 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8877 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8878 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8879 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
8880 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8881 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
8882 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8883 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8884 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8885 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
8886 | /// associated statement. |
8887 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8888 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8889 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8890 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
8891 | StmtResult |
8892 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8893 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8894 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8895 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
8896 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8897 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8898 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8899 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8900 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
8901 | /// associated statement. |
8902 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective( |
8903 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8904 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8905 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8906 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
8907 | /// the associated statement. |
8908 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
8909 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8910 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8911 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8912 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
8913 | /// of the associated statement. |
8914 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective( |
8915 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8916 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8917 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8918 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
8919 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8920 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8921 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8922 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8923 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
8924 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8925 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8926 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8927 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8928 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8929 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
8930 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8931 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8932 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8933 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8934 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8935 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
8936 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8937 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
8938 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8939 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8940 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8941 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
8942 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8943 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
8944 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8945 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8946 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8947 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
8948 | /// the associated statement. |
8949 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective( |
8950 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8951 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8952 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8953 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
8954 | /// the associated statement. |
8955 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8956 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8957 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8958 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8959 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
8960 | /// of the associated statement. |
8961 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
8962 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8963 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8964 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8965 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
8966 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8967 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8968 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8969 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8970 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8971 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
8972 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8973 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8974 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8975 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8976 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8977 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
8978 | /// associated statement. |
8979 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8980 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8981 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8982 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8983 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
8984 | /// of the associated statement. |
8985 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8986 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8987 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8988 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8989 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
8990 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8991 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8992 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8993 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8994 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8995 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
8996 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
8997 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8998 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8999 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9000 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9001 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
9002 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9003 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
9004 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9005 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9006 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9007 | |
9008 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
9009 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
9010 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
9011 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
9012 | /// decls. |
9013 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
9014 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type); |
9015 | |
9016 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
9017 | /// the associated method/function. |
9018 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
9019 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
9020 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
9021 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
9022 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
9023 | |
9024 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9025 | Expr *Expr, |
9026 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9027 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9028 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9029 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
9030 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
9031 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9032 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9033 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
9034 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9035 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9036 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
9037 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9038 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9039 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9040 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
9041 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
9042 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9043 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9044 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9045 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
9046 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
9047 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9048 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9049 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9050 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
9051 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9052 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9053 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9054 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
9055 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
9056 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9057 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9058 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9059 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
9060 | OMPClause * |
9061 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9062 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
9063 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
9064 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
9065 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9066 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9067 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9068 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
9069 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9070 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9071 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9072 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
9073 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9074 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9075 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9076 | |
9077 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9078 | unsigned Argument, |
9079 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
9080 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9081 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9082 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9083 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
9084 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, |
9085 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9086 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9087 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9088 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9089 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
9090 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind, |
9091 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9092 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9093 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9094 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9095 | |
9096 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
9097 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
9098 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9099 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
9100 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9101 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
9102 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
9103 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
9104 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9105 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
9106 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9107 | |
9108 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9109 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9110 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
9111 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9112 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9113 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
9114 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9115 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9116 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
9117 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9118 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9119 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
9120 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9121 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9122 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
9123 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9124 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9125 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
9126 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9127 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9128 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
9129 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9130 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9131 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
9132 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9133 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9134 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
9135 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9136 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9137 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
9138 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9139 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9140 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
9141 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9142 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9143 | |
9144 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
9145 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr, |
9146 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9147 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9148 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9149 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
9150 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9151 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9152 | SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc); |
9153 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
9154 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9155 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9156 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9157 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9158 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
9159 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9160 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9161 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9162 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9163 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
9164 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9165 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9166 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9167 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9168 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
9169 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9170 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9171 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9172 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9173 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
9174 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
9175 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9176 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9177 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9178 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9179 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9180 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
9181 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
9182 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9183 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9184 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9185 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9186 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9187 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
9188 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
9189 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9190 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9191 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9192 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9193 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9194 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
9195 | OMPClause * |
9196 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
9197 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9198 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
9199 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9200 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
9201 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9202 | Expr *Alignment, |
9203 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9204 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9205 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9206 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9207 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
9208 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9209 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9210 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9211 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9212 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
9213 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9214 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9215 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9216 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9217 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
9218 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9219 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9220 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9221 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9222 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
9223 | OMPClause * |
9224 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc, |
9225 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9226 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9227 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9228 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
9229 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9230 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9231 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9232 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
9233 | OMPClause * |
9234 | ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9235 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9236 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9237 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9238 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9239 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
9240 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9241 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9242 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9243 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
9244 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
9245 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9246 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9247 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9248 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
9249 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9250 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9251 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9252 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
9253 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
9254 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
9255 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9256 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9257 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
9258 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
9259 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
9260 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
9261 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9262 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
9263 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9264 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9265 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9266 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9267 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
9268 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9269 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9270 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9271 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9272 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
9273 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9274 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9275 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9276 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9277 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
9278 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9279 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9280 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9281 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9282 | |
9283 | /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. |
9284 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
9285 | /// \brief An implicit conversion. |
9286 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
9287 | /// \brief A C-style cast. |
9288 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
9289 | /// \brief A functional-style cast. |
9290 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
9291 | /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. |
9292 | CCK_OtherCast |
9293 | }; |
9294 | |
9295 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
9296 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
9297 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
9298 | ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
9299 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
9300 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
9301 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9302 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9303 | |
9304 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
9305 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
9306 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
9307 | |
9308 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
9309 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
9310 | /// required. |
9311 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
9312 | |
9313 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
9314 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9315 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9316 | |
9317 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
9318 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
9319 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9320 | |
9321 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
9322 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9323 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
9324 | |
9325 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
9326 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
9327 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
9328 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
9329 | bool Diagnose = true); |
9330 | |
9331 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
9332 | // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, |
9333 | // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array |
9334 | // type. |
9335 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
9336 | |
9337 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
9338 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
9339 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
9340 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
9341 | |
9342 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
9343 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
9344 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
9345 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
9346 | |
9347 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
9348 | enum VariadicCallType { |
9349 | VariadicFunction, |
9350 | VariadicBlock, |
9351 | VariadicMethod, |
9352 | VariadicConstructor, |
9353 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
9354 | }; |
9355 | |
9356 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9357 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9358 | Expr *Fn); |
9359 | |
9360 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
9361 | // vararg function. |
9362 | enum VarArgKind { |
9363 | VAK_Valid, |
9364 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
9365 | VAK_Undefined, |
9366 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
9367 | VAK_Invalid |
9368 | }; |
9369 | |
9370 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
9371 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
9372 | |
9373 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
9374 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
9375 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
9376 | |
9377 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
9378 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
9379 | |
9380 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
9381 | /// form of call prototypes. |
9382 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9383 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9384 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
9385 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
9386 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
9387 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
9388 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
9389 | |
9390 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
9391 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
9392 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
9393 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
9394 | |
9395 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
9396 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
9397 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
9398 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
9399 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
9400 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9401 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9402 | |
9403 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
9404 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
9405 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
9406 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
9407 | /// source and destination type. |
9408 | enum AssignConvertType { |
9409 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
9410 | Compatible, |
9411 | |
9412 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
9413 | /// accept as an extension. |
9414 | PointerToInt, |
9415 | |
9416 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
9417 | /// accept as an extension. |
9418 | IntToPointer, |
9419 | |
9420 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
9421 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
9422 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
9423 | |
9424 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
9425 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
9426 | IncompatiblePointer, |
9427 | |
9428 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
9429 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
9430 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
9431 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
9432 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
9433 | |
9434 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
9435 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
9436 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9437 | |
9438 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
9439 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
9440 | /// like address spaces. |
9441 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9442 | |
9443 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
9444 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
9445 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
9446 | /// extension. |
9447 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
9448 | |
9449 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
9450 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
9451 | IncompatibleVectors, |
9452 | |
9453 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
9454 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
9455 | IntToBlockPointer, |
9456 | |
9457 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
9458 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
9459 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
9460 | |
9461 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
9462 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
9463 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
9464 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
9465 | |
9466 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
9467 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
9468 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
9469 | |
9470 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
9471 | /// represent it in the AST. |
9472 | Incompatible |
9473 | }; |
9474 | |
9475 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
9476 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
9477 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
9478 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
9479 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9480 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9481 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
9482 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
9483 | |
9484 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
9485 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
9486 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
9487 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
9488 | bool AllowMask) const; |
9489 | |
9490 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
9491 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
9492 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9493 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
9494 | |
9495 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
9496 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
9497 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
9498 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
9499 | QualType LHSType, |
9500 | QualType RHSType); |
9501 | |
9502 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
9503 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
9504 | /// is true. |
9505 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
9506 | ExprResult &RHS, |
9507 | CastKind &Kind, |
9508 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9509 | |
9510 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
9511 | /// |
9512 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
9513 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
9514 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
9515 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
9516 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
9517 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
9518 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
9519 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
9520 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
9521 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
9522 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
9523 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
9524 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
9525 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
9526 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9527 | |
9528 | // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
9529 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
9530 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
9531 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9532 | |
9533 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9534 | |
9535 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9536 | |
9537 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9538 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9539 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
9540 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9541 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9542 | bool AllowExplicit, |
9543 | ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); |
9544 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9545 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
9546 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9547 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9548 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9549 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9550 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
9551 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9552 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
9553 | |
9554 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
9555 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
9556 | |
9557 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
9558 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9559 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9560 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9561 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9562 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
9563 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
9564 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
9565 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9566 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9567 | bool IsDivide); |
9568 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9569 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9570 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9571 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9572 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9573 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9574 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9575 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9576 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9577 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
9578 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9579 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9580 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
9581 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9582 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational); |
9583 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
9584 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9585 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9586 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
9587 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9588 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9589 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
9590 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
9591 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
9592 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
9593 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
9594 | |
9595 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9596 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
9597 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9598 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
9599 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9600 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
9601 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
9602 | |
9603 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
9604 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9605 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9606 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
9607 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
9608 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
9609 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
9610 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
9611 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
9612 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
9613 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
9614 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
9615 | QualType Composite = |
9616 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
9617 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
9618 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
9619 | return Composite; |
9620 | } |
9621 | |
9622 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9623 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9624 | |
9625 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
9626 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9627 | |
9628 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
9629 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
9630 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
9631 | |
9632 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
9633 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9634 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9635 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
9636 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
9637 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9638 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9639 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9640 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9641 | SourceLocation Loc); |
9642 | |
9643 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9644 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9645 | |
9646 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
9647 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
9648 | |
9649 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
9650 | |
9651 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
9652 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
9653 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
9654 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
9655 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
9656 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
9657 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
9658 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
9659 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
9660 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
9661 | Ref_Related, |
9662 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
9663 | Ref_Compatible |
9664 | }; |
9665 | |
9666 | ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, |
9667 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
9668 | bool &DerivedToBase, |
9669 | bool &ObjCConversion, |
9670 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
9671 | |
9672 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
9673 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
9674 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
9675 | |
9676 | /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
9677 | /// given type. |
9678 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
9679 | |
9680 | /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
9681 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
9682 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
9683 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
9684 | |
9685 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
9686 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9687 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
9688 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
9689 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
9690 | CastKind &Kind); |
9691 | |
9692 | /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
9693 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
9694 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
9695 | |
9696 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
9697 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9698 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
9699 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
9700 | // returns the cast expr |
9701 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
9702 | CastKind &Kind); |
9703 | |
9704 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
9705 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9706 | Expr *CastExpr, |
9707 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
9708 | |
9709 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
9710 | |
9711 | /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
9712 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
9713 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
9714 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
9715 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
9716 | bool Diagnose = true, |
9717 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
9718 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
9719 | ); |
9720 | |
9721 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9722 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9723 | |
9724 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
9725 | QualType ExprType); |
9726 | |
9727 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
9728 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
9729 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
9730 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
9731 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
9732 | |
9733 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9734 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
9735 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9736 | |
9737 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9738 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
9739 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9740 | |
9741 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
9742 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
9743 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
9744 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
9745 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, |
9746 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
9747 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9748 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
9749 | bool isSuperMessage, |
9750 | SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, |
9751 | SourceRange RecRange, |
9752 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
9753 | |
9754 | /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
9755 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
9756 | /// and the form of the message send. |
9757 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, |
9758 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9759 | bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); |
9760 | |
9761 | /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
9762 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
9763 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
9764 | |
9765 | /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
9766 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
9767 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
9768 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
9769 | |
9770 | class ConditionResult { |
9771 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
9772 | FullExprArg Condition; |
9773 | bool Invalid; |
9774 | bool HasKnownValue; |
9775 | bool KnownValue; |
9776 | |
9777 | friend class Sema; |
9778 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
9779 | bool IsConstexpr) |
9780 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
9781 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
9782 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
9783 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
9784 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
9785 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
9786 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
9787 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
9788 | |
9789 | public: |
9790 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
9791 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
9792 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
9793 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
9794 | Condition.get()); |
9795 | } |
9796 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
9797 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
9798 | return None; |
9799 | return KnownValue; |
9800 | } |
9801 | }; |
9802 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
9803 | |
9804 | enum class ConditionKind { |
9805 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
9806 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
9807 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
9808 | }; |
9809 | |
9810 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
9811 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
9812 | |
9813 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
9814 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9815 | ConditionKind CK); |
9816 | |
9817 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
9818 | |
9819 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
9820 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9821 | ConditionKind CK); |
9822 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
9823 | |
9824 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
9825 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
9826 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
9827 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
9828 | /// |
9829 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
9830 | /// 'if' keyword. |
9831 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
9832 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
9833 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9834 | |
9835 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
9836 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
9837 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
9838 | |
9839 | /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
9840 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
9841 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
9842 | |
9843 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
9844 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9845 | |
9846 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
9847 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
9848 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
9849 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
9850 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
9851 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
9852 | |
9853 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
9854 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
9855 | /// in the global scope. |
9856 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
9857 | |
9858 | /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
9859 | /// expression violations. |
9860 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
9861 | public: |
9862 | bool Suppress; |
9863 | |
9864 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
9865 | |
9866 | virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; |
9867 | virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); |
9868 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } |
9869 | }; |
9870 | |
9871 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
9872 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
9873 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
9874 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9875 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
9876 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9877 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9878 | unsigned DiagID, |
9879 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9880 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
9881 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr); |
9882 | |
9883 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
9884 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
9885 | /// Returns false on success. |
9886 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
9887 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
9888 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
9889 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
9890 | |
9891 | private: |
9892 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
9893 | |
9894 | public: |
9895 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9896 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
9897 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
9898 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9899 | |
9900 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9901 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
9902 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
9903 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9904 | |
9905 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
9906 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
9907 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
9908 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9909 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
9910 | CUDADeferredDiags; |
9911 | |
9912 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
9913 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
9914 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
9915 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
9916 | SourceLocation Loc; |
9917 | }; |
9918 | |
9919 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
9920 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
9921 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
9922 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
9923 | |
9924 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
9925 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
9926 | /// |
9927 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
9928 | /// map. |
9929 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9930 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
9931 | CUDAKnownEmittedFns; |
9932 | |
9933 | /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support |
9934 | /// deferred diagnostics. |
9935 | /// |
9936 | /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are |
9937 | /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is |
9938 | /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this |
9939 | /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns. |
9940 | llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9941 | /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9942 | SourceLocation>> |
9943 | CUDACallGraph; |
9944 | |
9945 | /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred. |
9946 | /// |
9947 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
9948 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
9949 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
9950 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
9951 | /// |
9952 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
9953 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
9954 | /// |
9955 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
9956 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
9957 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
9958 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
9959 | class CUDADiagBuilder { |
9960 | public: |
9961 | enum Kind { |
9962 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
9963 | K_Nop, |
9964 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
9965 | K_Immediate, |
9966 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
9967 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
9968 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
9969 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
9970 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
9971 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
9972 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
9973 | K_Deferred |
9974 | }; |
9975 | |
9976 | CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
9977 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
9978 | ~CUDADiagBuilder(); |
9979 | |
9980 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
9981 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
9982 | /// |
9983 | /// Example usage: |
9984 | /// |
9985 | /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
9986 | /// return ExprError(); |
9987 | /// |
9988 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
9989 | /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself. |
9990 | operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
9991 | |
9992 | template <typename T> |
9993 | friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag, |
9994 | const T &Value) { |
9995 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
9996 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
9997 | else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue()) |
9998 | *Diag.PartialDiag << Value; |
9999 | return Diag; |
10000 | } |
10001 | |
10002 | private: |
10003 | Sema &S; |
10004 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10005 | unsigned DiagID; |
10006 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
10007 | bool ShowCallStack; |
10008 | |
10009 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
10010 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
10011 | llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
10012 | llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag; |
10013 | }; |
10014 | |
10015 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10016 | /// is "used as device code". |
10017 | /// |
10018 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics. |
10019 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
10020 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
10021 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
10022 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
10023 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
10024 | /// |
10025 | /// Example usage: |
10026 | /// |
10027 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
10028 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
10029 | /// return ExprError(); |
10030 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
10031 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10032 | |
10033 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10034 | /// is "used as host code". |
10035 | /// |
10036 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
10037 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10038 | |
10039 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
10040 | CFT_Device, |
10041 | CFT_Global, |
10042 | CFT_Host, |
10043 | CFT_HostDevice, |
10044 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
10045 | }; |
10046 | |
10047 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
10048 | /// function. |
10049 | /// |
10050 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
10051 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
10052 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
10053 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
10054 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr); |
10055 | |
10056 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
10057 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
10058 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
10059 | } |
10060 | |
10061 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
10062 | // worst to best. |
10063 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
10064 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
10065 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10066 | // function that do not match current compilation |
10067 | // mode. |
10068 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
10069 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10070 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
10071 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
10072 | }; |
10073 | |
10074 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
10075 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
10076 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
10077 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
10078 | /// \param Callee target function |
10079 | /// |
10080 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
10081 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10082 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10083 | |
10084 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
10085 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
10086 | /// |
10087 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
10088 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
10089 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10090 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
10091 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
10092 | } |
10093 | |
10094 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
10095 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
10096 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
10097 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10098 | |
10099 | public: |
10100 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
10101 | /// |
10102 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
10103 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
10104 | /// |
10105 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
10106 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
10107 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
10108 | /// |
10109 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
10110 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
10111 | /// deferred errors. |
10112 | /// |
10113 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
10114 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10115 | |
10116 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
10117 | /// operator() method. |
10118 | /// |
10119 | /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit |
10120 | /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__ |
10121 | /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves. |
10122 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
10123 | |
10124 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
10125 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
10126 | /// calling priority. |
10127 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
10128 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10129 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
10130 | |
10131 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
10132 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
10133 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
10134 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
10135 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
10136 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
10137 | /// its RHS. |
10138 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
10139 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
10140 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
10141 | /// the member declaration. |
10142 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
10143 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
10144 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
10145 | bool ConstRHS, |
10146 | bool Diagnose); |
10147 | |
10148 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
10149 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
10150 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
10151 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
10152 | |
10153 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
10154 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
10155 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
10156 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10157 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
10158 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
10159 | |
10160 | /// \name Code completion |
10161 | //@{ |
10162 | /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
10163 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
10164 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
10165 | PCC_Namespace, |
10166 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
10167 | PCC_Class, |
10168 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
10169 | /// or category. |
10170 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
10171 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
10172 | /// category implementation |
10173 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
10174 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
10175 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
10176 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
10177 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10178 | /// headers. |
10179 | PCC_Template, |
10180 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10181 | /// headers within a class. |
10182 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
10183 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. |
10184 | PCC_Expression, |
10185 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
10186 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
10187 | PCC_Statement, |
10188 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
10189 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
10190 | PCC_ForInit, |
10191 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
10192 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
10193 | PCC_Condition, |
10194 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
10195 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
10196 | /// in the grammar. |
10197 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
10198 | /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
10199 | PCC_Type, |
10200 | /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
10201 | /// might also be a type cast. |
10202 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
10203 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
10204 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
10205 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
10206 | }; |
10207 | |
10208 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
10209 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
10210 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
10211 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
10212 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
10213 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
10214 | |
10215 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
10216 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
10217 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
10218 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
10219 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
10220 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10221 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); |
10222 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
10223 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
10224 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
10225 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
10226 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
10227 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
10228 | void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10229 | void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc, |
10230 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10231 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10232 | void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); |
10233 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); |
10234 | void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); |
10235 | |
10236 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
10237 | bool EnteringContext); |
10238 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
10239 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
10240 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10241 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
10242 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
10243 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
10244 | Decl *Constructor, |
10245 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
10246 | |
10247 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
10248 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
10249 | |
10250 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
10251 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
10252 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
10253 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
10254 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
10255 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
10256 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
10257 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
10258 | bool IsParameter); |
10259 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
10260 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
10261 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10262 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
10263 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
10264 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10265 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10266 | bool IsSuper = false); |
10267 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
10268 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10269 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10270 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
10271 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
10272 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
10273 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
10274 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10275 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
10276 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
10277 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
10278 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10279 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
10280 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10281 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10282 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
10283 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
10284 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10285 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10286 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
10287 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10288 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10289 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
10290 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
10291 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
10292 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
10293 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
10294 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
10295 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
10296 | bool AtParameterName, |
10297 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
10298 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10299 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
10300 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
10301 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10302 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
10303 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
10304 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
10305 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
10306 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
10307 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
10308 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
10309 | unsigned Argument); |
10310 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
10311 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
10312 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
10313 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
10314 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
10315 | //@} |
10316 | |
10317 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10318 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
10319 | |
10320 | public: |
10321 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
10322 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
10323 | |
10324 | private: |
10325 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
10326 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
10327 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
10328 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
10329 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
10330 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
10331 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
10332 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
10333 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
10334 | bool HasVAListArg; |
10335 | }; |
10336 | |
10337 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
10338 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
10339 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10340 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10341 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
10342 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
10343 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10344 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10345 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10346 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10347 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10348 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10349 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10350 | |
10351 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10352 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10353 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10354 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
10355 | |
10356 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
10357 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
10358 | |
10359 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10360 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10361 | |
10362 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10363 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
10364 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10365 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10366 | |
10367 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10368 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10369 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10370 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10371 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10372 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10373 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10374 | |
10375 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10376 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
10377 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10378 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
10379 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10380 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10381 | |
10382 | public: |
10383 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
10384 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10385 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
10386 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
10387 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
10388 | |
10389 | private: |
10390 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10391 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10392 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10393 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10394 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10395 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10396 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10397 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10398 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
10399 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
10400 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
10401 | bool IsDelete); |
10402 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10403 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
10404 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10405 | int Low, int High); |
10406 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10407 | unsigned Multiple); |
10408 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10409 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
10410 | bool AllowName); |
10411 | public: |
10412 | enum FormatStringType { |
10413 | FST_Scanf, |
10414 | FST_Printf, |
10415 | FST_NSString, |
10416 | FST_Strftime, |
10417 | FST_Strfmon, |
10418 | FST_Kprintf, |
10419 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
10420 | FST_OSTrace, |
10421 | FST_OSLog, |
10422 | FST_Unknown |
10423 | }; |
10424 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
10425 | |
10426 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
10427 | |
10428 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
10429 | |
10430 | private: |
10431 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
10432 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10433 | bool IsCXXMember, |
10434 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10435 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10436 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10437 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10438 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
10439 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
10440 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10441 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
10442 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10443 | |
10444 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
10445 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10446 | |
10447 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10448 | |
10449 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10450 | unsigned BId, |
10451 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10452 | |
10453 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10454 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10455 | |
10456 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10457 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10458 | |
10459 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
10460 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
10461 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
10462 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
10463 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
10464 | |
10465 | public: |
10466 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
10467 | |
10468 | private: |
10469 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
10470 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
10471 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
10472 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); |
10473 | |
10474 | /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
10475 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
10476 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
10477 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
10478 | |
10479 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
10480 | Expr *Init); |
10481 | |
10482 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
10483 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
10484 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
10485 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
10486 | |
10487 | /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
10488 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
10489 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
10490 | |
10491 | /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
10492 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
10493 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
10494 | |
10495 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
10496 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
10497 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
10498 | public: |
10499 | /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
10500 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
10501 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
10502 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
10503 | |
10504 | struct TypeTagData { |
10505 | TypeTagData() {} |
10506 | |
10507 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
10508 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
10509 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
10510 | {} |
10511 | |
10512 | QualType Type; |
10513 | |
10514 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
10515 | /// layout-compatibility. |
10516 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
10517 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
10518 | }; |
10519 | |
10520 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
10521 | /// identifies the magic value. |
10522 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
10523 | |
10524 | private: |
10525 | /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. |
10526 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
10527 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
10528 | |
10529 | /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
10530 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
10531 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
10532 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
10533 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
10534 | |
10535 | /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
10536 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
10537 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
10538 | |
10539 | /// \brief The parser's current scope. |
10540 | /// |
10541 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
10542 | Scope *CurScope; |
10543 | |
10544 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
10545 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
10546 | |
10547 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
10548 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
10549 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
10550 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
10551 | |
10552 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
10553 | |
10554 | /// \brief The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
10555 | /// |
10556 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
10557 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
10558 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
10559 | |
10560 | protected: |
10561 | friend class Parser; |
10562 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
10563 | friend class ASTReader; |
10564 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
10565 | friend class ASTWriter; |
10566 | |
10567 | public: |
10568 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
10569 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
10570 | |
10571 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
10572 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
10573 | |
10574 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
10575 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
10576 | |
10577 | /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
10578 | /// |
10579 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
10580 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
10581 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
10582 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
10583 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
10584 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
10585 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
10586 | |
10587 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
10588 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
10589 | } |
10590 | |
10591 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
10592 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
10593 | |
10594 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
10595 | |
10596 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
10597 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
10598 | } |
10599 | |
10600 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
10601 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
10602 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
10603 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
10604 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
10605 | return DC; |
10606 | } |
10607 | |
10608 | /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
10609 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
10610 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
10611 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
10612 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
10613 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
10614 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
10615 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
10616 | } |
10617 | |
10618 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
10619 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
10620 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
10621 | |
10622 | private: |
10623 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
10624 | public: |
10625 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
10626 | |
10627 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
10628 | assert(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10629, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10629 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10629, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10630 | assert(S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10631 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member "(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10632 | "exception specs")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10633 | assert(S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10634, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10634 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10634, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10635 | swapSavedState(); |
10636 | } |
10637 | |
10638 | private: |
10639 | Sema &S; |
10640 | decltype(DelayedExceptionSpecChecks) SavedExceptionSpecChecks; |
10641 | decltype(DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs) |
10642 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
10643 | decltype(DelayedDllExportClasses) SavedDllExportClasses; |
10644 | |
10645 | void swapSavedState() { |
10646 | SavedExceptionSpecChecks.swap(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks); |
10647 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.swap( |
10648 | S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs); |
10649 | SavedDllExportClasses.swap(S.DelayedDllExportClasses); |
10650 | } |
10651 | }; |
10652 | |
10653 | /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
10654 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
10655 | struct MisalignedMember { |
10656 | Expr *E; |
10657 | RecordDecl *RD; |
10658 | ValueDecl *MD; |
10659 | CharUnits Alignment; |
10660 | |
10661 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
10662 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10663 | CharUnits Alignment) |
10664 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
10665 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
10666 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
10667 | |
10668 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
10669 | }; |
10670 | /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
10671 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
10672 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
10673 | |
10674 | /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
10675 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10676 | CharUnits Alignment); |
10677 | |
10678 | public: |
10679 | /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
10680 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
10681 | /// diagnostics. |
10682 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
10683 | |
10684 | /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
10685 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
10686 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
10687 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
10688 | /// void*). |
10689 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
10690 | |
10691 | /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
10692 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
10693 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
10694 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
10695 | Expr *E, |
10696 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
10697 | Action); |
10698 | }; |
10699 | |
10700 | /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
10701 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
10702 | Sema &Actions; |
10703 | bool Entered = true; |
10704 | |
10705 | public: |
10706 | |
10707 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10708 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10709 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
10710 | bool IsDecltype = false, |
10711 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10712 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
10713 | if (Entered) |
10714 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
10715 | IsDecltype); |
10716 | } |
10717 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10718 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10719 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
10720 | bool IsDecltype = false) |
10721 | : Actions(Actions) { |
10722 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, |
10723 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, |
10724 | IsDecltype); |
10725 | } |
10726 | |
10727 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
10728 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
10729 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10730 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
10731 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
10732 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
10733 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
10734 | // a context. |
10735 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
10736 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
10737 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
10738 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList, nullptr, false); |
10739 | Entered = true; |
10740 | } |
10741 | } |
10742 | |
10743 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
10744 | if (Entered) |
10745 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
10746 | } |
10747 | }; |
10748 | |
10749 | DeductionFailureInfo |
10750 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
10751 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
10752 | |
10753 | /// \brief Contains a late templated function. |
10754 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
10755 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
10756 | CachedTokens Toks; |
10757 | /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
10758 | Decl *D; |
10759 | }; |
10760 | |
10761 | } // end namespace clang |
10762 | |
10763 | namespace llvm { |
10764 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
10765 | // SourceLocation. |
10766 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
10767 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
10768 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
10769 | |
10770 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
10771 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10772 | } |
10773 | |
10774 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
10775 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10776 | } |
10777 | |
10778 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
10779 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
10780 | FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding()); |
10781 | } |
10782 | |
10783 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
10784 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
10785 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
10786 | } |
10787 | }; |
10788 | } // namespace llvm |
10789 | |
10790 | #endif |
1 | //===- Initialization.h - Semantic Analysis for Initializers ----*- C++ -*-===// | |||
2 | // | |||
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | |||
4 | // | |||
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | |||
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | |||
7 | // | |||
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
9 | // | |||
10 | // This file provides supporting data types for initialization of objects. | |||
11 | // | |||
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
13 | ||||
14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_INITIALIZATION_H | |||
15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_INITIALIZATION_H | |||
16 | ||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | |||
18 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" | |||
19 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | |||
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h" | |||
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" | |||
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | |||
23 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | |||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" | |||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" | |||
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" | |||
27 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" | |||
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | |||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | |||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" | |||
31 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | |||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" | |||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | |||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | |||
35 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | |||
36 | #include <cassert> | |||
37 | #include <cstdint> | |||
38 | #include <string> | |||
39 | ||||
40 | namespace clang { | |||
41 | ||||
42 | class APValue; | |||
43 | class CXXBaseSpecifier; | |||
44 | class CXXConstructorDecl; | |||
45 | class ObjCMethodDecl; | |||
46 | class Sema; | |||
47 | ||||
48 | /// \brief Describes an entity that is being initialized. | |||
49 | class InitializedEntity { | |||
50 | public: | |||
51 | /// \brief Specifies the kind of entity being initialized. | |||
52 | enum EntityKind { | |||
53 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a variable. | |||
54 | EK_Variable, | |||
55 | ||||
56 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a function parameter. | |||
57 | EK_Parameter, | |||
58 | ||||
59 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is the result of a function call. | |||
60 | EK_Result, | |||
61 | ||||
62 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is an exception object that | |||
63 | /// is being thrown. | |||
64 | EK_Exception, | |||
65 | ||||
66 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a non-static data member | |||
67 | /// subobject. | |||
68 | EK_Member, | |||
69 | ||||
70 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is an element of an array. | |||
71 | EK_ArrayElement, | |||
72 | ||||
73 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is an object (or array of | |||
74 | /// objects) allocated via new. | |||
75 | EK_New, | |||
76 | ||||
77 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a temporary object. | |||
78 | EK_Temporary, | |||
79 | ||||
80 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a base member subobject. | |||
81 | EK_Base, | |||
82 | ||||
83 | /// \brief The initialization is being done by a delegating constructor. | |||
84 | EK_Delegating, | |||
85 | ||||
86 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is an element of a vector. | |||
87 | /// or vector. | |||
88 | EK_VectorElement, | |||
89 | ||||
90 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a field of block descriptor for | |||
91 | /// the copied-in c++ object. | |||
92 | EK_BlockElement, | |||
93 | ||||
94 | /// The entity being initialized is a field of block descriptor for the | |||
95 | /// copied-in lambda object that's used in the lambda to block conversion. | |||
96 | EK_LambdaToBlockConversionBlockElement, | |||
97 | ||||
98 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is the real or imaginary part of a | |||
99 | /// complex number. | |||
100 | EK_ComplexElement, | |||
101 | ||||
102 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is the field that captures a | |||
103 | /// variable in a lambda. | |||
104 | EK_LambdaCapture, | |||
105 | ||||
106 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is the initializer for a compound | |||
107 | /// literal. | |||
108 | EK_CompoundLiteralInit, | |||
109 | ||||
110 | /// \brief The entity being implicitly initialized back to the formal | |||
111 | /// result type. | |||
112 | EK_RelatedResult, | |||
113 | ||||
114 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a function parameter; function | |||
115 | /// is member of group of audited CF APIs. | |||
116 | EK_Parameter_CF_Audited, | |||
117 | ||||
118 | /// \brief The entity being initialized is a structured binding of a | |||
119 | /// decomposition declaration. | |||
120 | EK_Binding, | |||
121 | ||||
122 | // Note: err_init_conversion_failed in DiagnosticSemaKinds.td uses this | |||
123 | // enum as an index for its first %select. When modifying this list, | |||
124 | // that diagnostic text needs to be updated as well. | |||
125 | }; | |||
126 | ||||
127 | private: | |||
128 | /// \brief The kind of entity being initialized. | |||
129 | EntityKind Kind; | |||
130 | ||||
131 | /// \brief If non-NULL, the parent entity in which this | |||
132 | /// initialization occurs. | |||
133 | const InitializedEntity *Parent = nullptr; | |||
134 | ||||
135 | /// \brief The type of the object or reference being initialized. | |||
136 | QualType Type; | |||
137 | ||||
138 | /// \brief The mangling number for the next reference temporary to be created. | |||
139 | mutable unsigned ManglingNumber = 0; | |||
140 | ||||
141 | struct LN { | |||
142 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_Result, EK_Exception, EK_New, the | |||
143 | /// location of the 'return', 'throw', or 'new' keyword, | |||
144 | /// respectively. When Kind == EK_Temporary, the location where | |||
145 | /// the temporary is being created. | |||
146 | unsigned Location; | |||
147 | ||||
148 | /// \brief Whether the entity being initialized may end up using the | |||
149 | /// named return value optimization (NRVO). | |||
150 | bool NRVO; | |||
151 | }; | |||
152 | ||||
153 | struct VD { | |||
154 | /// \brief The VarDecl, FieldDecl, or BindingDecl being initialized. | |||
155 | ValueDecl *VariableOrMember; | |||
156 | ||||
157 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_Member, whether this is an implicit member | |||
158 | /// initialization in a copy or move constructor. These can perform array | |||
159 | /// copies. | |||
160 | bool IsImplicitFieldInit; | |||
161 | }; | |||
162 | ||||
163 | struct C { | |||
164 | /// \brief The name of the variable being captured by an EK_LambdaCapture. | |||
165 | IdentifierInfo *VarID; | |||
166 | ||||
167 | /// \brief The source location at which the capture occurs. | |||
168 | unsigned Location; | |||
169 | }; | |||
170 | ||||
171 | union { | |||
172 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_Variable, EK_Member or EK_Binding, the variable. | |||
173 | VD Variable; | |||
174 | ||||
175 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_RelatedResult, the ObjectiveC method where | |||
176 | /// result type was implicitly changed to accommodate ARC semantics. | |||
177 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl; | |||
178 | ||||
179 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_Parameter, the ParmVarDecl, with the | |||
180 | /// low bit indicating whether the parameter is "consumed". | |||
181 | uintptr_t Parameter; | |||
182 | ||||
183 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_Temporary or EK_CompoundLiteralInit, the type | |||
184 | /// source information for the temporary. | |||
185 | TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo; | |||
186 | ||||
187 | struct LN LocAndNRVO; | |||
188 | ||||
189 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_Base, the base specifier that provides the | |||
190 | /// base class. The lower bit specifies whether the base is an inherited | |||
191 | /// virtual base. | |||
192 | uintptr_t Base; | |||
193 | ||||
194 | /// \brief When Kind == EK_ArrayElement, EK_VectorElement, or | |||
195 | /// EK_ComplexElement, the index of the array or vector element being | |||
196 | /// initialized. | |||
197 | unsigned Index; | |||
198 | ||||
199 | struct C Capture; | |||
200 | }; | |||
201 | ||||
202 | InitializedEntity() = default; | |||
203 | ||||
204 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a variable. | |||
205 | InitializedEntity(VarDecl *Var, EntityKind EK = EK_Variable) | |||
206 | : Kind(EK), Type(Var->getType()), Variable{Var, false} {} | |||
207 | ||||
208 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for the result of a | |||
209 | /// function, throwing an object, performing an explicit cast, or | |||
210 | /// initializing a parameter for which there is no declaration. | |||
211 | InitializedEntity(EntityKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, | |||
212 | bool NRVO = false) | |||
213 | : Kind(Kind), Type(Type) { | |||
214 | LocAndNRVO.Location = Loc.getRawEncoding(); | |||
215 | LocAndNRVO.NRVO = NRVO; | |||
216 | } | |||
217 | ||||
218 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a member subobject. | |||
219 | InitializedEntity(FieldDecl *Member, const InitializedEntity *Parent, | |||
220 | bool Implicit) | |||
221 | : Kind(EK_Member), Parent(Parent), Type(Member->getType()), | |||
222 | Variable{Member, Implicit} {} | |||
223 | ||||
224 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an array element. | |||
225 | InitializedEntity(ASTContext &Context, unsigned Index, | |||
226 | const InitializedEntity &Parent); | |||
227 | ||||
228 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a lambda capture. | |||
229 | InitializedEntity(IdentifierInfo *VarID, QualType FieldType, SourceLocation Loc) | |||
230 | : Kind(EK_LambdaCapture), Type(FieldType) { | |||
231 | Capture.VarID = VarID; | |||
232 | Capture.Location = Loc.getRawEncoding(); | |||
233 | } | |||
234 | ||||
235 | public: | |||
236 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a variable. | |||
237 | static InitializedEntity InitializeVariable(VarDecl *Var) { | |||
238 | return InitializedEntity(Var); | |||
239 | } | |||
240 | ||||
241 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a parameter. | |||
242 | static InitializedEntity InitializeParameter(ASTContext &Context, | |||
243 | const ParmVarDecl *Parm) { | |||
244 | return InitializeParameter(Context, Parm, Parm->getType()); | |||
245 | } | |||
246 | ||||
247 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a parameter, but use | |||
248 | /// another type. | |||
249 | static InitializedEntity InitializeParameter(ASTContext &Context, | |||
250 | const ParmVarDecl *Parm, | |||
251 | QualType Type) { | |||
252 | bool Consumed = (Context.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | |||
253 | Parm->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()); | |||
254 | ||||
255 | InitializedEntity Entity; | |||
256 | Entity.Kind = EK_Parameter; | |||
257 | Entity.Type = | |||
258 | Context.getVariableArrayDecayedType(Type.getUnqualifiedType()); | |||
259 | Entity.Parent = nullptr; | |||
260 | Entity.Parameter | |||
261 | = (static_cast<uintptr_t>(Consumed) | reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Parm)); | |||
262 | return Entity; | |||
263 | } | |||
264 | ||||
265 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a parameter that is | |||
266 | /// only known by its type. | |||
267 | static InitializedEntity InitializeParameter(ASTContext &Context, | |||
268 | QualType Type, | |||
269 | bool Consumed) { | |||
270 | InitializedEntity Entity; | |||
271 | Entity.Kind = EK_Parameter; | |||
272 | Entity.Type = Context.getVariableArrayDecayedType(Type); | |||
273 | Entity.Parent = nullptr; | |||
274 | Entity.Parameter = (Consumed); | |||
275 | return Entity; | |||
276 | } | |||
277 | ||||
278 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for the result of a function. | |||
279 | static InitializedEntity InitializeResult(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, | |||
280 | QualType Type, bool NRVO) { | |||
281 | return InitializedEntity(EK_Result, ReturnLoc, Type, NRVO); | |||
282 | } | |||
283 | ||||
284 | static InitializedEntity InitializeBlock(SourceLocation BlockVarLoc, | |||
285 | QualType Type, bool NRVO) { | |||
286 | return InitializedEntity(EK_BlockElement, BlockVarLoc, Type, NRVO); | |||
287 | } | |||
288 | ||||
289 | static InitializedEntity InitializeLambdaToBlock(SourceLocation BlockVarLoc, | |||
290 | QualType Type, bool NRVO) { | |||
291 | return InitializedEntity(EK_LambdaToBlockConversionBlockElement, | |||
292 | BlockVarLoc, Type, NRVO); | |||
293 | } | |||
294 | ||||
295 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an exception object. | |||
296 | static InitializedEntity InitializeException(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, | |||
297 | QualType Type, bool NRVO) { | |||
298 | return InitializedEntity(EK_Exception, ThrowLoc, Type, NRVO); | |||
299 | } | |||
300 | ||||
301 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an object allocated via new. | |||
302 | static InitializedEntity InitializeNew(SourceLocation NewLoc, QualType Type) { | |||
303 | return InitializedEntity(EK_New, NewLoc, Type); | |||
304 | } | |||
305 | ||||
306 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a temporary. | |||
307 | static InitializedEntity InitializeTemporary(QualType Type) { | |||
308 | return InitializeTemporary(nullptr, Type); | |||
309 | } | |||
310 | ||||
311 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a temporary. | |||
312 | static InitializedEntity InitializeTemporary(TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo) { | |||
313 | return InitializeTemporary(TypeInfo, TypeInfo->getType()); | |||
314 | } | |||
315 | ||||
316 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a temporary. | |||
317 | static InitializedEntity InitializeTemporary(TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo, | |||
318 | QualType Type) { | |||
319 | InitializedEntity Result(EK_Temporary, SourceLocation(), Type); | |||
320 | Result.TypeInfo = TypeInfo; | |||
321 | return Result; | |||
322 | } | |||
323 | ||||
324 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a related result. | |||
325 | static InitializedEntity InitializeRelatedResult(ObjCMethodDecl *MD, | |||
326 | QualType Type) { | |||
327 | InitializedEntity Result(EK_RelatedResult, SourceLocation(), Type); | |||
328 | Result.MethodDecl = MD; | |||
329 | return Result; | |||
330 | } | |||
331 | ||||
332 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a base class subobject. | |||
333 | static InitializedEntity | |||
334 | InitializeBase(ASTContext &Context, const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base, | |||
335 | bool IsInheritedVirtualBase, | |||
336 | const InitializedEntity *Parent = nullptr); | |||
337 | ||||
338 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a delegated constructor. | |||
339 | static InitializedEntity InitializeDelegation(QualType Type) { | |||
340 | return InitializedEntity(EK_Delegating, SourceLocation(), Type); | |||
341 | } | |||
342 | ||||
343 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a member subobject. | |||
344 | static InitializedEntity | |||
345 | InitializeMember(FieldDecl *Member, | |||
346 | const InitializedEntity *Parent = nullptr, | |||
347 | bool Implicit = false) { | |||
348 | return InitializedEntity(Member, Parent, Implicit); | |||
349 | } | |||
350 | ||||
351 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a member subobject. | |||
352 | static InitializedEntity | |||
353 | InitializeMember(IndirectFieldDecl *Member, | |||
354 | const InitializedEntity *Parent = nullptr, | |||
355 | bool Implicit = false) { | |||
356 | return InitializedEntity(Member->getAnonField(), Parent, Implicit); | |||
357 | } | |||
358 | ||||
359 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for an array element. | |||
360 | static InitializedEntity InitializeElement(ASTContext &Context, | |||
361 | unsigned Index, | |||
362 | const InitializedEntity &Parent) { | |||
363 | return InitializedEntity(Context, Index, Parent); | |||
364 | } | |||
365 | ||||
366 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a structured binding. | |||
367 | static InitializedEntity InitializeBinding(VarDecl *Binding) { | |||
368 | return InitializedEntity(Binding, EK_Binding); | |||
369 | } | |||
370 | ||||
371 | /// \brief Create the initialization entity for a lambda capture. | |||
372 | static InitializedEntity InitializeLambdaCapture(IdentifierInfo *VarID, | |||
373 | QualType FieldType, | |||
374 | SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
375 | return InitializedEntity(VarID, FieldType, Loc); | |||
376 | } | |||
377 | ||||
378 | /// \brief Create the entity for a compound literal initializer. | |||
379 | static InitializedEntity InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TypeSourceInfo *TSI) { | |||
380 | InitializedEntity Result(EK_CompoundLiteralInit, SourceLocation(), | |||
381 | TSI->getType()); | |||
382 | Result.TypeInfo = TSI; | |||
383 | return Result; | |||
384 | } | |||
385 | ||||
386 | /// \brief Determine the kind of initialization. | |||
387 | EntityKind getKind() const { return Kind; } | |||
388 | ||||
389 | /// \brief Retrieve the parent of the entity being initialized, when | |||
390 | /// the initialization itself is occurring within the context of a | |||
391 | /// larger initialization. | |||
392 | const InitializedEntity *getParent() const { return Parent; } | |||
393 | ||||
394 | /// \brief Retrieve type being initialized. | |||
395 | QualType getType() const { return Type; } | |||
396 | ||||
397 | /// \brief Retrieve complete type-source information for the object being | |||
398 | /// constructed, if known. | |||
399 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | |||
400 | if (Kind == EK_Temporary || Kind == EK_CompoundLiteralInit) | |||
401 | return TypeInfo; | |||
402 | ||||
403 | return nullptr; | |||
404 | } | |||
405 | ||||
406 | /// \brief Retrieve the name of the entity being initialized. | |||
407 | DeclarationName getName() const; | |||
408 | ||||
409 | /// \brief Retrieve the variable, parameter, or field being | |||
410 | /// initialized. | |||
411 | ValueDecl *getDecl() const; | |||
412 | ||||
413 | /// \brief Retrieve the ObjectiveC method being initialized. | |||
414 | ObjCMethodDecl *getMethodDecl() const { return MethodDecl; } | |||
415 | ||||
416 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization allows the named return | |||
417 | /// value optimization, which also applies to thrown objects. | |||
418 | bool allowsNRVO() const; | |||
419 | ||||
420 | bool isParameterKind() const { | |||
421 | return (getKind() == EK_Parameter || | |||
422 | getKind() == EK_Parameter_CF_Audited); | |||
423 | } | |||
424 | ||||
425 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization consumes the | |||
426 | /// parameter. | |||
427 | bool isParameterConsumed() const { | |||
428 | assert(isParameterKind() && "Not a parameter")(static_cast <bool> (isParameterKind() && "Not a parameter" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isParameterKind() && \"Not a parameter\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 428, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
429 | return (Parameter & 1); | |||
430 | } | |||
431 | ||||
432 | /// \brief Retrieve the base specifier. | |||
433 | const CXXBaseSpecifier *getBaseSpecifier() const { | |||
434 | assert(getKind() == EK_Base && "Not a base specifier")(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_Base && "Not a base specifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_Base && \"Not a base specifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 434, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
435 | return reinterpret_cast<const CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Base & ~0x1); | |||
436 | } | |||
437 | ||||
438 | /// \brief Return whether the base is an inherited virtual base. | |||
439 | bool isInheritedVirtualBase() const { | |||
440 | assert(getKind() == EK_Base && "Not a base specifier")(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_Base && "Not a base specifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_Base && \"Not a base specifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 440, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
441 | return Base & 0x1; | |||
442 | } | |||
443 | ||||
444 | /// \brief Determine whether this is an array new with an unknown bound. | |||
445 | bool isVariableLengthArrayNew() const { | |||
446 | return getKind() == EK_New && dyn_cast_or_null<IncompleteArrayType>( | |||
447 | getType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); | |||
448 | } | |||
449 | ||||
450 | /// \brief Is this the implicit initialization of a member of a class from | |||
451 | /// a defaulted constructor? | |||
452 | bool isImplicitMemberInitializer() const { | |||
453 | return getKind() == EK_Member && Variable.IsImplicitFieldInit; | |||
454 | } | |||
455 | ||||
456 | /// \brief Determine the location of the 'return' keyword when initializing | |||
457 | /// the result of a function call. | |||
458 | SourceLocation getReturnLoc() const { | |||
459 | assert(getKind() == EK_Result && "No 'return' location!")(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_Result && "No 'return' location!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_Result && \"No 'return' location!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 459, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
460 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocAndNRVO.Location); | |||
461 | } | |||
462 | ||||
463 | /// \brief Determine the location of the 'throw' keyword when initializing | |||
464 | /// an exception object. | |||
465 | SourceLocation getThrowLoc() const { | |||
466 | assert(getKind() == EK_Exception && "No 'throw' location!")(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_Exception && "No 'throw' location!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_Exception && \"No 'throw' location!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 466, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
467 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocAndNRVO.Location); | |||
468 | } | |||
469 | ||||
470 | /// \brief If this is an array, vector, or complex number element, get the | |||
471 | /// element's index. | |||
472 | unsigned getElementIndex() const { | |||
473 | assert(getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind() == EK_VectorElement ||(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind () == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind() == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 474, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
474 | getKind() == EK_ComplexElement)(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind () == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind() == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 474, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
475 | return Index; | |||
476 | } | |||
477 | ||||
478 | /// \brief If this is already the initializer for an array or vector | |||
479 | /// element, sets the element index. | |||
480 | void setElementIndex(unsigned Index) { | |||
481 | assert(getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind() == EK_VectorElement ||(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind () == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind() == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 482, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
482 | getKind() == EK_ComplexElement)(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind () == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_ArrayElement || getKind() == EK_VectorElement || getKind() == EK_ComplexElement" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 482, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
483 | this->Index = Index; | |||
484 | } | |||
485 | ||||
486 | /// \brief For a lambda capture, return the capture's name. | |||
487 | StringRef getCapturedVarName() const { | |||
488 | assert(getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && "Not a lambda capture!")(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && "Not a lambda capture!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && \"Not a lambda capture!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 488, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
489 | return Capture.VarID->getName(); | |||
490 | } | |||
491 | ||||
492 | /// \brief Determine the location of the capture when initializing | |||
493 | /// field from a captured variable in a lambda. | |||
494 | SourceLocation getCaptureLoc() const { | |||
495 | assert(getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && "Not a lambda capture!")(static_cast <bool> (getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && "Not a lambda capture!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getKind() == EK_LambdaCapture && \"Not a lambda capture!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 495, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
496 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Capture.Location); | |||
497 | } | |||
498 | ||||
499 | void setParameterCFAudited() { | |||
500 | Kind = EK_Parameter_CF_Audited; | |||
501 | } | |||
502 | ||||
503 | unsigned allocateManglingNumber() const { return ++ManglingNumber; } | |||
504 | ||||
505 | /// Dump a representation of the initialized entity to standard error, | |||
506 | /// for debugging purposes. | |||
507 | void dump() const; | |||
508 | ||||
509 | private: | |||
510 | unsigned dumpImpl(raw_ostream &OS) const; | |||
511 | }; | |||
512 | ||||
513 | /// \brief Describes the kind of initialization being performed, along with | |||
514 | /// location information for tokens related to the initialization (equal sign, | |||
515 | /// parentheses). | |||
516 | class InitializationKind { | |||
517 | public: | |||
518 | /// \brief The kind of initialization being performed. | |||
519 | enum InitKind { | |||
520 | /// Direct initialization | |||
521 | IK_Direct, | |||
522 | ||||
523 | /// Direct list-initialization | |||
524 | IK_DirectList, | |||
525 | ||||
526 | /// Copy initialization | |||
527 | IK_Copy, | |||
528 | ||||
529 | /// Default initialization | |||
530 | IK_Default, | |||
531 | ||||
532 | /// Value initialization | |||
533 | IK_Value | |||
534 | }; | |||
535 | ||||
536 | private: | |||
537 | /// \brief The context of the initialization. | |||
538 | enum InitContext { | |||
539 | /// Normal context | |||
540 | IC_Normal, | |||
541 | ||||
542 | /// Normal context, but allows explicit conversion functionss | |||
543 | IC_ExplicitConvs, | |||
544 | ||||
545 | /// Implicit context (value initialization) | |||
546 | IC_Implicit, | |||
547 | ||||
548 | /// Static cast context | |||
549 | IC_StaticCast, | |||
550 | ||||
551 | /// C-style cast context | |||
552 | IC_CStyleCast, | |||
553 | ||||
554 | /// Functional cast context | |||
555 | IC_FunctionalCast | |||
556 | }; | |||
557 | ||||
558 | /// \brief The kind of initialization being performed. | |||
559 | InitKind Kind : 8; | |||
560 | ||||
561 | /// \brief The context of the initialization. | |||
562 | InitContext Context : 8; | |||
563 | ||||
564 | /// \brief The source locations involved in the initialization. | |||
565 | SourceLocation Locations[3]; | |||
566 | ||||
567 | InitializationKind(InitKind Kind, InitContext Context, SourceLocation Loc1, | |||
568 | SourceLocation Loc2, SourceLocation Loc3) | |||
569 | : Kind(Kind), Context(Context) { | |||
570 | Locations[0] = Loc1; | |||
571 | Locations[1] = Loc2; | |||
572 | Locations[2] = Loc3; | |||
573 | } | |||
574 | ||||
575 | public: | |||
576 | /// \brief Create a direct initialization. | |||
577 | static InitializationKind CreateDirect(SourceLocation InitLoc, | |||
578 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | |||
579 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | |||
580 | return InitializationKind(IK_Direct, IC_Normal, | |||
581 | InitLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); | |||
582 | } | |||
583 | ||||
584 | static InitializationKind CreateDirectList(SourceLocation InitLoc) { | |||
585 | return InitializationKind(IK_DirectList, IC_Normal, InitLoc, InitLoc, | |||
586 | InitLoc); | |||
587 | } | |||
588 | ||||
589 | static InitializationKind CreateDirectList(SourceLocation InitLoc, | |||
590 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc, | |||
591 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | |||
592 | return InitializationKind(IK_DirectList, IC_Normal, InitLoc, LBraceLoc, | |||
593 | RBraceLoc); | |||
594 | } | |||
595 | ||||
596 | /// \brief Create a direct initialization due to a cast that isn't a C-style | |||
597 | /// or functional cast. | |||
598 | static InitializationKind CreateCast(SourceRange TypeRange) { | |||
599 | return InitializationKind(IK_Direct, IC_StaticCast, TypeRange.getBegin(), | |||
600 | TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange.getEnd()); | |||
601 | } | |||
602 | ||||
603 | /// \brief Create a direct initialization for a C-style cast. | |||
604 | static InitializationKind CreateCStyleCast(SourceLocation StartLoc, | |||
605 | SourceRange TypeRange, | |||
606 | bool InitList) { | |||
607 | // C++ cast syntax doesn't permit init lists, but C compound literals are | |||
608 | // exactly that. | |||
609 | return InitializationKind(InitList ? IK_DirectList : IK_Direct, | |||
610 | IC_CStyleCast, StartLoc, TypeRange.getBegin(), | |||
611 | TypeRange.getEnd()); | |||
612 | } | |||
613 | ||||
614 | /// \brief Create a direct initialization for a functional cast. | |||
615 | static InitializationKind CreateFunctionalCast(SourceRange TypeRange, | |||
616 | bool InitList) { | |||
617 | return InitializationKind(InitList ? IK_DirectList : IK_Direct, | |||
618 | IC_FunctionalCast, TypeRange.getBegin(), | |||
619 | TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange.getEnd()); | |||
620 | } | |||
621 | ||||
622 | /// \brief Create a copy initialization. | |||
623 | static InitializationKind CreateCopy(SourceLocation InitLoc, | |||
624 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, | |||
625 | bool AllowExplicitConvs = false) { | |||
626 | return InitializationKind(IK_Copy, | |||
627 | AllowExplicitConvs? IC_ExplicitConvs : IC_Normal, | |||
628 | InitLoc, EqualLoc, EqualLoc); | |||
629 | } | |||
630 | ||||
631 | /// \brief Create a default initialization. | |||
632 | static InitializationKind CreateDefault(SourceLocation InitLoc) { | |||
633 | return InitializationKind(IK_Default, IC_Normal, InitLoc, InitLoc, InitLoc); | |||
634 | } | |||
635 | ||||
636 | /// \brief Create a value initialization. | |||
637 | static InitializationKind CreateValue(SourceLocation InitLoc, | |||
638 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | |||
639 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | |||
640 | bool isImplicit = false) { | |||
641 | return InitializationKind(IK_Value, isImplicit ? IC_Implicit : IC_Normal, | |||
642 | InitLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); | |||
643 | } | |||
644 | ||||
645 | /// \brief Create an initialization from an initializer (which, for direct | |||
646 | /// initialization from a parenthesized list, will be a ParenListExpr). | |||
647 | static InitializationKind CreateForInit(SourceLocation Loc, bool DirectInit, | |||
648 | Expr *Init) { | |||
649 | if (!Init) return CreateDefault(Loc); | |||
650 | if (!DirectInit) return CreateCopy(Loc, Init->getLocStart()); | |||
651 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) | |||
652 | return CreateDirectList(Loc, Init->getLocStart(), Init->getLocEnd()); | |||
653 | return CreateDirect(Loc, Init->getLocStart(), Init->getLocEnd()); | |||
654 | } | |||
655 | ||||
656 | /// \brief Determine the initialization kind. | |||
657 | InitKind getKind() const { | |||
658 | return Kind; | |||
659 | } | |||
660 | ||||
661 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is an explicit cast. | |||
662 | bool isExplicitCast() const { | |||
663 | return Context >= IC_StaticCast; | |||
664 | } | |||
665 | ||||
666 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is a C-style cast. | |||
667 | bool isCStyleOrFunctionalCast() const { | |||
668 | return Context >= IC_CStyleCast; | |||
669 | } | |||
670 | ||||
671 | /// \brief Determine whether this is a C-style cast. | |||
672 | bool isCStyleCast() const { | |||
673 | return Context == IC_CStyleCast; | |||
674 | } | |||
675 | ||||
676 | /// \brief Determine whether this is a functional-style cast. | |||
677 | bool isFunctionalCast() const { | |||
678 | return Context == IC_FunctionalCast; | |||
679 | } | |||
680 | ||||
681 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is an implicit | |||
682 | /// value-initialization, e.g., as occurs during aggregate | |||
683 | /// initialization. | |||
684 | bool isImplicitValueInit() const { return Context == IC_Implicit; } | |||
685 | ||||
686 | /// \brief Retrieve the location at which initialization is occurring. | |||
687 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Locations[0]; } | |||
688 | ||||
689 | /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers the initialization. | |||
690 | SourceRange getRange() const { | |||
691 | return SourceRange(Locations[0], Locations[2]); | |||
692 | } | |||
693 | ||||
694 | /// \brief Retrieve the location of the equal sign for copy initialization | |||
695 | /// (if present). | |||
696 | SourceLocation getEqualLoc() const { | |||
697 | assert(Kind == IK_Copy && "Only copy initialization has an '='")(static_cast <bool> (Kind == IK_Copy && "Only copy initialization has an '='" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == IK_Copy && \"Only copy initialization has an '='\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
698 | return Locations[1]; | |||
699 | } | |||
700 | ||||
701 | bool isCopyInit() const { return Kind == IK_Copy; } | |||
702 | ||||
703 | /// \brief Retrieve whether this initialization allows the use of explicit | |||
704 | /// constructors. | |||
705 | bool AllowExplicit() const { return !isCopyInit(); } | |||
706 | ||||
707 | /// \brief Retrieve whether this initialization allows the use of explicit | |||
708 | /// conversion functions when binding a reference. If the reference is the | |||
709 | /// first parameter in a copy or move constructor, such conversions are | |||
710 | /// permitted even though we are performing copy-initialization. | |||
711 | bool allowExplicitConversionFunctionsInRefBinding() const { | |||
712 | return !isCopyInit() || Context == IC_ExplicitConvs; | |||
713 | } | |||
714 | ||||
715 | /// Determine whether this initialization has a source range containing the | |||
716 | /// locations of open and closing parentheses or braces. | |||
717 | bool hasParenOrBraceRange() const { | |||
718 | return Kind == IK_Direct || Kind == IK_Value || Kind == IK_DirectList; | |||
719 | } | |||
720 | ||||
721 | /// \brief Retrieve the source range containing the locations of the open | |||
722 | /// and closing parentheses or braces for value, direct, and direct list | |||
723 | /// initializations. | |||
724 | SourceRange getParenOrBraceRange() const { | |||
725 | assert(hasParenOrBraceRange() && "Only direct, value, and direct-list "(static_cast <bool> (hasParenOrBraceRange() && "Only direct, value, and direct-list " "initialization have parentheses or " "braces") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasParenOrBraceRange() && \"Only direct, value, and direct-list \" \"initialization have parentheses or \" \"braces\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
726 | "initialization have parentheses or "(static_cast <bool> (hasParenOrBraceRange() && "Only direct, value, and direct-list " "initialization have parentheses or " "braces") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasParenOrBraceRange() && \"Only direct, value, and direct-list \" \"initialization have parentheses or \" \"braces\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
727 | "braces")(static_cast <bool> (hasParenOrBraceRange() && "Only direct, value, and direct-list " "initialization have parentheses or " "braces") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasParenOrBraceRange() && \"Only direct, value, and direct-list \" \"initialization have parentheses or \" \"braces\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
728 | return SourceRange(Locations[1], Locations[2]); | |||
729 | } | |||
730 | }; | |||
731 | ||||
732 | /// \brief Describes the sequence of initializations required to initialize | |||
733 | /// a given object or reference with a set of arguments. | |||
734 | class InitializationSequence { | |||
735 | public: | |||
736 | /// \brief Describes the kind of initialization sequence computed. | |||
737 | enum SequenceKind { | |||
738 | /// \brief A failed initialization sequence. The failure kind tells what | |||
739 | /// happened. | |||
740 | FailedSequence = 0, | |||
741 | ||||
742 | /// \brief A dependent initialization, which could not be | |||
743 | /// type-checked due to the presence of dependent types or | |||
744 | /// dependently-typed expressions. | |||
745 | DependentSequence, | |||
746 | ||||
747 | /// \brief A normal sequence. | |||
748 | NormalSequence | |||
749 | }; | |||
750 | ||||
751 | /// \brief Describes the kind of a particular step in an initialization | |||
752 | /// sequence. | |||
753 | enum StepKind { | |||
754 | /// \brief Resolve the address of an overloaded function to a specific | |||
755 | /// function declaration. | |||
756 | SK_ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction, | |||
757 | ||||
758 | /// \brief Perform a derived-to-base cast, producing an rvalue. | |||
759 | SK_CastDerivedToBaseRValue, | |||
760 | ||||
761 | /// \brief Perform a derived-to-base cast, producing an xvalue. | |||
762 | SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue, | |||
763 | ||||
764 | /// \brief Perform a derived-to-base cast, producing an lvalue. | |||
765 | SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue, | |||
766 | ||||
767 | /// \brief Reference binding to an lvalue. | |||
768 | SK_BindReference, | |||
769 | ||||
770 | /// \brief Reference binding to a temporary. | |||
771 | SK_BindReferenceToTemporary, | |||
772 | ||||
773 | /// \brief An optional copy of a temporary object to another | |||
774 | /// temporary object, which is permitted (but not required) by | |||
775 | /// C++98/03 but not C++0x. | |||
776 | SK_ExtraneousCopyToTemporary, | |||
777 | ||||
778 | /// \brief Direct-initialization from a reference-related object in the | |||
779 | /// final stage of class copy-initialization. | |||
780 | SK_FinalCopy, | |||
781 | ||||
782 | /// \brief Perform a user-defined conversion, either via a conversion | |||
783 | /// function or via a constructor. | |||
784 | SK_UserConversion, | |||
785 | ||||
786 | /// \brief Perform a qualification conversion, producing an rvalue. | |||
787 | SK_QualificationConversionRValue, | |||
788 | ||||
789 | /// \brief Perform a qualification conversion, producing an xvalue. | |||
790 | SK_QualificationConversionXValue, | |||
791 | ||||
792 | /// \brief Perform a qualification conversion, producing an lvalue. | |||
793 | SK_QualificationConversionLValue, | |||
794 | ||||
795 | /// \brief Perform a conversion adding _Atomic to a type. | |||
796 | SK_AtomicConversion, | |||
797 | ||||
798 | /// \brief Perform a load from a glvalue, producing an rvalue. | |||
799 | SK_LValueToRValue, | |||
800 | ||||
801 | /// \brief Perform an implicit conversion sequence. | |||
802 | SK_ConversionSequence, | |||
803 | ||||
804 | /// \brief Perform an implicit conversion sequence without narrowing. | |||
805 | SK_ConversionSequenceNoNarrowing, | |||
806 | ||||
807 | /// \brief Perform list-initialization without a constructor. | |||
808 | SK_ListInitialization, | |||
809 | ||||
810 | /// \brief Unwrap the single-element initializer list for a reference. | |||
811 | SK_UnwrapInitList, | |||
812 | ||||
813 | /// \brief Rewrap the single-element initializer list for a reference. | |||
814 | SK_RewrapInitList, | |||
815 | ||||
816 | /// \brief Perform initialization via a constructor. | |||
817 | SK_ConstructorInitialization, | |||
818 | ||||
819 | /// \brief Perform initialization via a constructor, taking arguments from | |||
820 | /// a single InitListExpr. | |||
821 | SK_ConstructorInitializationFromList, | |||
822 | ||||
823 | /// \brief Zero-initialize the object | |||
824 | SK_ZeroInitialization, | |||
825 | ||||
826 | /// \brief C assignment | |||
827 | SK_CAssignment, | |||
828 | ||||
829 | /// \brief Initialization by string | |||
830 | SK_StringInit, | |||
831 | ||||
832 | /// \brief An initialization that "converts" an Objective-C object | |||
833 | /// (not a point to an object) to another Objective-C object type. | |||
834 | SK_ObjCObjectConversion, | |||
835 | ||||
836 | /// \brief Array indexing for initialization by elementwise copy. | |||
837 | SK_ArrayLoopIndex, | |||
838 | ||||
839 | /// \brief Array initialization by elementwise copy. | |||
840 | SK_ArrayLoopInit, | |||
841 | ||||
842 | /// \brief Array initialization (from an array rvalue). | |||
843 | SK_ArrayInit, | |||
844 | ||||
845 | /// \brief Array initialization (from an array rvalue) as a GNU extension. | |||
846 | SK_GNUArrayInit, | |||
847 | ||||
848 | /// \brief Array initialization from a parenthesized initializer list. | |||
849 | /// This is a GNU C++ extension. | |||
850 | SK_ParenthesizedArrayInit, | |||
851 | ||||
852 | /// \brief Pass an object by indirect copy-and-restore. | |||
853 | SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore, | |||
854 | ||||
855 | /// \brief Pass an object by indirect restore. | |||
856 | SK_PassByIndirectRestore, | |||
857 | ||||
858 | /// \brief Produce an Objective-C object pointer. | |||
859 | SK_ProduceObjCObject, | |||
860 | ||||
861 | /// \brief Construct a std::initializer_list from an initializer list. | |||
862 | SK_StdInitializerList, | |||
863 | ||||
864 | /// \brief Perform initialization via a constructor taking a single | |||
865 | /// std::initializer_list argument. | |||
866 | SK_StdInitializerListConstructorCall, | |||
867 | ||||
868 | /// \brief Initialize an OpenCL sampler from an integer. | |||
869 | SK_OCLSamplerInit, | |||
870 | ||||
871 | /// \brief Initialize queue_t from 0. | |||
872 | SK_OCLZeroQueue, | |||
873 | ||||
874 | /// \brief Passing zero to a function where OpenCL event_t is expected. | |||
875 | SK_OCLZeroEvent | |||
876 | }; | |||
877 | ||||
878 | /// \brief A single step in the initialization sequence. | |||
879 | class Step { | |||
880 | public: | |||
881 | /// \brief The kind of conversion or initialization step we are taking. | |||
882 | StepKind Kind; | |||
883 | ||||
884 | // \brief The type that results from this initialization. | |||
885 | QualType Type; | |||
886 | ||||
887 | struct F { | |||
888 | bool HadMultipleCandidates; | |||
889 | FunctionDecl *Function; | |||
890 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl; | |||
891 | }; | |||
892 | ||||
893 | union { | |||
894 | /// \brief When Kind == SK_ResolvedOverloadedFunction or Kind == | |||
895 | /// SK_UserConversion, the function that the expression should be | |||
896 | /// resolved to or the conversion function to call, respectively. | |||
897 | /// When Kind == SK_ConstructorInitialization or SK_ListConstruction, | |||
898 | /// the constructor to be called. | |||
899 | /// | |||
900 | /// Always a FunctionDecl, plus a Boolean flag telling if it was | |||
901 | /// selected from an overloaded set having size greater than 1. | |||
902 | /// For conversion decls, the naming class is the source type. | |||
903 | /// For construct decls, the naming class is the target type. | |||
904 | struct F Function; | |||
905 | ||||
906 | /// \brief When Kind = SK_ConversionSequence, the implicit conversion | |||
907 | /// sequence. | |||
908 | ImplicitConversionSequence *ICS; | |||
909 | ||||
910 | /// \brief When Kind = SK_RewrapInitList, the syntactic form of the | |||
911 | /// wrapping list. | |||
912 | InitListExpr *WrappingSyntacticList; | |||
913 | }; | |||
914 | ||||
915 | void Destroy(); | |||
916 | }; | |||
917 | ||||
918 | private: | |||
919 | /// \brief The kind of initialization sequence computed. | |||
920 | enum SequenceKind SequenceKind; | |||
921 | ||||
922 | /// \brief Steps taken by this initialization. | |||
923 | SmallVector<Step, 4> Steps; | |||
924 | ||||
925 | public: | |||
926 | /// \brief Describes why initialization failed. | |||
927 | enum FailureKind { | |||
928 | /// \brief Too many initializers provided for a reference. | |||
929 | FK_TooManyInitsForReference, | |||
930 | ||||
931 | /// \brief Reference initialized from a parenthesized initializer list. | |||
932 | FK_ParenthesizedListInitForReference, | |||
933 | ||||
934 | /// \brief Array must be initialized with an initializer list. | |||
935 | FK_ArrayNeedsInitList, | |||
936 | ||||
937 | /// \brief Array must be initialized with an initializer list or a | |||
938 | /// string literal. | |||
939 | FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrStringLiteral, | |||
940 | ||||
941 | /// \brief Array must be initialized with an initializer list or a | |||
942 | /// wide string literal. | |||
943 | FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrWideStringLiteral, | |||
944 | ||||
945 | /// \brief Initializing a wide char array with narrow string literal. | |||
946 | FK_NarrowStringIntoWideCharArray, | |||
947 | ||||
948 | /// \brief Initializing char array with wide string literal. | |||
949 | FK_WideStringIntoCharArray, | |||
950 | ||||
951 | /// \brief Initializing wide char array with incompatible wide string | |||
952 | /// literal. | |||
953 | FK_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar, | |||
954 | ||||
955 | /// \brief Array type mismatch. | |||
956 | FK_ArrayTypeMismatch, | |||
957 | ||||
958 | /// \brief Non-constant array initializer | |||
959 | FK_NonConstantArrayInit, | |||
960 | ||||
961 | /// \brief Cannot resolve the address of an overloaded function. | |||
962 | FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed, | |||
963 | ||||
964 | /// \brief Overloading due to reference initialization failed. | |||
965 | FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed, | |||
966 | ||||
967 | /// \brief Non-const lvalue reference binding to a temporary. | |||
968 | FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary, | |||
969 | ||||
970 | /// \brief Non-const lvalue reference binding to a bit-field. | |||
971 | FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToBitfield, | |||
972 | ||||
973 | /// \brief Non-const lvalue reference binding to a vector element. | |||
974 | FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToVectorElement, | |||
975 | ||||
976 | /// \brief Non-const lvalue reference binding to an lvalue of unrelated | |||
977 | /// type. | |||
978 | FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToUnrelated, | |||
979 | ||||
980 | /// \brief Rvalue reference binding to an lvalue. | |||
981 | FK_RValueReferenceBindingToLValue, | |||
982 | ||||
983 | /// \brief Reference binding drops qualifiers. | |||
984 | FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers, | |||
985 | ||||
986 | /// \brief Reference binding failed. | |||
987 | FK_ReferenceInitFailed, | |||
988 | ||||
989 | /// \brief Implicit conversion failed. | |||
990 | FK_ConversionFailed, | |||
991 | ||||
992 | /// \brief Implicit conversion failed. | |||
993 | FK_ConversionFromPropertyFailed, | |||
994 | ||||
995 | /// \brief Too many initializers for scalar | |||
996 | FK_TooManyInitsForScalar, | |||
997 | ||||
998 | /// \brief Scalar initialized from a parenthesized initializer list. | |||
999 | FK_ParenthesizedListInitForScalar, | |||
1000 | ||||
1001 | /// \brief Reference initialization from an initializer list | |||
1002 | FK_ReferenceBindingToInitList, | |||
1003 | ||||
1004 | /// \brief Initialization of some unused destination type with an | |||
1005 | /// initializer list. | |||
1006 | FK_InitListBadDestinationType, | |||
1007 | ||||
1008 | /// \brief Overloading for a user-defined conversion failed. | |||
1009 | FK_UserConversionOverloadFailed, | |||
1010 | ||||
1011 | /// \brief Overloading for initialization by constructor failed. | |||
1012 | FK_ConstructorOverloadFailed, | |||
1013 | ||||
1014 | /// \brief Overloading for list-initialization by constructor failed. | |||
1015 | FK_ListConstructorOverloadFailed, | |||
1016 | ||||
1017 | /// \brief Default-initialization of a 'const' object. | |||
1018 | FK_DefaultInitOfConst, | |||
1019 | ||||
1020 | /// \brief Initialization of an incomplete type. | |||
1021 | FK_Incomplete, | |||
1022 | ||||
1023 | /// \brief Variable-length array must not have an initializer. | |||
1024 | FK_VariableLengthArrayHasInitializer, | |||
1025 | ||||
1026 | /// \brief List initialization failed at some point. | |||
1027 | FK_ListInitializationFailed, | |||
1028 | ||||
1029 | /// \brief Initializer has a placeholder type which cannot be | |||
1030 | /// resolved by initialization. | |||
1031 | FK_PlaceholderType, | |||
1032 | ||||
1033 | /// \brief Trying to take the address of a function that doesn't support | |||
1034 | /// having its address taken. | |||
1035 | FK_AddressOfUnaddressableFunction, | |||
1036 | ||||
1037 | /// \brief List-copy-initialization chose an explicit constructor. | |||
1038 | FK_ExplicitConstructor, | |||
1039 | }; | |||
1040 | ||||
1041 | private: | |||
1042 | /// \brief The reason why initialization failed. | |||
1043 | FailureKind Failure; | |||
1044 | ||||
1045 | /// \brief The failed result of overload resolution. | |||
1046 | OverloadingResult FailedOverloadResult; | |||
1047 | ||||
1048 | /// \brief The candidate set created when initialization failed. | |||
1049 | OverloadCandidateSet FailedCandidateSet; | |||
1050 | ||||
1051 | /// \brief The incomplete type that caused a failure. | |||
1052 | QualType FailedIncompleteType; | |||
1053 | ||||
1054 | /// \brief The fixit that needs to be applied to make this initialization | |||
1055 | /// succeed. | |||
1056 | std::string ZeroInitializationFixit; | |||
1057 | SourceLocation ZeroInitializationFixitLoc; | |||
1058 | ||||
1059 | public: | |||
1060 | /// \brief Call for initializations are invalid but that would be valid | |||
1061 | /// zero initialzations if Fixit was applied. | |||
1062 | void SetZeroInitializationFixit(const std::string& Fixit, SourceLocation L) { | |||
1063 | ZeroInitializationFixit = Fixit; | |||
1064 | ZeroInitializationFixitLoc = L; | |||
1065 | } | |||
1066 | ||||
1067 | private: | |||
1068 | /// \brief Prints a follow-up note that highlights the location of | |||
1069 | /// the initialized entity, if it's remote. | |||
1070 | void PrintInitLocationNote(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity); | |||
1071 | ||||
1072 | public: | |||
1073 | /// \brief Try to perform initialization of the given entity, creating a | |||
1074 | /// record of the steps required to perform the initialization. | |||
1075 | /// | |||
1076 | /// The generated initialization sequence will either contain enough | |||
1077 | /// information to diagnose | |||
1078 | /// | |||
1079 | /// \param S the semantic analysis object. | |||
1080 | /// | |||
1081 | /// \param Entity the entity being initialized. | |||
1082 | /// | |||
1083 | /// \param Kind the kind of initialization being performed. | |||
1084 | /// | |||
1085 | /// \param Args the argument(s) provided for initialization. | |||
1086 | /// | |||
1087 | /// \param TopLevelOfInitList true if we are initializing from an expression | |||
1088 | /// at the top level inside an initializer list. This disallows | |||
1089 | /// narrowing conversions in C++11 onwards. | |||
1090 | /// \param TreatUnavailableAsInvalid true if we want to treat unavailable | |||
1091 | /// as invalid. | |||
1092 | InitializationSequence(Sema &S, | |||
1093 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, | |||
1094 | const InitializationKind &Kind, | |||
1095 | MultiExprArg Args, | |||
1096 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, | |||
1097 | bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid = true); | |||
1098 | void InitializeFrom(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, | |||
1099 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Args, | |||
1100 | bool TopLevelOfInitList, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); | |||
1101 | ||||
1102 | ~InitializationSequence(); | |||
1103 | ||||
1104 | /// \brief Perform the actual initialization of the given entity based on | |||
1105 | /// the computed initialization sequence. | |||
1106 | /// | |||
1107 | /// \param S the semantic analysis object. | |||
1108 | /// | |||
1109 | /// \param Entity the entity being initialized. | |||
1110 | /// | |||
1111 | /// \param Kind the kind of initialization being performed. | |||
1112 | /// | |||
1113 | /// \param Args the argument(s) provided for initialization, ownership of | |||
1114 | /// which is transferred into the routine. | |||
1115 | /// | |||
1116 | /// \param ResultType if non-NULL, will be set to the type of the | |||
1117 | /// initialized object, which is the type of the declaration in most | |||
1118 | /// cases. However, when the initialized object is a variable of | |||
1119 | /// incomplete array type and the initializer is an initializer | |||
1120 | /// list, this type will be set to the completed array type. | |||
1121 | /// | |||
1122 | /// \returns an expression that performs the actual object initialization, if | |||
1123 | /// the initialization is well-formed. Otherwise, emits diagnostics | |||
1124 | /// and returns an invalid expression. | |||
1125 | ExprResult Perform(Sema &S, | |||
1126 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, | |||
1127 | const InitializationKind &Kind, | |||
1128 | MultiExprArg Args, | |||
1129 | QualType *ResultType = nullptr); | |||
1130 | ||||
1131 | /// \brief Diagnose an potentially-invalid initialization sequence. | |||
1132 | /// | |||
1133 | /// \returns true if the initialization sequence was ill-formed, | |||
1134 | /// false otherwise. | |||
1135 | bool Diagnose(Sema &S, | |||
1136 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, | |||
1137 | const InitializationKind &Kind, | |||
1138 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); | |||
1139 | ||||
1140 | /// \brief Determine the kind of initialization sequence computed. | |||
1141 | enum SequenceKind getKind() const { return SequenceKind; } | |||
1142 | ||||
1143 | /// \brief Set the kind of sequence computed. | |||
1144 | void setSequenceKind(enum SequenceKind SK) { SequenceKind = SK; } | |||
1145 | ||||
1146 | /// \brief Determine whether the initialization sequence is valid. | |||
1147 | explicit operator bool() const { return !Failed(); } | |||
1148 | ||||
1149 | /// \brief Determine whether the initialization sequence is invalid. | |||
1150 | bool Failed() const { return SequenceKind == FailedSequence; } | |||
| ||||
1151 | ||||
1152 | using step_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<Step>::const_iterator; | |||
1153 | ||||
1154 | step_iterator step_begin() const { return Steps.begin(); } | |||
1155 | step_iterator step_end() const { return Steps.end(); } | |||
1156 | ||||
1157 | using step_range = llvm::iterator_range<step_iterator>; | |||
1158 | ||||
1159 | step_range steps() const { return {step_begin(), step_end()}; } | |||
1160 | ||||
1161 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is a direct reference | |||
1162 | /// binding (C++ [dcl.init.ref]). | |||
1163 | bool isDirectReferenceBinding() const; | |||
1164 | ||||
1165 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization failed due to an ambiguity. | |||
1166 | bool isAmbiguous() const; | |||
1167 | ||||
1168 | /// \brief Determine whether this initialization is direct call to a | |||
1169 | /// constructor. | |||
1170 | bool isConstructorInitialization() const; | |||
1171 | ||||
1172 | /// \brief Returns whether the last step in this initialization sequence is a | |||
1173 | /// narrowing conversion, defined by C++0x [dcl.init.list]p7. | |||
1174 | /// | |||
1175 | /// If this function returns true, *isInitializerConstant will be set to | |||
1176 | /// describe whether *Initializer was a constant expression. If | |||
1177 | /// *isInitializerConstant is set to true, *ConstantValue will be set to the | |||
1178 | /// evaluated value of *Initializer. | |||
1179 | bool endsWithNarrowing(ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Initializer, | |||
1180 | bool *isInitializerConstant, | |||
1181 | APValue *ConstantValue) const; | |||
1182 | ||||
1183 | /// \brief Add a new step in the initialization that resolves the address | |||
1184 | /// of an overloaded function to a specific function declaration. | |||
1185 | /// | |||
1186 | /// \param Function the function to which the overloaded function reference | |||
1187 | /// resolves. | |||
1188 | void AddAddressOverloadResolutionStep(FunctionDecl *Function, | |||
1189 | DeclAccessPair Found, | |||
1190 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); | |||
1191 | ||||
1192 | /// \brief Add a new step in the initialization that performs a derived-to- | |||
1193 | /// base cast. | |||
1194 | /// | |||
1195 | /// \param BaseType the base type to which we will be casting. | |||
1196 | /// | |||
1197 | /// \param Category Indicates whether the result will be treated as an | |||
1198 | /// rvalue, an xvalue, or an lvalue. | |||
1199 | void AddDerivedToBaseCastStep(QualType BaseType, | |||
1200 | ExprValueKind Category); | |||
1201 | ||||
1202 | /// \brief Add a new step binding a reference to an object. | |||
1203 | /// | |||
1204 | /// \param BindingTemporary True if we are binding a reference to a temporary | |||
1205 | /// object (thereby extending its lifetime); false if we are binding to an | |||
1206 | /// lvalue or an lvalue treated as an rvalue. | |||
1207 | void AddReferenceBindingStep(QualType T, bool BindingTemporary); | |||
1208 | ||||
1209 | /// \brief Add a new step that makes an extraneous copy of the input | |||
1210 | /// to a temporary of the same class type. | |||
1211 | /// | |||
1212 | /// This extraneous copy only occurs during reference binding in | |||
1213 | /// C++98/03, where we are permitted (but not required) to introduce | |||
1214 | /// an extra copy. At a bare minimum, we must check that we could | |||
1215 | /// call the copy constructor, and produce a diagnostic if the copy | |||
1216 | /// constructor is inaccessible or no copy constructor matches. | |||
1217 | // | |||
1218 | /// \param T The type of the temporary being created. | |||
1219 | void AddExtraneousCopyToTemporary(QualType T); | |||
1220 | ||||
1221 | /// \brief Add a new step that makes a copy of the input to an object of | |||
1222 | /// the given type, as the final step in class copy-initialization. | |||
1223 | void AddFinalCopy(QualType T); | |||
1224 | ||||
1225 | /// \brief Add a new step invoking a conversion function, which is either | |||
1226 | /// a constructor or a conversion function. | |||
1227 | void AddUserConversionStep(FunctionDecl *Function, | |||
1228 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | |||
1229 | QualType T, | |||
1230 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); | |||
1231 | ||||
1232 | /// \brief Add a new step that performs a qualification conversion to the | |||
1233 | /// given type. | |||
1234 | void AddQualificationConversionStep(QualType Ty, | |||
1235 | ExprValueKind Category); | |||
1236 | ||||
1237 | /// \brief Add a new step that performs conversion from non-atomic to atomic | |||
1238 | /// type. | |||
1239 | void AddAtomicConversionStep(QualType Ty); | |||
1240 | ||||
1241 | /// \brief Add a new step that performs a load of the given type. | |||
1242 | /// | |||
1243 | /// Although the term "LValueToRValue" is conventional, this applies to both | |||
1244 | /// lvalues and xvalues. | |||
1245 | void AddLValueToRValueStep(QualType Ty); | |||
1246 | ||||
1247 | /// \brief Add a new step that applies an implicit conversion sequence. | |||
1248 | void AddConversionSequenceStep(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | |||
1249 | QualType T, bool TopLevelOfInitList = false); | |||
1250 | ||||
1251 | /// \brief Add a list-initialization step. | |||
1252 | void AddListInitializationStep(QualType T); | |||
1253 | ||||
1254 | /// \brief Add a constructor-initialization step. | |||
1255 | /// | |||
1256 | /// \param FromInitList The constructor call is syntactically an initializer | |||
1257 | /// list. | |||
1258 | /// \param AsInitList The constructor is called as an init list constructor. | |||
1259 | void AddConstructorInitializationStep(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | |||
1260 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | |||
1261 | QualType T, | |||
1262 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, | |||
1263 | bool FromInitList, bool AsInitList); | |||
1264 | ||||
1265 | /// \brief Add a zero-initialization step. | |||
1266 | void AddZeroInitializationStep(QualType T); | |||
1267 | ||||
1268 | /// \brief Add a C assignment step. | |||
1269 | // | |||
1270 | // FIXME: It isn't clear whether this should ever be needed; | |||
1271 | // ideally, we would handle everything needed in C in the common | |||
1272 | // path. However, that isn't the case yet. | |||
1273 | void AddCAssignmentStep(QualType T); | |||
1274 | ||||
1275 | /// \brief Add a string init step. | |||
1276 | void AddStringInitStep(QualType T); | |||
1277 | ||||
1278 | /// \brief Add an Objective-C object conversion step, which is | |||
1279 | /// always a no-op. | |||
1280 | void AddObjCObjectConversionStep(QualType T); | |||
1281 | ||||
1282 | /// \brief Add an array initialization loop step. | |||
1283 | void AddArrayInitLoopStep(QualType T, QualType EltTy); | |||
1284 | ||||
1285 | /// \brief Add an array initialization step. | |||
1286 | void AddArrayInitStep(QualType T, bool IsGNUExtension); | |||
1287 | ||||
1288 | /// \brief Add a parenthesized array initialization step. | |||
1289 | void AddParenthesizedArrayInitStep(QualType T); | |||
1290 | ||||
1291 | /// \brief Add a step to pass an object by indirect copy-restore. | |||
1292 | void AddPassByIndirectCopyRestoreStep(QualType T, bool shouldCopy); | |||
1293 | ||||
1294 | /// \brief Add a step to "produce" an Objective-C object (by | |||
1295 | /// retaining it). | |||
1296 | void AddProduceObjCObjectStep(QualType T); | |||
1297 | ||||
1298 | /// \brief Add a step to construct a std::initializer_list object from an | |||
1299 | /// initializer list. | |||
1300 | void AddStdInitializerListConstructionStep(QualType T); | |||
1301 | ||||
1302 | /// \brief Add a step to initialize an OpenCL sampler from an integer | |||
1303 | /// constant. | |||
1304 | void AddOCLSamplerInitStep(QualType T); | |||
1305 | ||||
1306 | /// \brief Add a step to initialize an OpenCL event_t from a NULL | |||
1307 | /// constant. | |||
1308 | void AddOCLZeroEventStep(QualType T); | |||
1309 | ||||
1310 | /// \brief Add a step to initialize an OpenCL queue_t from 0. | |||
1311 | void AddOCLZeroQueueStep(QualType T); | |||
1312 | ||||
1313 | /// \brief Add steps to unwrap a initializer list for a reference around a | |||
1314 | /// single element and rewrap it at the end. | |||
1315 | void RewrapReferenceInitList(QualType T, InitListExpr *Syntactic); | |||
1316 | ||||
1317 | /// \brief Note that this initialization sequence failed. | |||
1318 | void SetFailed(FailureKind Failure) { | |||
1319 | SequenceKind = FailedSequence; | |||
1320 | this->Failure = Failure; | |||
1321 | assert((Failure != FK_Incomplete || !FailedIncompleteType.isNull()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Failure != FK_Incomplete || !FailedIncompleteType .isNull()) && "Incomplete type failure requires a type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Failure != FK_Incomplete || !FailedIncompleteType.isNull()) && \"Incomplete type failure requires a type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 1322, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1322 | "Incomplete type failure requires a type!")(static_cast <bool> ((Failure != FK_Incomplete || !FailedIncompleteType .isNull()) && "Incomplete type failure requires a type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Failure != FK_Incomplete || !FailedIncompleteType.isNull()) && \"Incomplete type failure requires a type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 1322, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1323 | } | |||
1324 | ||||
1325 | /// \brief Note that this initialization sequence failed due to failed | |||
1326 | /// overload resolution. | |||
1327 | void SetOverloadFailure(FailureKind Failure, OverloadingResult Result); | |||
1328 | ||||
1329 | /// \brief Retrieve a reference to the candidate set when overload | |||
1330 | /// resolution fails. | |||
1331 | OverloadCandidateSet &getFailedCandidateSet() { | |||
1332 | return FailedCandidateSet; | |||
1333 | } | |||
1334 | ||||
1335 | /// \brief Get the overloading result, for when the initialization | |||
1336 | /// sequence failed due to a bad overload. | |||
1337 | OverloadingResult getFailedOverloadResult() const { | |||
1338 | return FailedOverloadResult; | |||
1339 | } | |||
1340 | ||||
1341 | /// \brief Note that this initialization sequence failed due to an | |||
1342 | /// incomplete type. | |||
1343 | void setIncompleteTypeFailure(QualType IncompleteType) { | |||
1344 | FailedIncompleteType = IncompleteType; | |||
1345 | SetFailed(FK_Incomplete); | |||
1346 | } | |||
1347 | ||||
1348 | /// \brief Determine why initialization failed. | |||
1349 | FailureKind getFailureKind() const { | |||
1350 | assert(Failed() && "Not an initialization failure!")(static_cast <bool> (Failed() && "Not an initialization failure!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Failed() && \"Not an initialization failure!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Initialization.h" , 1350, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1351 | return Failure; | |||
1352 | } | |||
1353 | ||||
1354 | /// \brief Dump a representation of this initialization sequence to | |||
1355 | /// the given stream, for debugging purposes. | |||
1356 | void dump(raw_ostream &OS) const; | |||
1357 | ||||
1358 | /// \brief Dump a representation of this initialization sequence to | |||
1359 | /// standard error, for debugging purposes. | |||
1360 | void dump() const; | |||
1361 | }; | |||
1362 | ||||
1363 | } // namespace clang | |||
1364 | ||||
1365 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_INITIALIZATION_H |